Académique Documents
Professionnel Documents
Culture Documents
Compufield.com
Sr
No
Name of topic
Page
No
Creative
a1
Animation
11
3D Animation pro
17
3D Character Studio
21
3D Studio Max
23
25
Maya
35
a2
Designing
37
Fashion Designing
37
Interior Architechtural
40
44
49
JewelCAD
54
Jewelary Designing
56
Mechanical Designing
58
Textile Designing
62
a3
Print media
64
Commercial Art
64
Digital Art
69
a4
Multimedia
73
Multimedia Pro
73
82
90
97
101
a5
Advance
110
110
121
a6
135
135
136
Video Editing
138
140
143
147
148
b1
148
148
155
163
166
Web Designing
170
c1
Web Designing
170
170
173
176
183
187
191
195
c2
Web 2.0
204
204
215
217
LAMP
230
c3
Advance
234
234
240
247
256
263
272
Programing
281
ASP.NET
281
VB.NET
282
DIP in Java
284
C#.NET
286
289
C & C ++
291
Oracle (paper 1)
293
MS SQL server
295
Oracle 9i DBA
298
10
301
11
RDBMS
309
12
313
13
327
14
331
15
LAMP
348
16
354
Networking
358
e1
358
PC Assembling
358
A+Certification
362
366
MCITP
376
CCNA
378
CCNP
382
CCIE
388
CWNA
390
LINUX
394
10
397
11
408
12
421
13
437
14
460
15
476
16
496
17
511
18
CCNA+ CCNP
534
19
547
20
563
21
594
22
612
e2
Network Security
635
635
COMPITIA Security +
637
Checkpoint
646
CCSA
647
Financial application
648
648
649
651
Certificate in MS excel
652
654
657
659
661
663
Office Automotation
665
665
667
668
671
Creative
1. Animation
a. Certificate in 2D & 3D Animation
Charachter Studio Modelling
3D Studio Max
OUR 3D SUDIO MAX STUDENT'S REVIEW
ADOBE PHOTOSHOP
Adobe Photoshop is an Image Processing software package that enables you to create & edit
images on IBM personal Computers. Adobe Photoshop is acknowledged in professional
fields as the cutting-edge Program, the final word in Commercial Art.
Salient Features
With Photoshop's tools you can paint a likeness of a physical object.
Mixing and Manipulating of colours at a click of a button.
You can Blend 2 Images.
You can create Patterns and Artistic Designs using Fills and Colours.
You can manipulate your Design images with Special Effects and Techniques.
You can Import and Export your Images.
Retouch, Manipulate and Enhance Designs & patterns.
Application
It has been used to edit and create images as diverse as Commercial Art, Cosmetic ads,
New Photos, Motion picture footage, Animation cells & Fine Art work.
Creates original Art & converts it to desired Platforms.
Retouch, manipulate & enhance photographs of Digital arts.
Master the special effects you've always wanted.
Learn the secrets of Output & Storage of your Images.
Web page designing.
7
Galle
ry
I
Galle
ry II
Galle
ry III
Galle
ry IV
Galle
ry V
Galle
ry VI
Galle
ry
VII
Galle
ry
VIII
3D - STUDIO MAX
3D Studio Max is a tool from Kinetix for making 3D Models and Designs and also to create
simple as well as complex 3-Dimensional Animations.
Salient Features
Mechanical 3D Modeling and Rendering.
Architectural drawings and layouts of all kinds.
Interior design and facility planning.
Line drawings for the fine arts.
Using 3D-Studio Max, is an important part of communicating with the drawing
community.
Achieve impressive presentations by simply souping up your 2D drawings and
presenting them in dynamic views.
Gain a competitive edge by taking the time to build full 3D drawings.
A new paradigm for Design Visualization.
3D Studio Max is much more than just a form creation tool.
3D Studio Max software gives you the freedom to experiment and race ahead with
your ideas and Imaginations.
Photographic & natural backgrounds made by yourself to create extraordinary
environment
The Special effects & extra lighting effects to make the environment much more
vibrant.
8
Integrated Keyframe Animation. Subtle Visual Effects - Visual effects are available
fog, atmospheric effects, volumetric lighting and the effect of fire to help make,
your Project Powerful and Natural.
Powerful Materials Editor - Simple materials with full control of color, textures
shininess, strength of shininess, self-illumination and opacity are built-in.
Rich Lighting Tools - Quick, precise control of lighting effects.
Nondestructive Booleans and Lofts Merging outer Scenes or Film Clips with the
Project made in 3D Studio Max.
Completely Redesigned Documentation and Tutorials.
Auto Back Light - Automatically position the sun for any day of the year, any time
of day, any position on the earth, or any angle true north relative to your model.
Application
Create 3D Models and Render them into Images or Movie Clips.
With Autodesk 3D Studio Max, you can create High resolution, True-colour Image files
in Industry standard file formats for Corporate Presentations, Broadcast Graphics, Interior
designing, Walk-through Views, Design & Development.
Enhance the look of your interiors with special effects.
Give a Realistic look to your interiors as well as to your Architectural Designs
For 3D Studio Max Topics Covered
Our 3D Studio Max Student's Projects
Galler
y
I
Galler
y
II
Galler
y
III
Galler
y
IV
Galler
y
V
Galler
y
VI
Galler
y
VII
Galler
y
VIII
Salient Features
Can retain total control over how each individual of a crowd interacts with its fellow
creatures, the terrain, any dangers or opportunities in the environment.
Physique is an incredibly fast skinning system, allowing you to create flesh around the
biped bones amazingly quickly.
Provides a uniquely rich palette of tools for free-form animation and footstep animation.
Provides a high quality, cost-effective way to populate your 3ds Max worlds with
characters that walk, run, jump, and move with incredible personality.
Inverse Kinematic pivot points for smooth, natural hand and foot movements.
An interactive skinning system, powerful new Motion Flow Editor, features for
accelerating non-linear animations.
Application
Biped (Character Animation).
Morphing.
Flex.
Special Effects.Titling.
Bones.
Inverse kinematic.
For 3D Character Studio & Modelling Topics Covered
Our 3D Character Studio & Modelling Student's Projects
Galler
y
I
Galler
y
II
Galler
y
III
Galler
y
IV
Galler
y
V
Galler
y
VI
Galler
y
VII
Galler
y
VIII
ADOBE FLASH
Adobe Flash multimedia applications that allow designers and developers the freedom to
create rich and engaging applications, presentations, animations, and web sites.
Salient Features
Movie created in Flash has a very less file size.
Multiple actions can be attached,such as can create a new HTML file or add a Shockwave
10
Course Duration
200 sessions of 1 hr. each
Fees (US $)
915
11
b.
CorelDRAW
Flash
Illustrator
Flash Action Script
3D Studio Max
Charachter Studio Modelling
Maya
OUR 3D SUDIO MAX STUDENT'S REVIEW
CorelDRAW
CorelDRAW is a Vector graphic software, allowing the user to produce World Class Illustrations
with 16.7 million colours.
Salient Features
WithCorelDRAW you can create Illustrations from scratch, enhance the Designs, use and
embellish scanned Photos of your Digital Art, and send your finished work out in many ways.
Vector-based drawing Program with extensive text handling and precision-drawing features.
Ideal tool for virtually any design project from Commercial Art to technical illustrations,
advertisements, publishing and Internet publishing.
Application
Full-color Design Illustrations.
Complex Design Drawings.
Commercial Art.
Photorealistic Design Images.
Surrealistic Images.
Animation sequences.
Libraries of Designs.
12
Gallery
I
Illustrator
Illustrator is a vector graphics creation software for print media and web, allowing the user to
produce World Class Illustrations with 16.7 million colors.
Salient Features
Creative tools for Print Media Output.
Sophisticated Web Graphic Tools.
Special Effects to Images.
Versatile Transparency Capabilities
Dynamic Media Projects
Application
Complex and High Quality Output.
Logos.
Libraries.
High Quality Illustrations.
Creating Banners, Posters, Handbills etc
Career Options
Graphic Designer
Our Illustrator Student's Projects
13
3D Studio Max is a tool from Kinetix for making 3D Models and Designs and also to create
simple as well as complex 3-Dimensional Animations.
Salient Features
Mechanical 3D Modeling and Rendering.
Architectural drawings and layouts of all kinds.
Interior design and facility planning.
Line drawings for the fine arts.
Using 3D-Studio Max, is an important part of communicating with the drawing
community.
Achieve impressive presentations by simply souping up your 2D drawings and
presenting them in dynamic views.
Gain a competitive edge by taking the time to build full 3D drawings.
A new paradigm for Design Visualization.
3D Studio Max is much more than just a form creation tool.
3D Studio Max software gives you the freedom to experiment and race ahead with
your ideas and Imaginations.
Photographic & natural backgrounds made by yourself to create extraordinary
environment
The Special effects & extra lighting effects to make the environment much more
vibrant.
Integrated Keyframe Animation. Subtle Visual Effects - Visual effects are available
fog, atmospheric effects, volumetric lighting and the effect of fire to help make,
your Project Powerful and Natural.
Powerful Materials Editor - Simple materials with full control of color, textures
shininess, strength of shininess, self-illumination and opacity are built-in.
Rich Lighting Tools - Quick, precise control of lighting effects.
Nondestructive Booleans and Lofts Merging outer Scenes or Film Clips with the
Project made in 3D Studio Max.
Completely Redesigned Documentation and Tutorials.
Auto Back Light - Automatically position the sun for any day of the year, any time
of day, any position on the earth, or any angle true north relative to your model.
Application
14
Gallery
I
Gallery
II
Gallery
III
Gallery
IV
Gallery
V
Gallery
VI
Gallery
VII
Gallery
VIII
Gallery
I
Gallery
II
Gallery
III
Gallery
IV
Gallery
V
Gallery
VI
Gallery
VII
Gallery
VIII
MAYA
Autodesk Maya 3D modeling, animation, rendering, and visual effects software offers artists an
end-to-end creative workflow. Autodesk Maya software is the first release to unify the Autodesk
Maya Complete 2009 and Autodesk Maya Unlimited 2009 feature sets, advanced matchmoving
capabilities, and high dynamic range compositing into a single affordable package. Also included
for a complete CG workflow are 5 additional mental ray for Maya batch rendering nodes and the
Autodesk Backburner network render queue manager.
Salient Features
Autodesk Maya 2009 software delivers a significantly streamlined poly modeling workflow
A powerful new animation layering paradigm in Maya 2009 built on technology from
Autodesk MotionBuilder software, gives you more flexibility as you non-destructively create
and edit animation
Maya 2009 includes tools developed specifically for the creation of stereoscopic content. In
this video well introduce you to the in-viewport stereoscopic viewer and the default stereo
camera rig
This new Maya Unlimited toolset gives you a precise, efficient workflow for simulating a
wide range of complex effects including liquids, clouds, smoke, spray and dust
Maya 2009 provides new and enhanced tools for both the high-level manipulation and
component-level editing of polygon models
For Maya Topics Covered
Our Maya Student's Projects
Gallery
I
Gallery
II
Gallery
III
Gallery
IV
Gallery
V
Gallery
VI
Gallery
VII
Gallery
VIII
ADOBE FLASH
16
Adobe Flash multimedia applications that allow designers and developers the freedom to create
rich and engaging applications, presentations, animations, and web sites.
Salient Features
Movie created in Flash has a very less file size.
Multiple actions can be attached,such as can create a new HTML file or add a Shockwave
Flash movie to an existing HTML file.
Aftershock will also create a script to detect START or STOP the movie, GO TO
A URL, LOAD a new movie or perform any number of other functions.
Another unique feature of Flash 4 is Bandwidth Profiler.This feature takes care of the usual
drawback of multimedia file size, and bring the user to reality.
Application
Flash is Primarily an animation tool for the Web.
You can also create Corporate presentations and 2D Animations.
For Flash Topics Covered
ADOBE FLASH WITH ActionScript
Adobe ActionScript is the programming language of the Adobe Flash Platform. Originally
developed as a way for developers to program interactivity, ActionScript enables efficient
programming of Adobe Flash Platform applications for everything from simple animations to
complex, data-rich, interactive application interfaces.
This manual provides a foundation for developing applications in Adobe ActionScript 3.0. It
discusses core ActionScript 3.0 concepts, including language syntax, statements and operators,
and object-oriented ActionScript programming
Applications:
ActionScript 3.0 contains a host of powerful new features that can greatly speed the
development process
ActionScript 3.0 consists of two parts: the core language and the Flash Player API
The core language defines the basic building blocks of the programming language, such as
statements, expressions, conditions, loops, and types
ActionScript 3.0 includes native support for regular expressions so you can quickly search for
and manipulate strings
For Action Script Topics Covered
Course Duration
570 sessions of 1 hr. each
Fees (US $)
17
c. 3D Animation pro
Adobe Photoshop
3D Studio Max
Charachter Studio Modelling
Maya
OUR 3D SUDIO MAX STUDENT'S REVIEW
ADOBE PHOTOSHOP
Adobe Photoshop is an Image Processing software package
that enables you to create & edit images on IBM personal
Computers. Adobe Photoshop is acknowledged in
professional fields as the cutting-edge Program, the final
word in Commercial Art.
Salient Features
With Photoshop's tools you can paint a likeness of a
physical object.
Mixing and Manipulating of colours at a click of a
button.
You can Blend 2 Images.
You can create Patterns and Artistic Designs using Fills
and Colours.
You can manipulate your Design images with Special
Effects and Techniques.
You can Import and Export your Images.
Retouch, Manipulate and Enhance Designs & patterns.
Application
It has been used to edit and create images as diverse as
Commercial Art, Cosmetic ads, New Photos, Motion
picture footage, Animation cells & Fine Art work.
18
19
3D - CHARACTER STUDIO & MODELLING Character Studio is the latest release of the powerful
extension to 3ds Max the world's best-selling professional 3D animation and modelling solution.
Character Studio provides more ways to build and refine characters than any other product, including
groundbreaking new tools for creating crowds. Now you can quickly animate a school of fish, a swarm of
bees, or collection of humanoid characters.
PRE-REQUISITE
20
MAYA Maya is the world's most powerful 3D animation and visual effects software for the film, video,
broadcast, game development, interactive, and location based entertainment markets. Maya Basics For
Salient Features & Applications
Our Maya Student's Projects
Course Duration
Fees (US $)
52,500
1500
21
d. 3D Character Studio
Sound addition.
Special effects in films.
For 3D Character Studio & Modelling Topics Covered
Our 3D Character Studio Max Student's Projects
Gallery
I
Gallery
II
Gallery
III
Gallery
IV
Gallery
V
Gallery
VI
Gallery
VII
Gallery
VIII
Course Duration
40 sessions of 1 hr. each
Fees (US $)
285
23
e. 3D Studio Max
OUR 3D SUDIO MAX STUDENT'S REVIEW
Gallery I
Gallery II
Gallery III
3D - STUDIO MAX
Create stunning 3D in less time with Autodesk 3ds Max software. This full-featured 3D
modeling, animation, and rendering solution is used to produce top-selling games and awardwinning film and video content. Its a tool of choice for quickly generating realistic characters,
seamless CG effects, jaw-dropping games, and top-quality film and television content. Enhanced
toolsets enable you to create your 3D environment the way you want, manage complex scenes,
and take advantage of improved software interoperability and pipeline-integration support.
Salient Features
Mechanical 3D Modeling and Rendering.
Architectural drawings and layouts of all kinds.
Interior design and facility planning.
Line drawings for the fine arts.
Using 3D-Studio Max, is an important part of communicating with the drawing
community.
Achieve impressive presentations by simply souping up your 2D drawings and
presenting them in dynamic views.
Gain a competitive edge by taking the time to build full 3D drawings.
A new paradigm for Design Visualization.
3D Studio Max is much more than just a form creation tool.
3D Studio Max software gives you the freedom to experiment and race ahead with
your ideas and Imaginations.
Photographic & natural backgrounds made by yourself to create extraordinary
environment
The Special effects & extra lighting effects to make the environment much more
vibrant.
Integrated Keyframe Animation. Subtle Visual Effects - Visual effects are available
fog, atmospheric effects, volumetric lighting and the effect of fire to help make,
your Project Powerful and Natural.
Powerful Materials Editor - Simple materials with full control of color, textures
shininess, strength of shininess, self-illumination and opacity are built-in.
Rich Lighting Tools - Quick, precise control of lighting effects.
24
Nondestructive Booleans and Lofts Merging outer Scenes or Film Clips with the
Project made in 3D Studio Max.
Completely Redesigned Documentation and Tutorials.
Auto Back Light - Automatically position the sun for any day of the year, any time
of day, any position on the earth, or any angle true north relative to your model.
Application
Create 3D Models and Render them into Images or Movie Clips.
With Autodesk 3D Studio Max, you can create High resolution, True-colour Image files in
Industry standard file formats for Corporate Presentations, Broadcast Graphics, Interior
designing, Walk-through Views, Design & Development.
Enhance the look of your interiors with special effects.
Give a Realistic look to your interiors as well as to your Architectural Designs.
For 3D Studio Max Topics Covered
Our 3D Studio Max Student's Projects
Gallery
I
Gallery
II
Gallery
III
Gallery
IV
Gallery
V
Gallery
VI
Gallery
VII
Gallery
VIII
Course Duration
100 sessions of 1 hr. each
Fees (US $)
370
25
ADOBE PHOTOSHOP
Adobe Photoshop is an Image Processing software package that enables you to create & edit
images on IBM personal Computers.Adobe Photoshop is acknowledged in professional fields as
the cutting-edge program, the final word in image editing.
Salient Features
With Photoshop's tools you can paint a likeness of a physical object.
Mixing and Manipulating of colours at a click of a button.
You can Blend 2 Images.
You can create Patterns and Artistic Designs using Fills and Colours.
You can manipulate your Design images with Special Effects and Techniques.
You can Import and Export your Images.
Retouch, Manipulate and Enhance Designs & patterns.
Application
It has been used to edit and create images as diverse as Commercial Art, Cosmetic ads, New
Photos, Motion picture footage, Animation cells & Fine Art work.
Creates original Art & converts it to desired Platforms.
Retouch, manipulate & enhance photographs of Digital arts.
Master the special effects you've always wanted.
Learn the secrets of Output & Storage of your Images.
26
Gallery I
Gallery II
Gallery III
InDesign
Design compelling page layouts that include transparency, creative effects, and gradient feathers.
Since effects are live and nondestructive, you can experiment with ease. Apply effects
independently to an object's stroke, fill, or content.
Salient Features
Extensive integration
Work smoothly with Adobe Photoshop, Illustrator, Acrobat, InCopy, and Dreamweaver
27
software;enjoy consistency by using shared presets and color settings; work more efficiently
with native file ;format ;support; and easily publish to multiple media.
Creative effects and controls
Design compelling page layouts that include transparency, creative effects, and gradient
feathers. Since ;effects are live and nondestructive, you can experiment with ease. Apply
effects independently to an ;object's stroke, fill, or content.
Reliable prepress and printing
Have confidence in your output. Get accurate, consistent results every time you print using
sophisticated preview capabilities, exporting reliable Adobe PDF files, and sharing custom
presets.
Application
Creative effects and controls
Reliable prepress and printing
Productivity enhancement
Professional typographical controls
Robust long-document support
For InDesign Topics Covered
ADOBE FLASH
Adobe Flash multimedia applications that allow designers and developers the freedom to create
rich and engaging applications, presentations, animations, and web sites.
Salient Features
Movie created in Flash has a very less file size.
Multiple actions can be attached,such as can create a new HTML file or add a Shockwave
Flash movie to an existing HTML file.
Aftershock will also create a script to detect START or STOP the movie, GO TO
A URL, LOAD a new movie or perform any number of other functions.
Another unique feature of Flash 4 is Bandwidth Profiler.This feature takes care of the usual
drawback of multimedia file size, and bring the user to reality.
Application
Flash is Primarily an animation tool for the Web.
You can also create Corporate presentations and 2D Animations.
For Flash Topics Covered
ADOBE FLASH WITH ActionScript
28
Adobe ActionScript is the programming language of the Adobe Flash Platform. Originally
developed as a way for developers to program interactivity, ActionScript enables efficient
programming of Adobe Flash Platform applications for everything from simple animations to
complex, data-rich, interactive application interfaces.
This manual provides a foundation for developing applications in Adobe ActionScript 3.0. It
discusses core ActionScript 3.0 concepts, including language syntax, statements and operators,
and object-oriented ActionScript programming
Application
ActionScript 3.0 contains a host of powerful new features that can greatly speed the
development process
ActionScript 3.0 consists of two parts: the core language and the Flash Player API
The core language defines the basic building blocks of the programming language, such as
statements, expressions, conditions, loops, and types
ActionScript 3.0 includes native support for regular expressions so you can quickly search for
and manipulate strings
For ActionScript Topics Coverd
Faculty start
Password start
Hangman
Particle Loop
Particles toggle caching
Showreel
33
Fees (US $)
60
Fees (US $)
60
2
1.
C++
1
1.
Class.
2
Object.
1.
Inheritance.
3
Functions.
1.
Properties.
4
1.
5
Course Duration
10 sessions of 1 hr. each
34
ADOBE PREMIERE
A powerful tool for professional digital Video Editing Designed for video professionals, ADOBE
Premiere software spans the world of broadcast and online media. Thanks to its elegant
interface and superb editing tools, you can work with complete efficiency, control,
and flexibility to produce broadcast-quality movies for video, film, multimedia, and the Web.
SALIENT FEATURES
Digitizes video & sound, hence eliminates transfer losses.
Edits video & multimedia movies in AVI, MPEG etc.
Creates titles and graphics.
Superimposes titles and graphics, animation on video and film.
Adds transition and special effects.
Uses digital filtering for special effects in video & audio tracks.
Modifies movies with other applications.
Exports projects to video tapes.
APPLICATIONS
Multimedia presentations of any subject. Film editing with special effects and movie making.
For Adobe Premiere Pro Topics Covered
Course Duration
230 sessions of 1 hr. each
Fees (US $)
1520
35
g. Maya
Our MAYA Student's Projects
Gallery I
Gallery II
Gallery III
MAYA
Autodesk Maya 3D modeling, animation, rendering, and visual effects software offers artists an
end-to-end creative workflow. Autodesk Maya software is the first release to unify the Autodesk
Maya Complete 2009 and Autodesk Maya Unlimited 2009 feature sets, advanced matchmoving
capabilities, and high dynamic range compositing into a single affordable package. Also included
for a complete CG workflow are 5 additional mental ray for Maya batch rendering nodes and the
Autodesk Backburner network render queue manager.
Salient Features
* Autodesk Maya 2009 software delivers a significantly streamlined poly modeling workflow
* A powerful new animation layering paradigm in Maya 2009 built on technology from
Autodesk MotionBuilder software, gives you more flexibility as you non-destructively create
and edit animation
* Maya 2009 includes tools developed specifically for the creation of stereoscopic content. In
this video well introduce you to the in-viewport stereoscopic viewer and the default stereo
camera rig
* This new Maya Unlimited toolset gives you a precise, efficient workflow for simulating a wide
range of complex effects including liquids, clouds, smoke, spray and dust
* Maya 2009 provides new and enhanced tools for both the high-level manipulation and
component-level editing of polygon models
Application
Create 3D Models and Render them into Images or Movie Clips.
Create Films
Create Video
Broadcast Movies and Special effects
Character Animations
Game Development
Interactive Multimedia presentations for Local National and International markets.
36
Course Duration
150 sessions of 1 hr. each
Fees (US $)
885
37
2. Designing
a. Fashion Designing
CorelDRAW
Adobe Photoshop
OUR FASHION DESIGNING STUDENT'S REVIEW
2
Click Here For More Reviews
Fashion designers don't just design clothes, they often predict and create trends and market
designs. This process begins with drawing sketches by hand or on a computer, selecting the
fabrics and colours and trying out ideas by pinning them onto a dummy. This course aims to
teach you Drawing skills required for fashion design & garment designing techniques
To design your distinct line of clothing
To develop a garment according to client specifications. Why Fashion Designing On
Computer ?
Easy to Design on the computer.
Working time reduced drastically.
Enables variations of your designing in seconds.
Choice of 16.7 million colours.
Mixing and matching of colours at a click of a button.
Intricacy in Dress, Pattern, Necklines, Fitting, Designing etc.
Capability of building up libraries of sleeves, yokes, pleats, colours, patterns, etc., which you can
access for permutations, combinations and modifications..
The ability to trace figures or designs on to screen for further enhancement.
Create unique and world class original and unique designs in vector and bit mapped Retouch,
manipulate and enhance models to suit your unique imagination of designs.
A variety of realistic outputs to show your customer, like Laser outputs, Slide Matrix recorder,
Video tapes, Inkjet printout in 16.7 million colors etc.
Present requirement of boutiques, export oriented firms, Garment manufacturing industries etc.
CorelDRAW
CorelDRAW is a Vector graphic software, allowing the user to produce World Class Illustrations
38
Gallery I
Gallery II
Gallery III
Gallery IV
Gallery V
Adobe Photoshop
Adobe Photoshop is an Image Processing software package that enables you to create & edit
images on IBM personal Computers. Adobe Photoshop is acknowledged in professional fields as
the cutting-edge Program, the final word in Commercial Art.
Salient Features
With Photoshop's tools you can paint a likeness of a physical object.
Mixing and Manipulating of colours at a click of a button.
You can Blend 2 Images.
You can create Patterns and Artistic Designs using Fills and Colours.
39
You can manipulate your Design images with Special Effects and Techniques.
You can Import and Export your Images.
Retouch, Manipulate and Enhance Designs & patterns.
Application
It has been used to edit and create images as diverse as Commercial Art, Cosmetic ads, New
Photos, Motion picture footage, Animation cells & Fine Art work.
Creates original Art & converts it to desired Platforms.
Retouch, manipulate & enhance photographs of Digital arts.
Master the special effects you've always wanted.
Learn the secrets of Output & Storage of your Images.
Web page designing.
For Photoshop Topics Covered
Our Fashion Designing Student's Project
Gallery I
Gallery II
Course Duration
60 sessions of 1 hr. each
Gallery III
Gallery IV
Gallery V
Fees (US $)
400
40
b. Interior Architectural
AutoCAD(2D + 3D)
3D Studio Max
CorelDraw
Adobe Photoshop
AUTOCAD
AutoCAD is the most powerful and the most popular AUTOMATIC COMPUTER
AIDED Drafting Program. We want to help you unlock AutoCAD's power to do your designing
and drafting work, quickly and easily.
Salient Features
With AutoCAD, you can draw 2D Drawings as well as 3D Models with Rendering.
AutoCAD is also useful in Mechanical Drafting, Architectural Drawing, Interior Designing,
etc.
The main feature of AutoCAD is not only to create drawings but drawings with proper
dimensions and scale.
Application
Interior Designing.
Architectural Engineering.
Mechanical Engineering.
Electrical Designing.
For AutoCAD Topics Covered
Our Interior Designing Student's Projects
Gallery I
Gallery II
Gallery III
AutocadDrawing
41
3D - STUDIO MAX
Create stunning 3D in less time with Autodesk 3ds Max software. This full-featured 3D
modeling, animation, and rendering solution is used to produce top-selling games and awardwinning film and video content. Its a tool of choice for quickly generating realistic characters,
seamless CG effects, jaw-dropping games, and top-quality film and television content. Enhanced
toolsets enable you to create your 3D environment the way you want, manage complex scenes,
and take advantage of improved software interoperability and pipeline-integration support.
Salient Features
Mechanical 3D Modeling and Rendering.
Architectural drawings and layouts of all kinds.
Interior design and facility planning.
Line drawings for the fine arts.
Using 3D-Studio Max, is an important part of communicating with the drawing community.
Achieve impressive presentations by simply souping up your 2D drawings and presenting
them in dynamic views.
Gain a competitive edge by taking the time to build full 3D drawings.
A new paradigm for Design Visualization.
3D Studio Max is much more than just a form creation tool.
3D Studio Max software gives you the freedom to experiment and race ahead with your ideas
and Imaginations.
Photographic & natural backgrounds made by yourself to create extraordinary environment.
The Special effects & extra lighting effects to make the environment much more vibrant.
Integrated Keyframe Animation. Subtle Visual Effects - Visual effects are available like fog,
atmospheric effects, volumetric lighting and the effect of fire to help make, your Project
Powerful and Natural.
Powerful Materials Editor - Simple materials with full control of color, textures shininess,
strength of shininess, self-illumination and opacity are built-in.
Rich Lighting Tools - Quick, precise control of lighting effects.
Nondestructive Booleans and Lofts Merging outer Scenes or Film Clips with the Project made
in 3D Studio Max.
Completely Redesigned Documentation and Tutorials.
Auto Back Light - Automatically position the sun for any day of the year, any time of day, any
position on the earth, or any angle true north relative to your model.
Application
Create 3D Models and Render them into Images or Movie Clips.
With Autodesk 3D Studio Max, you can create High resolution, True-colour Image files in
Industry standard file formats for Corporate Presentations, Broadcast Graphics, Interior
designing, Walk-through Views, Design & Development.
Enhance the look of your interiors with special effects.
Give a Realistic look to your interiors as well as to your Architectural Designs.
42
Gallery I
Gallery II
Gallery III
AutocadDrawing
CorelDRAW
CorelDraw is a Vector Graphics Software, allowing the user to produce World Class Illustrations
with 16.7 million colours. THE SPECIAL APPLICATION OF TEXTURES AND GRAPHICS
FOR 3D VISUALIZATION allows the user to give a realistic look to their designs.
The program is looked at both as a "stand-alone" application and also as partnering software for
3d studio max and AutoCAD.
Application
Full-color Design Illustrations.
Complex Design Drawings.
Jewellery Designs.
Photorealistic Design Images.
Surrealistic Images.
Libraries of Designs.
High-quality drawings from low-resolution originals.
For CorelDRAW Topics Covered
Our Interior Designing Student's Projects
Gallery I
Gallery II
Gallery III
AutocadDrawing
43
ADOBE PHOTOSHOP
Adobe Photoshop is an Image Processing software package that enables you to create & edit
images on IBM personal Computers. Adobe Photoshop is acknowledged in professional fields as
the cutting-edge Program, the final word in Commercial Art.
Salient Features
With Photoshop's tools you can paint a likeness of a physical object.
Mixing and Manipulating of colours at a click of a button.
You can Blend 2 Images.
You can create Patterns and Artistic Designs using Fills and Colours.
You can manipulate your Design images with Special Effects and Techniques.
You can Import and Export your Images.
Retouch, Manipulate and Enhance Designs & patterns.
Application
It has been used to edit and create images as diverse as Commercial Art, Cosmetic ads, New
Photos, Motion picture footage, Animation cells & Fine Art work.
Creates original Art & converts it to desired Platforms.
Retouch, manipulate & enhance photographs of Digital arts.
Master the special effects you've always wanted.
Learn the secrets of Output & Storage of your Images
Web page designing.
For Adobe photoshop Topics Covered
44
AUTOCAD
AutoCAD is the most powerful and the most popular AUTOMATIC COMPUTER AIDED Drafting
Program. We want to help you unlock AutoCAD's power to do your designing and drafting work, quickly
and easily.
Salient Features
With AutoCAD, you can draw 2D Drawings as well as 3D Models with Rendering.
AutoCAD is also useful in Mechanical Drafting, Architectural Drawing, Interior Designing, etc.
The main feature of AutoCAD is not only to create drawings but drawings with proper dimensions and
scale.
Application
Interior Designing.
Architectural Engineering.
Mechanical Engineering.
Electrical Designing.
Gallery I
Gallery II
Gallery III
AutocadDrawing
45
3D - STUDIO MAX
3D Studio Max is a tool from Kinetix for making 3D Models and Designs and also to create simple as
well as complex 3-Dimensional Animations.
Salient Features
Application
Create 3D Models and Render them into Images or Movie Clips.
With Autodesk 3D Studio Max, you can create High resolution, True-colour Image files in Industry
standard file formats for Corporate Presentations, Broadcast Graphics, Interior designing, Walkthrough Views, Design & Development.
Enhance the look of your interiors with special effects.
Give a Realistic look to your interiors as well as to your Architectural Designs.
46
CorelDRAW
CorelDraw is a Vector Graphics Software, allowing the user to produce World Class Illustrations with
16.7 million colours. THE SPECIAL APPLICATION OF TEXTURES AND GRAPHICS FOR 3D
VISUALIZATION allows the user to give a realistic look to their designs.
The program is looked at both as a "stand-alone" application and also as partnering software for 3d studio
max and AutoCAD.
Application
Full-color Design Illustrations.
Complex Design Drawings.
Jewellery Designs.
Photorealistic Design Images.
Surrealistic Images.
Libraries of Designs.
High-quality drawings from low-resolution originals.
Salient Features
Digital video & sound, hence eliminates transfer losses.
Edits video & multimedia movies in standard formats like AVI, MOV, RAM, MPEG etc.
Creates Movie titles and graphics.
Super imposes titles and graphics, animation on video and film.
Adds transition and special effects.
Uses digital filtering for special effects in video & audio tracks
Exports projects to video tapes.
Application
Multimedia presentations on any subject.
47
ADOBE PHOTOSHOP
Adobe Photoshop is an Image Processing software package that enables you to create & edit images on
IBM personal Computers. Adobe Photoshop is acknowledged in professional fields as the cutting-edge
Program, the final word in Commercial Art.
Salient Features
With Photoshop's tools you can paint a likeness of a physical object.
Mixing and Manipulating of colours at a click of a button.
You can Blend 2 Images.
You can create Patterns and Artistic Designs using Fills and Colours.
You can manipulate your Design images with Special Effects and Techniques.
You can Import and Export your Images.
Retouch, Manipulate and Enhance Designs & patterns.
Application
It has been used to edit and create images as diverse as Commercial Art, Cosmetic ads, New Photos,
Motion picture footage, Animation cells & Fine Art work.
Creates original Art & converts it to desired Platforms.
Retouch, manipulate & enhance photographs of Digital arts.
Master the special effects you've always wanted.
Learn the secrets of Output & Storage of your Images
Web page designing.
Course Duration
Fees (US $)
48
53,000
1515
49
AUTOCAD
AutoCAD is the most powerful and the most popular AUTOMATIC COMPUTER AIDED Drafting
Program. We want to help you unlock AutoCAD's power to do your designing and drafting work, quickly
and easily.
Salient Features
With AutoCAD, you can draw 2D Drawings as well as 3D Models with Rendering.
AutoCAD is also useful in Mechanical Drafting, Architectural Drawing, Interior Designing, etc.
The main feature of AutoCAD is not only to create drawings but drawings with proper dimensions
and scale.
Application
Interior Designing.
Architectural Engineering.
Mechanical Engineering.
Electrical Designing.
50
Gallery I
Gallery II
Gallery III
AutocadDrawing
3D - STUDIO MAX
Create stunning 3D in less time with Autodesk 3ds Max software. This full-featured 3D modeling,
animation, and rendering solution is used to produce top-selling games and award-winning film and video
content. Its a tool of choice for quickly generating realistic characters, seamless CG effects, jaw-dropping
games, and top-quality film and television content. Enhanced toolsets enable you to create your 3D
environment the way you want, manage complex scenes, and take advantage of improved software
interoperability and pipeline-integration support.
Salient Features
51
Application
Create 3D Models and Render them into Images or Movie Clips.
With Autodesk 3D Studio Max, you can create High resolution, True-colour Image files in Industry
standard file formats for Corporate Presentations, Broadcast Graphics, Interior designing, Walkthrough Views, Design & Development.
Enhance the look of your interiors with special effects.
Give a Realistic look to your interiors as well as to your Architectural Designs.
Gallery I
Gallery II
Gallery III
AutocadDrawing
CorelDRAW
CorelDraw is a Vector Graphics Software, allowing the user to produce World Class Illustrations with
16.7 million colours. THE SPECIAL APPLICATION OF TEXTURES AND GRAPHICS FOR 3D
VISUALIZATION allows the user to give a realistic look to their designs.
The program is looked at both as a "stand-alone" application and also as partnering software for 3d studio
max and AutoCAD.
Application
Full-color Design Illustrations.
Complex Design Drawings.
Jewellery Designs.
Photorealistic Design Images.
Surrealistic Images.
Libraries of Designs.
High-quality drawings from low-resolution originals.
52
Gallery I
Gallery II
Gallery III
AutocadDrawing
ADOBE PHOTOSHOP
Adobe Photoshop is an Image Processing software package that enables you to create & edit images on
IBM personal Computers. Adobe Photoshop is acknowledged in professional fields as the cutting-edge
Program, the final word in Commercial Art.
Salient Features
With Photoshop's tools you can paint a likeness of a physical object.
Mixing and Manipulating of colours at a click of a button.
You can Blend 2 Images.
You can create Patterns and Artistic Designs using Fills and Colours.
You can manipulate your Design images with Special Effects and Techniques.
You can Import and Export your Images.
Retouch, Manipulate and Enhance Designs & patterns.
Application
It has been used to edit and create images as diverse as Commercial Art, Cosmetic ads, New Photos,
Motion picture footage, Animation cells & Fine Art work.
Creates original Art & converts it to desired Platforms.
Retouch, manipulate & enhance photographs of Digital arts.
Master the special effects you've always wanted.
Learn the secrets of Output & Storage of your Images
Web page designing.
Salient Features
53
Application
Multimedia presentations on any subject.
Film editing with special effects and movie making.
Movies and Video Clips for Online presentations and distribution.
REVIT
Autodesk Revit is Building Information Modeling software for Microsoft Windows, currently developed
by Autodesk, which allows the user to design with both parametric 3D modeling and 2D drafting
elements. Building Information Modeling is a Computer Aided Design (CAD) paradigm that employs
intelligent 3D objects to represent real physical building components such as walls and doors. In Revit,
views of the building model are cameras, either orthographic or perspective: a component such as a door
can be moved in any view, and all other views of the model will update automatically. As each 'view' is a
camera of the actual 3D model, a change anywhere is a change everywhere. This is made possible by
Revit's underlying relational database architecture which its creators call the parametric change engine.
Fees (US $)
53,000
1515
54
e.
JewelCAD
JewelCAD
JewelCAD has the power and tools for you to create jewelry in an intuitive and timely manner.
From the virtual to reality, JewelCAD will be your tool.
Salient Features:
Fun and easy-to-use interface allows reasonable learning curve.
A built-in-library of parts and mountings gets you started.
Mirror left-to-right earrings with a "click".
Calculate volume and weight of the final product.
Render your design for review.
Scaleable gem shapes (round, marquee, pear, to name a few).
Design data of JewelCAD are ready for mould-making by rapid prototyping.
Export and Import models for use with Rhino3D, Vellum, .IGES, .STL files.
Provides scale and cut to exact dimension and weight.
Users can further expand the library by inputting their own designs.
With Feature of simple wire-frame to full color images it is useful in 3D designs to store as
data files taking up minimal disk space.
Application:
If you are a Jewelry Manufacturer, designer, retailer, or enthusiast, JewelCAD has the power
and tools for you to create and sell jewelry faster than ever before.
Create 3D Jewellery (Rings, Chain, Pendants, Sets etc.)
Create scaleable Gems, stones with different colours.
COURSE CONTENTS Click Here for Details
JewelCAD Gallery
55
GalleryI
JewelCAD
Gallery II
JewelCAD
Gallery III
Course Duration
60 sessions of 1 hr. each
JewelCAD
Gallery IV
JewelCAD
Gallery V
JewelCAD
Gallery VI
Fees (US $)
485
56
f. Jewelry Designing
CorelDRAW (2D Jewellery Designing)
Adobe Photoshop (2D Jewellery Designing)
OUR JEWELLERY DESIGNING STUDENT'S
REVIEW
covered.
For CorelDraw Topic Covered
2D Computer Generated Jewellery Designing Using Photoshop
Adobe PhotoShop is an Image Processing software package. It enables you to present your
jewellery designs with appropriate special effects like the glow of a diamond or light and shadow
on gold, etc. You can also create a whole range of designs by modifying one design. Adobe
Photoshop is acknowledged in professional fields as the cutting-edge Program, the final word in
inspirational Designing.
For Photoshop Topic Covered
Course Duration
60 sessions of 1 hr. each
Fees (US $)
400
58
g. Mechanical Designing
AutoCAD
3D Studio Max
AUTOCAD
AutoCAD is the most powerful and the most popular AUTOMATIC COMPUTER
AIDED Drafting Program. We want to help you unlock AutoCAD's power to do your designing
and drafting work, quickly and easily.
Topics Covered in AutoCAD:
Getting Started:
Starting & Closing AutoCAD
AutoCAD Interface Overview
Communicating With AutoCAD
Managing Your Drawing Files
Display Commands:
View Magnification
ZOOM Window
ZOOM Previous
ZOOM Extents & Zoom Object
ZOOM Scale
ZOOM & PAN In Real Time
Coordinates & Basic Drafting Tools:
Orthographic & Polar Coordinates
Object Snap Overrides
Running Object Snaps
POLAR & Direct Distance Entry
SNAP & GRID
Intro to OTRACK
Creating 2D Geometry:
Creating LINE Objects
Creating CIRCLEs & ARCs
Introduction to LWPOLYLINEs
Creating & Using POINTs
Introduction to ELLIPSEs
Creating Splines
Editing 2D Geometry:
59
Gallery I
AutocadDrawing
3D - STUDIO MAX
3D Studio Max is a tool from Kinetix for making 3D Models and Designs and also to create
simple as well as complex 3-Dimensional Animations.
Salient Features
Mechanical 3D Modeling and Rendering.
Architectural drawings and layouts of all kinds.
Interior design and facility planning.
Line drawings for the fine arts.
61
Using 3D-Studio Max, is an important part of communicating with the drawing community.
Achieve impressive presentations by simply souping up your 2D drawings and presenting
them in dynamic views.
Gain a competitive edge by taking the time to build full 3D drawings.
A new paradigm for Design Visualization.
3D Studio Max is much more than just a form creation tool.
3D Studio Max software gives you the freedom to experiment and race ahead with your ideas
and Imaginations.
Photographic & natural backgrounds made by yourself to create extraordinary environment.
The Special effects & extra lighting effects to make the environment much more vibrant.
Integrated Keyframe Animation. Subtle Visual Effects - Visual effects are available like fog,
atmospheric effects, volumetric lighting and the effect of fire to help make, your Project
Powerful and Natural.
Powerful Materials Editor - Simple materials with full control of color, textures shininess,
strength of shininess, self-illumination and opacity are built-in.
Rich Lighting Tools - Quick, precise control of lighting effects.
Nondestructive Booleans and Lofts Merging outer Scenes or Film Clips with the Project made
in 3D Studio Max.
Completely Redesigned Documentation and Tutorials.
Auto Back Light - Automatically position the sun for any day of the year, any time of day, any
position on the earth, or any angle true north relative to your model.
Application
Create 3D Models and Render them into Images or Movie Clips.
With Autodesk 3D Studio Max, you can create High resolution, True-colour Image files in
Industry standard file formats for Corporate Presentations, Broadcast Graphics, Interior
designing, Walk-through Views, Design & Development.
Enhance the look of your interiors with special effects.
Give a Realistic look to your interiors as well as to your Architectural Designs.
For 3D Studio Max Topics Covered
(Software - AutoCAD + 3D Studio Max)
Course Duration
Fees (Indian RS.)
140 sessions of 1 hr. each
19,000
Fees (US $)
545
62
h. Textile Designing
CorelDRAW
Adobe Photoshop
Why Textile Designing On Computer ?
Easy to Design on the computer.
Working time reduced drastically.
Enables variations in your designing in seconds and matching of colours at a click of a button.
Designing your own textile patterns.
Intricacy in pattern & texture designing.
Create original designs and convert them into desired platforms.
Retouch, manipulate and enhance textures, patterns & designs.
The ability to trace figures or designs on to screen for further enhancement.
A variety of realistic outputs to show your customer, like laser outputs, slide matrix recorder,
video tapes, inkjet printouts in 16.7 million colors etc.
CorelDRAW
CorelDRAW is a Vector graphic software, allowing the user to produce World Class Illustrations
with 16.7 million colours.
Salient Features
WithCorelDRAW you can create Illustrations from scratch, enhance the Designs, use and
embellish scanned Photos of your Digital Art, and send your finished work out in many ways.
Vector-based drawing Program with extensive text handling and precision-drawing features.
Ideal tool for virtually any design project from Commercial Art to technical illustrations,
advertisements, publishing and Internet publishing.
Application
Full-color Design Illustrations.
Complex Design Drawings.
Commercial Art.
Photorealistic Design Images.
Surrealistic Images.
Animation sequences.
Libraries of Designs.
High-quality drawings from low-resolution originals.
Web page designing.
63
Course Duration
60 sessions of 1 hr. each
Fees (US $)
400
64
3. Print media
a. Commercial Art
CorelDRAW
Illustrator
Adobe Photoshop
InDesign
OUR COMMERCIAL ART STUDENT'S
REVIEW
CORELDRAW
CorelDRAW is a Vector graphic software, allowing the user to produce World Class Illustrations
with 16.7 million colours.
Salient Features
With CorelDRAW you can create Illustrations from scratch, enhance the Designs, use and
embellish scanned Photos of your Digital Art, and send your finished work out in many ways.
Vector-based drawing Program with extensive text handling and precision-drawing features.
Ideal tool for virtually any design project from Commercial Art to technical illustrations,
advertisements, publishing and Internet publishing.
Application
Full-color Design Illustrations.
Complex Design Drawings.
Commercial Art.
Photorealistic Design Images.
Surrealistic Images.
Animation sequences.
Libraries of Designs.
High-quality drawings from low-resolution originals.
Web page designing.
65
66
Gallery
I
ADOBE PHOTOSHOP
Adobe Photoshop is an Image Processing software package that enables you to create & edit
images on IBM personal Computers. Adobe Photoshop is acknowledged in professional fields as
the cutting-edge Program, the final word in Commercial Art.
Salient Features
With Photoshop's tools you can paint a likeness of a physical object.
Mixing and Manipulating of colours at a click of a button.
You can Blend 2 Images.
You can create Patterns and Artistic Designs using Fills and Colours.
You can manipulate your Design images with Special Effects and Techniques.
You can Import and Export your Images.
Retouch, Manipulate and Enhance Designs & patterns.
Application
It has been used to edit and create images as diverse as Commercial Art, Cosmetic ads, New
Photos, Motion picture footage, Animation cells & Fine Art work.
Creates original Art & converts it to desired Platforms.
Retouch, manipulate & enhance photographs of Digital arts.
Master the special effects you've always wanted.
Learn the secrets of Output & Storage of your Images.
Web page designing.
For Photoshop Topics Covered
Our Commercial Art Student's Projects
67
Gallery
I
INDESIGN
Design compelling page layouts that include transparency, creative effects, and gradient feathers.
Since effects are live and nondestructive, you can experiment with ease. Apply effects
independently to an object's stroke, fill, or content.
Salient Features
Extensive integration
Work smoothly with Adobe Photoshop, Illustrator, Acrobat, InCopy, and Dreamweaver
software;enjoy consistency by using shared presets and color settings; work more efficiently
with native file ;format ;support; and easily publish to multiple media.
Creative effects and controls
Design compelling page layouts that include transparency, creative effects, and gradient
feathers. Since ;effects are live and nondestructive, you can experiment with ease. Apply
effects independently to an ;object's stroke, fill, or content.
Reliable prepress and printing
Have confidence in your output. Get accurate, consistent results every time you print using
sophisticated preview capabilities, exporting reliable Adobe PDF files, and sharing custom
presets.
Application
Creative effects and controls
Reliable prepress and printing
Productivity enhancement
Professional typographical controls
68
Course Duration
120 sessions of 1 hr. each
Fees (US $)
69
b. Digital Art
CorelDRAW
Illustrator
Adobe Photoshop
OUR DIGITAL ART STUDENT'S REVIEW
CORELDRAW
CorelDRAW is a Vector graphic software, allowing the user to produce World Class Illustrations
with 16.7 million colours.
Salient Features
WithCorelDRAW you can create Illustrations from scratch, enhance the Designs, use and
embellish scanned Photos of your Digital Art, and send your finished work out in many ways.
Vector-based drawing Program with extensive text handling and precision-drawing features.
Ideal tool for virtually any design project from Commercial Art to technical illustrations,
advertisements, publishing and Internet publishing.
Application
Full-color Design Illustrations.
Complex Design Drawings.
Commercial Art.
Photorealistic Design Images.
Surrealistic Images.
Animation sequences.
Libraries of Designs.
High-quality drawings from low-resolution originals.
Web page designing.
For CorelDRAW Topics Covered
Our Digital Art Student's Projects
70
Gallery I
Illustrator
Illustrator is a vector graphics creation software for print media and web, allowing the user to
produce World Class Illustrations with 16.7 million colors.
Salient Features
Creative tools for Print Media Output.
Sophisticated Web Graphic Tools.
Special Effects to Images.
Versatile Transparency Capabilities
Dynamic Media Projects
Application
Complex and High Quality Output.
Logos.
Libraries.
High Quality Illustrations.
Creating Banners, Posters, Handbills etc
Career Options
Graphic Designer
For Illustrator Topics Covered
Our Digital Art Student's Projects
71
Gallery I
ADOBE PHOTOSHOP
Adobe Photoshop is an Image Processing software package that enables you to create & edit
images on IBM personal Computers. Adobe Photoshop is acknowledged in professional fields as
the cutting-edge Program, the final word in Commercial Art.
Salient Features
With Photoshop's tools you can paint a likeness of a physical object.
Mixing and Manipulating of colours at a click of a button.
You can Blend 2 Images.
You can create Patterns and Artistic Designs using Fills and Colours.
You can manipulate your Design images with Special Effects and Techniques.
You can Import and Export your Images.
Retouch, Manipulate and Enhance Designs & patterns.
Application
It has been used to edit and create images as diverse as Commercial Art, Cosmetic ads, New
Photos, Motion picture footage, Animation cells & Fine Art work.
Creates original Art & converts it to desired Platforms.
Retouch, manipulate & enhance photographs of Digital arts.
Master the special effects you've always wanted.
Learn the secrets of Output & Storage of your Images.
Web page designing.
For Photoshop Topics Covered
Our Digital Art Student's Projects
72
Gallery I
Course Duration
90 sessions of 1 hr. each
Fees (US $)
73
4. Multimedia
a. Multimedia Pro
Adobe Photoshop
3D Studio Max
CorelDRAW
Maya
Illustrator
Adobe After Effects
Flash
Adobe Premiere Pro
Flash Action Script
Final Cut Pro
Sound Forge
OUR MULTIMEDIA STUDENT'S REVIEW
You can manipulate your Design images with Special Effects and Techniques.
You can Import and Export your Images.
Retouch, Manipulate and Enhance Designs & patterns.
Application
It has been used to edit and create images as diverse as Commercial Art, Cosmetic ads, New
Photos, Motion picture footage, Animation cells & Fine Art work.
Creates original Art & converts it to desired Platforms.
Retouch, manipulate & enhance photographs of Digital arts.
Master the special effects you've always wanted.
Learn the secrets of Output & Storage of your Images.
Web page designing.
For Photoshop Topics Covered
Our Digital Art Student's photoshop Projects
Gallery I
CorelDRAW
CorelDRAW is a Vector graphic software, allowing the user to produce World Class Illustrations
with 16.7 million colours.
Salient Features
With CorelDRAW you can create Illustrations from scratch, enhance the Designs, use and
embellish scanned Photos of your Digital Art, and send your finished work out in many ways.
Vector-based drawing Program with extensive text handling and precision-drawing features.
Ideal tool for virtually any design project from Commercial Art to technical illustrations,
advertisements, publishing and Internet publishing.
Application
Full-color Design Illustrations.
Complex Design Drawings.
Commercial Art.
Photorealistic Design Images.
Surrealistic Images.
75
Animation sequences.
Libraries of Designs.
High-quality drawings from low-resolution originals.
Web page designing.
For CorelDRAW Topics Covered
Illustrator
Illustrator is a vector graphics creation software for print media and web, allowing the user to
produce World Class Illustrations with 16.7 million colors.
Salient Features
Creative tools for Print Media Output.
Sophisticated Web Graphic Tools.
Special Effects to Images.
Versatile Transparency Capabilities
Dynamic Media Projects
Application
Complex and High Quality Output.
Logos.
Libraries.
High Quality Illustrations.
Creating Banners, Posters, Handbills etc
Career Options
Graphic Designer
For Illustrator Topics Covered
Our Student's Illustrator / Coreldraw Projects
Gallery I
ADOBE FLASH
76
An extremely popular multimedia authoring and playback system from Adobe. Flash formats are
used for most of the animated ads and video clips on today's Web sites. Flash Lite is a version for
mobile phones.
Created in authoring applications, such as Flash MX and Flash Professional, Flash "movies" in
the .SWF file format are played back in Adobe's Flash Player within the Web browser or from a
stand-alone application that accesses the Player.
Flash animations became very popular because they support vector images, which are very space
efficient for illustrations on the Web. They also scale up and down with accurate detail when the
window is resize
Salient Features
Create high-performance, real-time effects for cinematic experiences that quickly engage
users.
Take advantage of a new, flexible text engine that brings print-quality publishing to the web
Add real-time dynamic effects with built-in filters for blur, drop shadow, glow, bevel, gradient
glow, gradient bevel, displacement map, convolution, and color matrix
Deliver web applications with accurate color, so your favorite web destinations look the way
they were intended
Bring your designs to life with animation and compositing capabilities, such as support for
alpha channels, masking, and layering. Create stunning motion graphics integrated with
images and video.
Application
Flash is Primarily an animation tool for the Web.
You can also create Corporate presentations and 2D Animations.
For Flash Topics Covered
ADOBE FLASH WITH ACTION SCRIPT
Adobe ActionScript is the programming language of the Adobe Flash Platform. Originally
developed as a way for developers to program interactivity, ActionScript enables efficient
programming of Adobe Flash Platform applications for everything from simple animations to
complex, data-rich, interactive application interfaces.
This manual provides a foundation for developing applications in Adobe ActionScript 3.0. It
discusses core ActionScript 3.0 concepts, including language syntax, statements and operators,
and object-oriented ActionScript programming
Applications:
ActionScript 3.0 contains a host of powerful new features that can greatly speed the
development process
ActionScript 3.0 consists of two parts: the core language and the Flash Player API
77
The core language defines the basic building blocks of the programming language, such as
statements, expressions, conditions, loops, and types
ActionScript 3.0 includes native support for regular expressions so you can quickly search for
and manipulate strings
For Action Script Topics Covered
3D - STUDIO MAX
Create stunning 3D in less time with Autodesk 3ds Max software. This full-featured 3D
modeling, animation, and rendering solution is used to produce top-selling games and awardwinning film and video content. Its a tool of choice for quickly generating realistic characters,
seamless CG effects, jaw-dropping games, and top-quality film and television content. Enhanced
toolsets enable you to create your 3D environment the way you want, manage complex scenes,
and take advantage of improved software interoperability and pipeline-integration support.
Salient Features
Mechanical 3D Modeling and Rendering.
Architectural drawings and layouts of all kinds.
Interior design and facility planning.
Line drawings for the fine arts.
Using 3D-Studio Max, is an important part of communicating with the drawing
community.
Achieve impressive presentations by simply souping up your 2D drawings and
presenting them in dynamic views.
Gain a competitive edge by taking the time to build full 3D drawings.
A new paradigm for Design Visualization.
3D Studio Max is much more than just a form creation tool.
3D Studio Max software gives you the freedom to experiment and race ahead with
your ideas and Imaginations.
Photographic & natural backgrounds made by yourself to create extraordinary
environment
The Special effects & extra lighting effects to make the environment much more
vibrant.
Integrated Keyframe Animation. Subtle Visual Effects - Visual effects are available
fog, atmospheric effects, volumetric lighting and the effect of fire to help make,
your Project Powerful and Natural.
Powerful Materials Editor - Simple materials with full control of color, textures
shininess, strength of shininess, self-illumination and opacity are built-in.
Rich Lighting Tools - Quick, precise control of lighting effects.
Nondestructive Booleans and Lofts Merging outer Scenes or Film Clips with the
Project made in 3D Studio Max.
Completely Redesigned Documentation and Tutorials.
Auto Back Light - Automatically position the sun for any day of the year, any time
78
of day, any position on the earth, or any angle true north relative to your model.
Applications
Create 3D Models and Render them into Images or Movie Clips.
With Autodesk 3D Studio Max, you can create High resolution, True-colour Image files in
Industry standard file formats for Corporate Presentations, Broadcast Graphics, Interior
designing, Walk-through Views, Design & Development.
Enhance the look of your interiors with special effects.
Give a Realistic look to your interiors as well as to your Architectural Designs.
For 3D Studio Max Topics Covered
MAYA
Autodesk Maya 3D modeling, animation, rendering, and visual effects software offers artists an
end-to-end creative workflow. Autodesk Maya software is the first release to unify the Autodesk
Maya Complete 2009 and Autodesk Maya Unlimited 2009 feature sets, advanced matchmoving
capabilities, and high dynamic range compositing into a single affordable package. Also included
for a complete CG workflow are 5 additional mental ray for Maya batch rendering nodes and the
Autodesk Backburner network render queue manager.
Salient Features
Autodesk Maya 2009 software delivers a significantly streamlined poly modeling workflow
A powerful new animation layering paradigm in Maya 2009 built on technology from
Autodesk MotionBuilder software, gives you more flexibility as you non-destructively create
and edit animation
Maya 2009 includes tools developed specifically for the creation of stereoscopic content. In
this video well introduce you to the in-viewport stereoscopic viewer and the default stereo
camera rig
This new Maya Unlimited toolset gives you a precise, efficient workflow for simulating a
wide range of complex effects including liquids, clouds, smoke, spray and dust
Maya 2009 provides new and enhanced tools for both the high-level manipulation and
component-level editing of polygon models
Application
Create 3D Models and Render them into Images or Movie Clips.
Create Films
Create Video
Broadcast Movies and Special effects
Character Animations
Game Development
Interactive Multimedia presentations for Local National and International markets.
79
Gallery I
Gallery II
Gallery III
Salient Features
Digital video & sound, hence eliminates transfer losses.
Edits video & multimedia movies in standard formats like AVI, MOV, RAM, MPEG etc.
Creates Movie titles and graphics.
Super imposes titles and graphics, animation on video and film.
Adds transition and special effects.
Uses digital filtering for special effects in video & audio tracks
Exports projects to video tapes.
Application
Multimedia presentations on any subject.
Film editing with special effects and movie making.
Movies and Video Clips for Online presentations and distribution.
For Adobe Premiere Pro Topics Covered
FINAL CUT PRO/Avid
Final Cut Pro is a professional non-linear editing system developed by Apple Inc. that has found
popularity amongst independent filmmakers and Hollywood film editors alike. The program has
the ability to edit many digital formats including, SD, HDV, HD, Panasonic P2, Sony XDCAM,
2K, 4K, and IMAX film formats. The system is currently only available for Mac OS X version
10.4.9 or later.
Salient Features
Broad Format Support:
Final Cut Pro 6 lets you edit virtually anything with the highest possible quality, including
camera-native editing of leading SD and HD formats. Work with DV one day, then HDV,
XDCAM HD, DVCPRO HD, or uncompressed HD the next. Or use ProRes 422, Apples new
post-production format, for uncompressed HD quality at SD file sizes.
Incredible Real-Time Effects:
Add visual interest to any production with the rich set of effects and visualization tools built
into Final Cut Pro 6. Experiment freely and iterate quickly. Youll see the results of your
changes in real time as you work, with no need to waste time waiting for renders.
Comprehensive Editing Tools:
The faster the tools, the more time you have to be creative. Final Cut Pro 6 makes it easy to
edit quickly, accurately, and flexibly. Everything you do in Final Cut Pro from editing and
trimming to audio mixing to finishing to delivery feels like second nature, so your
creativity can flourish
Application
81
Film Industry
TV Channels
Production Houses
Multimedia Companies
For Final Cut Pro Topics Covered
Our Student's Video Editing Projects
SOUND FORGE
Sound Forge is a world class Program used for Sound Editing, Compression, Special Effects and
to super impose sound on video presentation and animation.
Salient Features
You can Record Sound and then edit it.
You can superimpose the sound files on Video presentation and Animation.
You can compress the sound files.
You can give Special Effects to the sound files.
Application
Sound forge is used by various professionals from the Music and Sound Industry such as
Musicians, Sound Editors, Multimedia designers, Game designers, Studio engineers etc.
Course Duration
650sessions of 1 hr. each
Fees (US $)
2970
82
Fees (US $)
1945
Multimedia means combination of different media like text, graphics, animation, sound &
interaction. In this we combine computer generated graphics, animation, video images, slide
shows, variable fonts, and series of screen effects with audio effects.
Multimedia application is distributed in the following ways:
1) Training 2) Information 3) Entertainment.
Knowledge on any subject can be imparted effectively and without much human
interaction.
Information of any subject in the universe is available or will be available on CD-ROM
because minimum 700 MB of information can be stored on one CD.
Computer Graphics, Animation & Multimedia is widely used in Film/TV/Cable Industries,
83
Gallery I
CorelDRAW
CorelDRAW is a Vector graphic software, allowing the user to produce World Class Illustrations
with 16.7 million colours.
Salient Features
84
With CorelDRAW you can create Illustrations from scratch, enhance the Designs, use and
embellish scanned Photos of your Digital Art, and send your finished work out in many
ways.
Vector-based drawing Program with extensive text handling and precision-drawing
features.
Ideal tool for virtually any design project from Commercial Art to technical illustrations,
advertisements, publishing and Internet publishing.
Application
Full-color Design Illustrations.
Complex Design Drawings.
Commercial Art.
Photorealistic Design Images.
Surrealistic Images.
Animation sequences.
Libraries of Designs.
High-quality drawings from low-resolution originals.
Web page designing.
For CorelDRAW Topics Covered
Our Digital Art Student's Projects
Illustrator
Illustrator is a vector graphics creation software for print media and web, allowing the user to
produce World Class Illustrations with 16.7 million colors.
Salient Features
Creative tools for Print Media Output.
85
Gallery I
ADOBE FLASH
An extremely popular multimedia authoring and playback system from Adobe. Flash formats are
used for most of the animated ads and video clips on today's Web sites. Flash Lite is a version for
mobile phones.
Created in authoring applications, such as Flash MX and Flash Professional, Flash "movies" in
the .SWF file format are played back in Adobe's Flash Player within the Web browser or from a
stand-alone application that accesses the Player.
Flash animations became very popular because they support vector images, which are very space
efficient for illustrations on the Web. They also scale up and down with accurate detail when the
window is resize
Salient Features
Create high-performance, real-time effects for cinematic experiences that quickly engage
86
users.
Take advantage of a new, flexible text engine that brings print-quality publishing to the
web
Add real-time dynamic effects with built-in filters for blur, drop shadow, glow, bevel,
gradient glow, gradient bevel, displacement map, convolution, and color matrix
Deliver web applications with accurate color, so your favorite web destinations look the
way they were intended
Bring your designs to life with animation and compositing capabilities, such as support for
alpha channels, masking, and layering. Create stunning motion graphics integrated with
images and video.
Application
Flash is Primarily an animation tool for the Web.
You can also create Corporate presentations and 2D Animations.
For Flash Topics Covered
ADOBE FLASH WITH ACTION SCRIPT
Adobe ActionScript is the programming language of the Adobe Flash Platform. Originally
developed as a way for developers to program interactivity, ActionScript enables efficient
programming of Adobe Flash Platform applications for everything from simple animations to
complex, data-rich, interactive application interfaces.
This manual provides a foundation for developing applications in Adobe ActionScript 3.0. It
discusses core ActionScript 3.0 concepts, including language syntax, statements and operators,
and object-oriented ActionScript programming
Applications:
ActionScript 3.0 contains a host of powerful new features that can greatly speed the
development process
ActionScript 3.0 consists of two parts: the core language and the Flash Player API
The core language defines the basic building blocks of the programming language, such as
statements, expressions, conditions, loops, and types
ActionScript 3.0 includes native support for regular expressions so you can quickly search
for and manipulate strings
For Action Script Topics Covered
3D - STUDIO MAX
Create stunning 3D in less time with Autodesk 3ds Max software. This full-featured 3D
modeling, animation, and rendering solution is used to produce top-selling games and awardwinning film and video content. Its a tool of choice for quickly generating realistic characters,
seamless CG effects, jaw-dropping games, and top-quality film and television content. Enhanced
87
toolsets enable you to create your 3D environment the way you want, manage complex scenes,
and take advantage of improved software interoperability and pipeline-integration support.
Salient Features
Mechanical 3D Modeling and Rendering.
Architectural drawings and layouts of all kinds.
Interior design and facility planning.
Line drawings for the fine arts.
Using 3D-Studio Max, is an important part of communicating with the drawing
community.
Achieve impressive presentations by simply souping up your 2D drawings and
presenting them in dynamic views.
Gain a competitive edge by taking the time to build full 3D drawings.
A new paradigm for Design Visualization.
3D Studio Max is much more than just a form creation tool.
3D Studio Max software gives you the freedom to experiment and race ahead with
your ideas and Imaginations.
Photographic & natural backgrounds made by yourself to create extraordinary
environment
The Special effects & extra lighting effects to make the environment much more
vibrant.
Integrated Keyframe Animation. Subtle Visual Effects - Visual effects are available
fog, atmospheric effects, volumetric lighting and the effect of fire to help make,
your Project Powerful and Natural.
Powerful Materials Editor - Simple materials with full control of color, textures
shininess, strength of shininess, self-illumination and opacity are built-in.
Rich Lighting Tools - Quick, precise control of lighting effects.
Nondestructive Booleans and Lofts Merging outer Scenes or Film Clips with the
Project made in 3D Studio Max.
Completely Redesigned Documentation and Tutorials.
Auto Back Light - Automatically position the sun for any day of the year, any time
of day, any position on the earth, or any angle true north relative to your model.
Application
Create 3D Models and Render them into Images or Movie Clips.
With Autodesk 3D Studio Max, you can create High resolution, True-colour Image files in
Industry standard file formats for Corporate Presentations, Broadcast Graphics, Interior
designing, Walk-through Views, Design & Development.
Enhance the look of your interiors with special effects.
Give a Realistic look to your interiors as well as to your Architectural Designs.
For 3D Studio Max Topics Covered
Our 3D Studio Max Student's Projects
88
Gallery I
Gallery II
Gallery III
SOUND FORGE
Sound Forge is a world class Program used for Sound Editing, Compression, Special Effects and
to super impose sound on video presentation and animation.
Salient Features
You can Record Sound and then edit it.
You can superimpose the sound files on Video presentation and Animation.
You can compress the sound files.
You can give Special Effects to the sound files.
Application
Sound forge is used by various professionals from the Music and Sound Industry such as
Musicians, Sound Editors, Multimedia designers, Game designers, Studio engineers etc.
90
Alternative actions
Acting on alternatives: The else action
More than one alternative: The else if action
Handling lots of alternatives: The switch action
Switching without breaks
More Power, Less Script
Timeline loops
ActionScript loops
while loops
Useful things to do with while loops
for loops
init
condition
next
Some useful examples of for loops
Simple loop
Reverse loop
Two at a time
Looping through elements in an array
Applying an operation to all the elements in an array
Searching an array for a specific value
Cross-indexing a pair of arrays
Hangman
Movies That Remember How to Do Things
Breaking down a task
Bundling actions and running them afterward
Using anonymous and named functions
Using functions to hide evil math
Using functions to take care of repetitive jobs
Choosing which actions to bundle and where
Arguments and redundancy
Local variables and modular code
Returning values from a function
Typing functions
Running in circles
Nesting functions
Using nested functions
Using more function nesting to tidy up your script
Objects and Classes
Introducing objects and classes
93
1.
2
1.
Inheritance.
3
Functions.
1.
Properties.
4
1.
5
Courses Name
Course Duration
Fees (Indian
RS.)
Fees (US $)
10,500
300
Courses Name
Course Duration
85 Sessions of 1 hr.
each
Fees (Indian
Fees (US $)
RS.)
18,000
515
97
Data Types
Functions
Conditions
Arrays
Loops
98
Why_AS3
AS2_vs_AS3
Beyond_Script_Assist
Communicating
MC_Properties
Variables
Variable_Types
Trace_Statements
Comments
Functions
Using_Functions
Writing_Functions
Modular_Functions
Return_Functions
Responding to Events
Understanding_Events
Listeners
Handlers
Mouse
Keyboard
Links
EnterFrame
Timer
99
Understanding Classes
Classes
1. C
1.1 Datatypes.
1.2 Operator.
100
Hangman
Movies That Remember How to Do Things
Breaking down a task
Bundling actions and running them afterward
Using anonymous and named functions
Using functions to hide evil math
Using functions to take care of repetitive jobs
Choosing which actions to bundle and where
Arguments and redundancy
Local variables and modular code
Returning values from a function
Typing functions
Running in circles
Nesting functions
Using nested functions
Using more function nesting to tidy up your script
Objects and Classes
Introducing objects and classes
Type and object-oriented programming
Classes, generalization, and abstraction
Seeing arrays in a new light
The Array constructor method
Other Array methods
Array properties
Creating classes and objects (instances) in Flash
Instances
The Object object
Viewing an object in Flash
Constructors
Objects, objects, everywhere
Lurking objects
Making a show reel
Objects on the Stage
Movie clips and buttons as objects
Symbol types and behaviors
Two sides of the same object
Working with Library items
Let chaos reign
Bitmap caching
The other side of bitmap caching
103
105
2
1.
C++
1
1.
Class.
2
Object.
1.
Inheritance.
3
Functions.
1.
Properties.
4
1.
5
Courses Name
Course Duration
Fees (Indian
RS.)
Fees (US $)
10,500
300
Courses Name
Course Duration
90 Sessions of 1 hr.
each
Fees (Indian
Fees (US $)
RS.)
18,000
515
Creating_Classes
Extending_Classes
Methods
Public_Private
Class_Timeline
Doc_Class
Class_Path
Useful
Decision-Making and Repetition
UndrstdgCndtnl
Writing Conditional
Operators
Using Operators
Alternate Conditions
Compound
Understanding_Loops
Writing Loops2
Generating Instances
Placing_Instances
Using Math...and Loving It!
Math_Class
Math_Operations
Random
Rounding2
Using Text and Arrays
Creating_TextField
Styling_TextField
Capturing_TextField
External
Scroll
Arrays
Text_Game
Finishing_Text_Game
Creating a Memory Game with What You Already Know
Planning
Card_Class
Memory_Class
Graphics
108
Placing
Checking2
Resetting
Incorrect_Matches
Winning
More_Cards
Randomizing
Using Advanced Graphic and Animation Tools
Drawing
Color
Random_Color
Animate_Color
Filters
Filter_Properties
Animating_Filters
Working with Multimedia
Loading_Image
Communicating_swf
Sound
Play_Stop
Pause_Resume
Volume_Control
Understanding_Video
Loading_Video
Video_Playback
Adding Advanced Interactivity
Drag_Overview
Drag_Drop
Collisions
Responding_Collisions
Detecting_Win
Shadow
Random
Course Duration
Action Script 3.0
Fees (US $)
300
109
110
5. Advance
a. Web Technology and Multimedia
Adobe Photoshop
Final Cut Pro
CorelDRAW
Adobe Dreamwaver
Illustrator
Internet Technology
Flash
Internet Global Marketing
Flash Action Script
Php & Mysql+ C & C ++ (basic)
3D Studio Max
Adobe Premiere Pro
OUR MULTIMEDIA STUDENT'S REVIEW
Gallery I
CorelDRAW
CorelDRAW is a Vector graphic software, allowing the user to produce World Class Illustrations
with 16.7 million colours.
Salient Features
With CorelDRAW you can create Illustrations from scratch, enhance the Designs, use and
embellish scanned Photos of your Digital Art, and send your finished work out in many ways.
Vector-based drawing Program with extensive text handling and precision-drawing features.
Ideal tool for virtually any design project from Commercial Art to technical illustrations,
advertisements, publishing and Internet publishing.
Application
Full-color Design Illustrations.
Complex Design Drawings.
Commercial Art.
112
II
III
IV
VI
VII
VIII
ADOBE FLASH
An extremely popular multimedia authoring and playback system from Adobe. Flash formats are
used for most of the animated ads and video clips on today's Web sites. Flash Lite is a version for
mobile phones.
Created in authoring applications, such as Flash MX and Flash Professional, Flash "movies" in
the .SWF file format are played back in Adobe's Flash Player within the Web browser or from a
stand-alone application that accesses the Player.
Flash animations became very popular because they support vector images, which are very space
efficient for illustrations on the Web. They also scale up and down with accurate detail when the
window is resize
Salient Features
Create high-performance, real-time effects for cinematic experiences that quickly engage
users.
Take advantage of a new, flexible text engine that brings print-quality publishing to the web
Add real-time dynamic effects with built-in filters for blur, drop shadow, glow, bevel, gradient
glow, gradient bevel, displacement map, convolution, and color matrix
Deliver web applications with accurate color, so your favorite web destinations look the way
they were intended
Bring your designs to life with animation and compositing capabilities, such as support for
alpha channels, masking, and layering. Create stunning motion graphics integrated with
images and video.
Application
Flash is Primarily an animation tool for the Web.
You can also create Corporate presentations and 2D Animations.
For Flash Topics Covered
ADOBE FLASH WITH ACTION SCRIPT
Adobe ActionScript is the programming language of the Adobe Flash Platform. Originally
developed as a way for developers to program interactivity, ActionScript enables efficient
programming of Adobe Flash Platform applications for everything from simple animations to
complex, data-rich, interactive application interfaces.
This manual provides a foundation for developing applications in Adobe ActionScript 3.0. It
discusses core ActionScript 3.0 concepts, including language syntax, statements and operators,
and object-oriented ActionScript programming
Applications:
114
ActionScript 3.0 contains a host of powerful new features that can greatly speed the
development process
ActionScript 3.0 consists of two parts: the core language and the Flash Player API
The core language defines the basic building blocks of the programming language, such as
statements, expressions, conditions, loops, and types
ActionScript 3.0 includes native support for regular expressions so you can quickly search for
and manipulate strings
For Action Script Topics Covered
3D - STUDIO MAX
Create stunning 3D in less time with Autodesk 3ds Max software. This full-featured 3D
modeling, animation, and rendering solution is used to produce top-selling games and awardwinning film and video content. Its a tool of choice for quickly generating realistic characters,
seamless CG effects, jaw-dropping games, and top-quality film and television content. Enhanced
toolsets enable you to create your 3D environment the way you want, manage complex scenes,
and take advantage of improved software interoperability and pipeline-integration support.
Salient Features
Mechanical 3D Modeling and Rendering.
Architectural drawings and layouts of all kinds.
Interior design and facility planning.
Line drawings for the fine arts.
Using 3D-Studio Max, is an important part of communicating with the drawing
community.
Achieve impressive presentations by simply souping up your 2D drawings and
presenting them in dynamic views.
Gain a competitive edge by taking the time to build full 3D drawings.
A new paradigm for Design Visualization.
3D Studio Max is much more than just a form creation tool.
3D Studio Max software gives you the freedom to experiment and race ahead with
your ideas and Imaginations.
Photographic & natural backgrounds made by yourself to create extraordinary
environment
The Special effects & extra lighting effects to make the environment much more
vibrant.
Integrated Keyframe Animation. Subtle Visual Effects - Visual effects are available
fog, atmospheric effects, volumetric lighting and the effect of fire to help make,
your Project Powerful and Natural.
Powerful Materials Editor - Simple materials with full control of color, textures
shininess, strength of shininess, self-illumination and opacity are built-in.
Rich Lighting Tools - Quick, precise control of lighting effects.
Nondestructive Booleans and Lofts Merging outer Scenes or Film Clips with the
Project made in 3D Studio Max.
115
Gallery I
Gallery II
Gallery III
116
SOUND FORGE
117
Sound Forge is a world class Program used for Sound Editing, Compression, Special Effects and
to super impose sound on video presentation and animation.
Salient Features
You can Record Sound and then edit it.
You can superimpose the sound files on Video presentation and Animation.
You can compress the sound files.
You can give Special Effects to the sound files.
Application
Sound forge is used by various professionals from the Music and Sound Industry such as
Musicians, Sound Editors, Multimedia designers, Game designers, Studio engineers etc.
Adobe Dreamwaver
Dreamweaver is a professional authoring tool for creating and maintaining web-pages. It
introduces ADOBE's Round-trip HTML technology, that imports HTML documents without
reformatting the code and also makes it possible to use the latest Dynamic HTML features. All
the code generated by it, works on as many platforms and browsers as possible.
For Adobe Dreamweaver Topics Covered
Adobe Dreamwaver(DATABASE)
ADOBE Dreamweaver (Database) combines Dreamweaver's ease of use with the power of
databases to create dynamically created web pages. Think of the results as Dreamweaver on
steroids. ADOBE Dreamweaver Ultradev set ends Dreamweaver's renowned ease of use into the
realm of database-driven web sites. If you already use Dreamweaver, you'll feel right at home
with Ultradev since the programs share many of the same interface features. ADOBE's
Dreamweaver Ultradev has been a leading visual web design tool for many years allowing
thousands to exchange the murky world of plain text code for easy drag and drop interface.
Salient Features
Creating a recordset for a sites product page, using a structured query language statement.
Using SQL (Structured Query Language) to refine the recordset's precision by adding cross
reference between the database tables.
Linking placeholders images to specific database fields, allowing images to be dynamically
served to a Web Page.
Add a navigation bar that dynamically changes based on which product is being displayed.
Creating delete, update, insert pages.
Creating SQL searches with SQL variables.
Ultradev supports major server models like ASP, JSP, CFML, PHP.
118
Salient Features
PHP is an HTML-embedded scripting language. Much of its syntax is borrowed from C, Java
and Perl with a couple of unique PHP-specific features thrown in. The goal of the language is to
allow web developers to write dynamically generated pages quickly
Application
Open source has brought a lot more than Linux to the computing world. It has also given us PHP
and MySQL. PHP and MySQL are the world's best combination for creating data-driven sites.
PHP Mysql Topics Covered
MySQL
Salient Features
Its easy to use:
MySQL software can be downloaded in less than 15 minutes.
Its flexible: MySQL runs on more than 20 platforms, including Windows, Mac OS X, and
Linux, and its open source code allows you to customize it to fit your unique requirements.
Its highly scalable: Whether you're looking to post a few things a month to your Web site or
looking to add content daily, MySQL is fit to handle Web sites large and small and will easily
grow as your business does.
Its free: A commercial license can be bought if you plan on redistributing it.
Its secure: Security features ensure that only authorized users can access your databases.
It also provides 24/7 tech support and community support.
Application
Open source has brought a lot more than Unix to the computing world. It has also given us
Linux, PHP and MySQL. PHP and MySQL are the world's best combination for creating
database-driven sites.
MySQL Topics Covered
C
C is a general purpose Programming Language. C has proven to be a pleasant, powerful, and
versatile language for a wide variety of Programs. Many of the modern languages like C++,
120
Visual C++, Java, JavaScript, etc. is based on C Language. Therefore, not Knowing this
Language is considered as a handicap. 90% of UNIX Operating System is written in C
Language.
For C Topics Covered
C++
C++ is a object oriented Programming language which includes concepts like polymorphism,
data-hiding, operator overloading, encapsulation and inheritance, which are not observed in C.
User defined objects (instances) can be reused with and without modifications to generate new
application. This reduces coding to greater extent. Even for file accessing, we use file objects.
For C++ Topics Covered
Course Duration
600 sessions of 1 hr. each
Fees (US $)
2430
121
ADOBE PHOTOSHOP
Adobe Photoshop is an Image Processing software package that enables you to create & edit
122
Gallery I
CorelDRAW
CorelDRAW is a Vector graphic software, allowing the user to produce World Class Illustrations
with 16.7 million colours.
Salient Features
With CorelDRAW you can create Illustrations from scratch, enhance the Designs, use and
embellish scanned Photos of your Digital Art, and send your finished work out in many ways.
Vector-based drawing Program with extensive text handling and precision-drawing features.
Ideal tool for virtually any design project from Commercial Art to technical illustrations,
123
124
Gallery I
InDesign
Design compelling page layouts that include transparency, creative effects, and gradient feathers.
Since effects are live and nondestructive, you can experiment with ease. Apply effects
independently to an object's stroke, fill, or content.
Salient Features
Extensive integration
Work smoothly with Adobe Photoshop, Illustrator, Acrobat, InCopy, and Dreamweaver
software;enjoy consistency by using shared presets and color settings; work more efficiently
with native file ;format ;support; and easily publish to multiple media.
Creative effects and controls
Design compelling page layouts that include transparency, creative effects, and gradient
feathers. Since ;effects are live and nondestructive, you can experiment with ease. Apply
effects independently to an ;object's stroke, fill, or content.
Reliable prepress and printing
Have confidence in your output. Get accurate, consistent results every time you print using
sophisticated preview capabilities, exporting reliable Adobe PDF files, and sharing custom
presets.
Application
Creative effects and controls
Reliable prepress and printing
Productivity enhancement
Professional typographical controls
Robust long-document support
For InDesign Topics Covered
Our Student's Indesign Projects
125
Gallery I
ADOBE FLASH
An extremely popular multimedia authoring and playback system from Adobe. Flash formats are
used for most of the animated ads and video clips on today's Web sites. Flash Lite is a version for
mobile phones.
Created in authoring applications, such as Flash MX and Flash Professional, Flash "movies" in
the .SWF file format are played back in Adobe's Flash Player within the Web browser or from a
stand-alone application that accesses the Player.
Flash animations became very popular because they support vector images, which are very space
efficient for illustrations on the Web. They also scale up and down with accurate detail when the
window is resize
Salient Features
Create high-performance, real-time effects for cinematic experiences that quickly engage
users.
Take advantage of a new, flexible text engine that brings print-quality publishing to the web
Add real-time dynamic effects with built-in filters for blur, drop shadow, glow, bevel, gradient
glow, gradient bevel, displacement map, convolution, and color matrix
Deliver web applications with accurate color, so your favorite web destinations look the way
they were intended
Bring your designs to life with animation and compositing capabilities, such as support for
alpha channels, masking, and layering. Create stunning motion graphics integrated with
images and video.
Application
Flash is Primarily an animation tool for the Web.
You can also create Corporate presentations and 2D Animations.
For Flash Topics Covered
ADOBE FLASH WITH ACTION SCRIPT
Adobe ActionScript is the programming language of the Adobe Flash Platform. Originally
developed as a way for developers to program interactivity, ActionScript enables efficient
programming of Adobe Flash Platform applications for everything from simple animations to
complex, data-rich, interactive application interfaces.
126
This manual provides a foundation for developing applications in Adobe ActionScript 3.0. It
discusses core ActionScript 3.0 concepts, including language syntax, statements and operators,
and object-oriented ActionScript programming
Applications:
ActionScript 3.0 contains a host of powerful new features that can greatly speed the
development process
ActionScript 3.0 consists of two parts: the core language and the Flash Player API
The core language defines the basic building blocks of the programming language, such as
statements, expressions, conditions, loops, and types
ActionScript 3.0 includes native support for regular expressions so you can quickly search for
and manipulate strings
For Action Script Topics Covered
3D - STUDIO MAX
Create stunning 3D in less time with Autodesk 3ds Max software. This full-featured 3D
modeling, animation, and rendering solution is used to produce top-selling games and awardwinning film and video content. Its a tool of choice for quickly generating realistic characters,
seamless CG effects, jaw-dropping games, and top-quality film and television content. Enhanced
toolsets enable you to create your 3D environment the way you want, manage complex scenes,
and take advantage of improved software interoperability and pipeline-integration support.
Salient Features
Mechanical 3D Modeling and Rendering.
Architectural drawings and layouts of all kinds.
Interior design and facility planning.
Line drawings for the fine arts.
Using 3D-Studio Max, is an important part of communicating with the drawing
community.
Achieve impressive presentations by simply souping up your 2D drawings and
presenting them in dynamic views.
Gain a competitive edge by taking the time to build full 3D drawings.
A new paradigm for Design Visualization.
3D Studio Max is much more than just a form creation tool.
3D Studio Max software gives you the freedom to experiment and race ahead with
your ideas and Imaginations.
Photographic & natural backgrounds made by yourself to create extraordinary
environment
The Special effects & extra lighting effects to make the environment much more
vibrant.
Integrated Keyframe Animation. Subtle Visual Effects - Visual effects are available
fog, atmospheric effects, volumetric lighting and the effect of fire to help make,
127
Gallery I
Gallery II
Gallery III
129
Production Houses
Multimedia Companies
For Final Cut Pro Topics Covered
Our Student's Video Editing Projects
SOUND FORGE
Sound Forge is a world class Program used for Sound Editing, Compression, Special Effects and
to super impose sound on video presentation and animation.
Salient Features
You can Record Sound and then edit it.
You can superimpose the sound files on Video presentation and Animation.
You can compress the sound files.
You can give Special Effects to the sound files.
Application
Sound forge is used by various professionals from the Music and Sound Industry such as
Musicians, Sound Editors, Multimedia designers, Game designers, Studio engineers etc.
ADOBE DREAMWAVER
Dreamweaver is a professional authoring tool for creating and maintaining web-pages. It
introduces ADOBE's Round-trip HTML technology, that imports HTML documents without
reformatting the code and also makes it possible to use the latest Dynamic HTML features. All
the code generated by it, works on as many platforms and browsers as possible.
For Adobe Dreamweaver Topics Covered
ADOBE DREAMWAVER(DATABASE)
ADOBE Dreamweaver (Database) combines Dreamweaver's ease of use with the power of
databases to create dynamically created web pages. Think of the results as Dreamweaver on
steroids. ADOBE Dreamweaver Ultradev set ends Dreamweaver's renowned ease of use into the
realm of database-driven web sites. If you already use Dreamweaver, you'll feel right at home
with Ultradev since the programs share many of the same interface features. ADOBE's
Dreamweaver Ultradev has been a leading visual web design tool for many years allowing
131
thousands to exchange the murky world of plain text code for easy drag and drop interface.
Salient Fetures
Creating a recordset for a sites product page, using a structured query language statement.
Using SQL (Structured Query Language) to refine the recordset's precision by adding cross
reference between the database tables.
Linking placeholders images to specific database fields, allowing images to be dynamically
served to a Web Page.
Add a navigation bar that dynamically changes based on which product is being displayed.
Creating delete, update, insert pages.
Creating SQL searches with SQL variables.
Ultradev supports major server models like ASP, JSP, CFML, PHP.
Supports custom made Extensions to improve the way data is handled.
Creating cookies, using the response, redirect variables, reading from a cookie.
Application
Creating E-commerce solution using Active Server Pages (ASP), Java Server Pages(JSP),
ColdFusion(CF), without knowing a single line of programming.
For Adobe Dreamweaver 8 (Database) Topics Covered
xHTML & CSS
xHTML (Hypertext Markup Language) is used to describe the layout of a web page. xHTML is
simply a vehicle to indicate elements of a hypertext page. The xHTML page must tell the
browser which applets to load and then where to put each applet on the web page.
For xHTML & CSS Topics Covered
INTERNET ADVERTISING & GLOBAL MARKETING
There are 600 millions documents on every possible subject and more than 1.5 million
documents are uploaded everyday. The importance of "Variables" in the design of home pages to
get maximum hits and hence achieve maximum marketing power.
We, at COMPUFIELD, teach you :
How to make your Web Site attractive and powerful, so that you can attract business globally
on the Internet.
The importance of "Variable" in the design of home pages to get maximum hits and hence
achieve maximum Marketing power.
How to use the different search engines available, and explain the working and retrieval
functions of these search engines.
How to register your Web pages (URL'S) with various search engines like Yahoo, Altavista,
Infoseek, Webcrawler, Hotbot, Excite, America Online, 123 India, khoj etc. (200 Search
132
Engines possible).
How to register your Web Site to various BBS, Usenet groups, Enzines, Exchange banner
scheme. Additional Global Marketing tricks available on Web. Mass E-Mailing.
CAREER OPTIONS
Web Masters.
Web Managers.
Site Managers.
Web Page Designers.
Content Developers.
Interface Designers.
Creative Support Professionals.
Studio Managers.
Modeling Consultants.
Media Specialists Art.
Consultants Multimedia Authors.
Script Writers.
Cartoonists.
Creative Publishing Professionals.
Cartographers Editing Professionals.
Visual Effect Designers.
Software Editors.
Audio & Video Specialists.
Animator
PHP + MySQL + C & C++ (Basic)
PHP
PHP is a powerful cross platform server side script language. It is a full featured programming
language capable of managing huge database driven online environments. Using PHP you can
query databases, create images, read & write files, talk to remote servers - the possibilities are
endless.
Salient Features
PHP is an HTML-embedded scripting language. Much of its syntax is borrowed from C, Java
and Perl with a couple of unique PHP-specific features thrown in. The goal of the language is to
allow web developers to write dynamically generated pages quickly
Application
Open source has brought a lot more than Linux to the computing world. It has also given us PHP
and MySQL. PHP and MySQL are the world's best combination for creating data-driven sites.
133
application. This reduces coding to greater extent. Even for file accessing, we use file objects.
For C++ Topics Covered
Course Duration
800 sessions of 1 hr. each
Fees (US $)
4000
135
Course Duration
Fees (US $)
136
9,600
275
Course Duration
40 sessions of 1 hr. each
Fees (US $)
485
138
c.
Video Editing
Course Duration
40 sessions of 1 hr. each
Fees (US $)
485
140
ADOBE PHOTOSHOP
Adobe Photoshop is an Image Processing software package that enables you to create & edit
images on IBM personal Computers. Adobe Photoshop is acknowledged in professional fields as
the cutting-edge Program, the final word in Commercial Art.
Salient Features
With Photoshop's tools you can paint a likeness of a physical object.
Mixing and Manipulating of colours at a click of a button.
You can Blend 2 Images.
You can create Patterns and Artistic Designs using Fills and Colours.
You can manipulate your Design images with Special Effects and Techniques.
You can Import and Export your Images.
Retouch, Manipulate and Enhance Designs & patterns.
Application
It has been used to edit and create images as diverse as Commercial Art, Cosmetic ads, New
Photos, Motion picture footage, Animation cells & Fine Art work.
Creates original Art & converts it to desired Platforms.
Retouch, manipulate & enhance photographs of Digital arts.
Master the special effects you've always wanted.
Learn the secrets of Output & Storage of your Images
Web page designing.
For Adobe photoshop Topics Covered
141
SOUND FORGE
Sound Forge is a world class Program used for Sound Editing, Compression, Special Effects and
to super impose sound on video presentation and animation.
Salient Features
You can Record Sound and then edit it.
You can superimpose the sound files on Video presentation and Animation.
You can compress the sound files.
You can give Special Effects to the sound files.
Application
142
Sound forge is used by various professionals from the Music and Sound Industry such as
Musicians, Sound Editors, Multimedia designers, Game designers, Studio engineers etc.
Course Duration
90 sessions of 1 hr. each
Fees (US $)
500
143
ADOBE PHOTOSHOP
Adobe Photoshop is an Image Processing software package that enables you to create & edit
images on IBM personal Computers. Adobe Photoshop is acknowledged in professional fields as
the cutting-edge Program, the final word in Commercial Art.
Salient Features
With Photoshop's tools you can paint a likeness of a physical object.
Mixing and Manipulating of colours at a click of a button.
You can Blend 2 Images.
You can create Patterns and Artistic Designs using Fills and Colours.
You can manipulate your Design images with Special Effects and Techniques.
You can Import and Export your Images.
Retouch, Manipulate and Enhance Designs & patterns.
Application
It has been used to edit and create images as diverse as Commercial Art, Cosmetic ads, New
Photos, Motion picture footage, Animation cells & Fine Art work.
Creates original Art & converts it to desired Platforms.
Retouch, manipulate & enhance photographs of Digital arts.
Master the special effects you've always wanted.
Learn the secrets of Output & Storage of your Images
Web page designing.
For Adobe photoshop Topics Covered
ADOBE PREMIERE PRO
A powerful tool for professional digital Video Editing Designed for video professionals, Adobe
Premiere Pro software spans the world of broadcast and online media. Thanks to its elegant
interface and superb editing tools, you can work with complete efficiency, control, and flexibility
to produce broadcast-quality movies for video, film, multimedia, and the Web.
144
Salient Features
Digital video & sound, hence eliminates transfer losses.
Edits video & multimedia movies in standard formats like AVI, MOV, RAM, MPEG etc.
Creates Movie titles and graphics.
Super imposes titles and graphics, animation on video and film.
Adds transition and special effects.
Uses digital filtering for special effects in video & audio tracks
Exports projects to video tapes.
Application
Multimedia presentations on any subject.
Film editing with special effects and movie making.
Movies and Video Clips for Online presentations and distribution.
For Adobe Premiere Pro Topics Covered
FINAL CUT PRO/Avid
Final Cut Pro is a professional non-linear editing system developed by Apple Inc. that has found
popularity amongst independent filmmakers and Hollywood film editors alike. The program has
the ability to edit many digital formats including, SD, HDV, HD, Panasonic P2, Sony XDCAM,
2K, 4K, and IMAX film formats. The system is currently only available for Mac OS X version
10.4.9 or later.
Salient Features
Broad Format Support:
Final Cut Pro 6 lets you edit virtually anything with the highest possible quality, including
camera-native editing of leading SD and HD formats. Work with DV one day, then HDV,
XDCAM HD, DVCPRO HD, or uncompressed HD the next. Or use ProRes 422, Apples new
post-production format, for uncompressed HD quality at SD file sizes.
Incredible Real-Time Effects:
Add visual interest to any production with the rich set of effects and visualization tools built
into Final Cut Pro 6. Experiment freely and iterate quickly. Youll see the results of your
changes in real time as you work, with no need to waste time waiting for renders.
Comprehensive Editing Tools:
The faster the tools, the more time you have to be creative. Final Cut Pro 6 makes it easy to
edit quickly, accurately, and flexibly. Everything you do in Final Cut Pro from editing and
trimming to audio mixing to finishing to delivery feels like second nature, so your
creativity can flourish
Application
145
Film Industry
TV Channels
Production Houses
Multimedia Companies
For Final Cut Pro Topics Covered
Our Video Editing Student's projects
SOUND FORGE
Sound Forge is a world class Program used for Sound Editing, Compression, Special Effects and
to super impose sound on video presentation and animation.
Salient Features
You can Record Sound and then edit it.
You can superimpose the sound files on Video presentation and Animation.
You can compress the sound files.
You can give Special Effects to the sound files.
Application
Sound forge is used by various professionals from the Music and Sound Industry such as
Musicians, Sound Editors, Multimedia designers, Game designers, Studio engineers etc.
ADOBE AFTER EFFECTS
Adobe After Effects software delivers a comprehensive set of tools to efficiently produce motion
graphics and visual effects for film, video, multimedia, and the Web
After Effects.
New in After Effects 6.0.
Animation and Motion Graphics.
Formats that After Effects Produce.
After Effects Differ from Photoshop.
After Effects Different from Avid, Final Cut Pro, and Premiere.
After Effects Different from Adobe Flash.
Compositing.
To Get Video Content into AE.
146
Course Duration
215 sessions of 1 hr. each
Fees (US $)
1715
147
Course Duration
40 sessions of 1 hr. each
Fees (US $)
275
148
Libraries.
High Quality Illustrations.
Creating Banners, Posters, Handbills etc
For Illustrator Topics Covered
CORELDRAW
CorelDRAW is a Vector graphic software, allowing the user to produce World Class Illustrations
with 16.7 million colours.
Salient Features
WithCorelDRAW you can create Illustrations from scratch, enhance the Designs, use and
embellish scanned Photos of your Digital Art, and send your finished work out in many ways.
Vector-based drawing Program with extensive text handling and precision-drawing features.
Ideal tool for virtually any design project from Commercial Art to technical illustrations,
advertisements, publishing and Internet publishing.
Application
Full-color Design Illustrations.
Complex Design Drawings.
Commercial Art.
Photorealistic Design Images.
Surrealistic Images.
Animation sequences.
Libraries of Designs.
High-quality drawings from low-resolution originals.
Web page designing.
For CorelDRAW Topics Covered
Our Commercial Art Student's Projects
Gallery
I
3D - STUDIO MAX
Create stunning 3D in less time with Autodesk 3ds Max software. This full-featured 3D
modeling, animation, and rendering solution is used to produce top-selling games and award150
winning film and video content. Its a tool of choice for quickly generating realistic characters,
seamless CG effects, jaw-dropping games, and top-quality film and television content. Enhanced
toolsets enable you to create your 3D environment the way you want, manage complex scenes,
and take advantage of improved software interoperability and pipeline-integration support.
Salient Features
Mechanical 3D Modeling and Rendering.
Architectural drawings and layouts of all kinds.
Interior design and facility planning.
Line drawings for the fine arts.
Using 3D-Studio Max, is an important part of communicating with the drawing
community.
Achieve impressive presentations by simply souping up your 2D drawings and
presenting them in dynamic views.
Gain a competitive edge by taking the time to build full 3D drawings.
A new paradigm for Design Visualization.
3D Studio Max is much more than just a form creation tool.
3D Studio Max software gives you the freedom to experiment and race ahead with
your ideas and Imaginations.
Photographic & natural backgrounds made by yourself to create extraordinary
environment
The Special effects & extra lighting effects to make the environment much more
vibrant.
Integrated Keyframe Animation. Subtle Visual Effects - Visual effects are available
fog, atmospheric effects, volumetric lighting and the effect of fire to help make,
your Project Powerful and Natural.
Powerful Materials Editor - Simple materials with full control of color, textures
shininess, strength of shininess, self-illumination and opacity are built-in.
Rich Lighting Tools - Quick, precise control of lighting effects.
Nondestructive Booleans and Lofts Merging outer Scenes or Film Clips with the
Project made in 3D Studio Max.
Completely Redesigned Documentation and Tutorials.
Auto Back Light - Automatically position the sun for any day of the year, any time
of day, any position on the earth, or any angle true north relative to your model.
Application
Create 3D Models and Render them into Images or Movie Clips.
With Autodesk 3D Studio Max, you can create High resolution, True-colour Image files in
Industry standard file formats for Corporate Presentations, Broadcast Graphics, Interior
designing, Walk-through Views, Design & Development.
Enhance the look of your interiors with special effects.
Give a Realistic look to your interiors as well as to your Architectural Designs.
For 3D Studio Max Topics Covered
151
Gallery
I
Gallery
II
Gallery
III
Gallery
IV
Gallery
V
Gallery
VI
Gallery
VII
Gallery
VIII
10.4.9 or later.
Salient Features
Broad Format Support:
Final Cut Pro 6 lets you edit virtually anything with the highest possible quality, including
camera-native editing of leading SD and HD formats. Work with DV one day, then HDV,
XDCAM HD, DVCPRO HD, or uncompressed HD the next. Or use ProRes 422, Apples new
post-production format, for uncompressed HD quality at SD file sizes.
Incredible Real-Time Effects:
Add visual interest to any production with the rich set of effects and visualization tools built into
Final Cut Pro 6. Experiment freely and iterate quickly. Youll see the results of your changes in
real time as you work, with no need to waste time waiting for renders.
Comprehensive Editing Tools:
The faster the tools, the more time you have to be creative. Final Cut Pro 6 makes it easy to edit
quickly, accurately, and flexibly. Everything you do in Final Cut Pro from editing and
trimming to audio mixing to finishing to delivery feels like second nature, so your creativity
can flourish
Application
Film Industry
TV Channels
Production Houses
Multimedia Companies
For Final Cut Pro Topics Covered
ADOBE PREMIERE PRO
A powerful tool for professional digital Video Editing Designed for video professionals, Adobe
Premiere Pro software spans the world of broadcast and online media. Thanks to its elegant
interface and superb editing tools, you can work with complete efficiency, control, and flexibility
to produce broadcast-quality movies for video, film, multimedia, and the Web.
Salient Features
Digital video & sound, hence eliminates transfer losses.
Edits video & multimedia movies in standard formats like AVI, MOV, RAM, MPEG etc.
Creates Movie titles and graphics.
Super imposes titles and graphics, animation on video and film.
Adds transition and special effects.
Uses digital filtering for special effects in video & audio tracks
Exports projects to video tapes.
153
Application
Multimedia presentations on any subject.
Film editing with special effects and movie making.
Movies and Video Clips for Online presentations and distribution.
For Adobe Premiere Pro Topics Covered
Our Video Editing Student's projects
SOUND FORGE
Sound Forge is a world class Program used for Sound Editing, Compression, Special Effects and
to super impose sound on video presentation and animation.
Salient Features
You can Record Sound and then edit it.
You can superimpose the sound files on Video presentation and Animation.
You can compress the sound files.
You can give Special Effects to the sound files.
Application
Sound forge is used by various professionals from the Music and Sound Industry such as
Musicians, Sound Editors, Multimedia designers, Game designers, Studio engineers etc.
Script Writing Basics of Direction:
Imagination power, Artistic identity, Visualization, Screen language Treatment and direction
department.
Production:
Fundamentals of film and video camera, lighting, shot division, taking of shot and scene,
dialogue delivery, que sheet, costumes, movement of artists camera, dummy and miniature
shooting, croma, shot composition, montage, resolution and climax, flash back, special effects
and MORE.
Idea to Screen:
The complete process of film Making in Power Point presentation Idea to Screenplay - Pre
production - Production Postproduction
Pre-production: Principals of script writing, directors script, aesthetics of script, story structure,
audition of artists , location hunting, schedule of shooting, script break down, story boarding,
budgeting, screenplay, erection of sets properties of set and the creative team, permits, hiring
154
Fees (US $)
2,200
155
Logos.
Libraries.
High Quality Illustrations.
Creating Banners, Posters, Handbills etc
CORELDRAW
CorelDRAW is a Vector graphic software, allowing the user to produce World Class Illustrations
with 16.7 million colours.
Salient Features
WithCorelDRAW you can create Illustrations from scratch, enhance the Designs, use and
embellish scanned Photos of your Digital Art, and send your finished work out in many ways.
Vector-based drawing Program with extensive text handling and precision-drawing features.
Ideal tool for virtually any design project from Commercial Art to technical illustrations,
advertisements, publishing and Internet publishing.
Application
Full-color Design Illustrations.
Complex Design Drawings.
Commercial Art.
Photorealistic Design Images.
Surrealistic Images.
Animation sequences.
Libraries of Designs.
High-quality drawings from low-resolution originals.
Web page designing.
For CorelDRAW Topics Covered
3D - STUDIO MAX
3D Studio Max is a tool from Kinetix for making 3D Models and Designs and also to create
simple as well as complex 3-Dimensional Animations.
Salient Features
Mechanical 3D Modeling and Rendering.
Architectural drawings and layouts of all kinds.
Interior design and facility planning.
Line drawings for the fine arts.
Using 3D-Studio Max, is an important part of communicating with the drawing community.
Achieve impressive presentations by simply souping up your 2D drawings and presenting them
in dynamic views.
157
Application
Create 3D Models and Render them into Images or Movie Clips.
With Autodesk 3D Studio Max, you can create High resolution, True-colour Image files in
Industry standard file formats for Corporate Presentations, Broadcast Graphics, Interior
designing, Walk-through Views, Design & Development.
Enhance the look of your interiors with special effects.
Give a Realistic look to your interiors as well as to your Architectural Designs.
For 3D Studio Max Topics Covered
Charater Studio & Modelling Character Studio 3 is the latest release of the powerful extension
to 3ds Max the world's best-selling professional 3D animation and modelling solution. Character
Studio 3 provides more ways to build and refine characters than any other product, including
groundbreaking new tools for creating crowds. Now you can quickly animate a school of fish, a
swarm of bees, or collection of humanoid characters. Salient Features
Can quickly animate a school of fish, a swarm of bees, etc.
Can retain total control over how each individual of a crowd interacts with its fellow creatures,
the terrain, any dangers or opportunities in the environment.
Physique is an incredibly fast skinning system, allowing you to create flesh around the biped
bones amazingly quickly.
Provides a uniquely rich palette of tools for motion capture, free-form animation and footstep
animation.
Provides a high quality, cost-effective way to populate your 3ds Max worlds with characters that
158
Application
Create motion graphics.
Unbelievable visual effect for films film, video, multimedia.
For Adobe After EffectsTopics Covered
Flash & ActionScript Adobe Flash multimedia applications that allow designers and
developers the freedom to create rich and engaging applications, presentations, animations, and
web sites. ADOBE FLASH with ActionScript C programming language Data Types
Functions
Conditions
Arrays
Loops
Classes
Adobe Flash CS3 multimedia applications that allow designers and developers the freedom to
create rich and engaging applications, presentations, animations, and web sites.
FINAL CUT PRO
Final Cut Pro is a professional non-linear editing system developed by Apple Inc. that has found
popularity amongst independent filmmakers and Hollywood film editors alike. The program has
the ability to edit many digital formats including, SD, HDV, HD, Panasonic P2, Sony XDCAM,
2K, 4K, and IMAX film formats. The system is currently only available for Mac OS X version
10.4.9 or later.
Salient Features
Broad Format Support:
Final Cut Pro 6 lets you edit virtually anything with the highest possible quality, including
camera-native editing of leading SD and HD formats. Work with DV one day, then HDV,
XDCAM HD, DVCPRO HD, or uncompressed HD the next. Or use ProRes 422, Apples new
post-production format, for uncompressed HD quality at SD file sizes.
Incredible Real-Time Effects:
Add visual interest to any production with the rich set of effects and visualization tools built into
Final Cut Pro 6. Experiment freely and iterate quickly. Youll see the results of your changes in
real time as you work, with no need to waste time waiting for renders.
Comprehensive Editing Tools:
The faster the tools, the more time you have to be creative. Final Cut Pro 6 makes it easy to edit
quickly, accurately, and flexibly. Everything you do in Final Cut Pro from editing and
trimming to audio mixing to finishing to delivery feels like second nature, so your creativity
can flourish
Application
160
Film Industry
TV Channels
Production Houses
Multimedia Companies
For Final Cut Pro Topics Covered
ADOBE PREMIERE PRO
A powerful tool for professional digital Video Editing Designed for video professionals, Adobe
Premiere Pro software spans the world of broadcast and online media. Thanks to its elegant
interface and superb editing tools, you can work with complete efficiency, control, and flexibility
to produce broadcast-quality movies for video, film, multimedia, and the Web.
Salient Features
Digital video & sound, hence eliminates transfer losses.
Edits video & multimedia movies in standard formats like AVI, MOV, RAM, MPEG etc.
Creates Movie titles and graphics.
Super imposes titles and graphics, animation on video and film.
Adds transition and special effects.
Uses digital filtering for special effects in video & audio tracks
Exports projects to video tapes.
Application
Multimedia presentations on any subject.
Film editing with special effects and movie making.
Movies and Video Clips for Online presentations and distribution.
For Adobe Premiere Pro Topics Covered
SOUND FORGE
Sound Forge is a world class Program used for Sound Editing, Compression, Special Effects and
to super impose sound on video presentation and animation.
Salient Features
You can Record Sound and then edit it.
You can superimpose the sound files on Video presentation and Animation.
You can compress the sound files.
You can give Special Effects to the sound files.
Application
161
Sound forge is used by various professionals from the Music and Sound Industry such as
Musicians, Sound Editors, Multimedia designers, Game designers, Studio engineers etc.
Script Writing Basics of Direction:
Imagination power, Artistic identity, Visualization, Screen language Treatment and direction
department.
Production:
Fundamentals of film and video camera, lighting, shot division, taking of shot and scene,
dialogue delivery, que sheet, costumes, movement of artists camera, dummy and miniature
shooting, croma, shot composition, montage, resolution and climax, flash back, special effects
and MORE.
Idea to Screen:
The complete process of film Making in Power Point presentation Idea to Screenplay - Pre
production - Production Postproduction
Pre-production: Principals of script writing, directors script, aesthetics of script, story structure,
audition of artists , location hunting, schedule of shooting, script break down, story boarding,
budgeting, screenplay, erection of sets properties of set and the creative team, permits, hiring
staff and crew.
Practical Sessions in Script writing:
Concept Synopsis Story line Screenplay Dialog
Storyboard
Principles of Script writing:
Structural concepts of screen writing Story genres, Three act structure, Plot points, Scene
description and Narrative treatment. Film appreciation and Analysis Visualization Script
development Script analysis Screen play writing Character development Dialogues writing Story
board writing Script editing and format Script terminology (Fades, dissolves, cuts, angles,
framing etc )
Script for New media
(Cable, Internet and direct to video) Direction Film(Film and Video) Post-Production:
Fundamentals of linear and non linear video editing, sound recording and dubbing, titles, release
prints.
Direction:
Direction as an Art
The Job of Director
Working with Creative crew. Like Writers, Actors, Music Directors, Signers Director of
photography, Designers etc.
Working with Technical crew - Cinematographer, Sound recordist, Editor, Art Director etc.
Advanced Technique:
Frame size, camera angle, fundamentals of 3D Animation,After effects, body language, gesters
and movement, continuity, rehearsal and directing actors on set, film length, film analysis and
162
film reading..
- About Film Distribution
- Practical- A Project
Practical Sessions In Direction:
Types of shot Taking - purposes of shots
Camera movements
Five Shot continuity
Screening of Model Films to understand the grammar of film making
Screening and Analysis of exercises shot in workshop
Course Duration
750 sessions of 1 hr. each
Fees (US $)
3,250
163
164
Frame size, camera angle, fundamentals of 3D Animation,After effects, body language, gesters
and movement, continuity, rehearsal and directing actors on set, film length, film analysis and
film reading..
- About Film Distribution
- Practical- A Project
Practical Sessions In Direction:
Types of shot Taking - purposes of shots
Camera movements
Five Shot continuity
Screening of Model Films to understand the grammar of film making
Screening and Analysis of exercises shot in workshop
Course Duration
65 sessions of 1 hr. each
Fees (US $)
850
166
167
Gallery I
XDCAM HD, DVCPRO HD, or uncompressed HD the next. Or use ProRes 422, Apples new
post-production format, for uncompressed HD quality at SD file sizes.
Incredible Real-Time Effects:
Add visual interest to any production with the rich set of effects and visualization tools built into
Final Cut Pro 6. Experiment freely and iterate quickly. Youll see the results of your changes in
real time as you work, with no need to waste time waiting for renders.
Comprehensive Editing Tools:
The faster the tools, the more time you have to be creative. Final Cut Pro 6 makes it easy to edit
quickly, accurately, and flexibly. Everything you do in Final Cut Pro from editing and
trimming to audio mixing to finishing to delivery feels like second nature, so your creativity
can flourish
Application
Film Industry
TV Channels
Production Houses
Multimedia Companies
For Final Cut Pro Topics Covered
Our Video Editing Student's projects
169
Fees (US $)
1350
170
Web Designing
1. Web Designing
a. Certificate in Web Designing
Adobe Photoshop
xHTML & CSS
Adobe Dreamwaver
Internet Technology
ADOBE PHOTOSHOP
Adobe Photoshop is an Image Processing software package that enables you to create & edit
images on IBM personal Computers.Adobe Photoshop is acknowledged in professional fields as
the cutting-edge program, the final word in image editing.
Salient Features
With Photoshop's tools you can paint a likeness of a physical object.
Mixing and Manipulating of colours at a click of a button.
You can Blend 2 Images.
You can create Patterns and Artistic Designs using Fills and Colours.
You can manipulate your Design images with Special Effects and Techniques.
You can Import and Export your Images.
Retouch, Manipulate and Enhance Designs & patterns.
Application
It has been used to edit and create images as diverse as Commercial Art, Cosmetic ads, New
Photos, Motion picture footage, Animation cells & Fine Art work.
Creates original Art & converts it to desired Platforms.
Retouch, manipulate & enhance photographs of Digital arts.
Master the special effects you've always wanted.
Learn the secrets of Output & Storage of your Images.
Web page designing.
For Photoshop Topics Covered
Our Web Publishing Student's Projects
171
Gallery I
Gallery II
Gallery III
FTP :
Skype :
MESSENGERS:
Internet. FTP works in the same way as HTTP for transferring Web pages
from a server to a user's browser and SMTP for transferring electronic mail
across the Internet in that, like these technologies, FTP uses the Internet's
TCP/IP protocols to enable data transfer.
Make calls from your computer free to other people on Skype and
economical to phones and mobiles around the world.
You can chat LIVE with your friends, relative, bussiness partner etc with a
Messenger.You can even make voice calls, view webcam(see the opposite
person LIVE on your computer), share photos & videos.Following are the
example of Messengers
1) Yahoo Messenger,
2_ MSN Messenger.
Course Duration
80 sessions of 1 hr. each
Fees (US $)
485
173
ADOBE PHOTOSHOP
Adobe Photoshop is an Image Processing software package that enables you to create & edit
images on IBM personal Computers. Adobe Photoshop is acknowledged in professional fields as
the cutting-edge Program, the final word in Commercial Art.
Salient Features
With Photoshop's tools you can paint a likeness of a physical object.
Mixing and Manipulating of colours at a click of a button.
You can Blend 2 Images.
You can create Patterns and Artistic Designs using Fills and Colours.
You can manipulate your Design images with Special Effects and Techniques.
You can Import and Export your Images.
Retouch, Manipulate and Enhance Designs & patterns.
Application
It has been used to edit and create images as diverse as Commercial Art, Cosmetic ads, New
Photos, Motion picture footage, Animation cells & Fine Art work.
Creates original Art & converts it to desired Platforms.
Retouch, manipulate & enhance photographs of Digital arts.
Master the special effects you've always wanted.
Learn the secrets of Output & Storage of your Images.
174
ADOBE FLASH
Adobe Flash multimedia applications that allow designers and developers the freedom to create
rich and engaging applications, presentations, animations, and web sites.
Salient Features
Movie created in Flash has a very less file size.
Multiple actions can be attached,such as can create a new HTML file or add a Shockwave
Flash movie to an existing HTML file.
Aftershock will also create a script to detect START or STOP the movie, GO TO
A URL, LOAD a new movie or perform any number of other functions.
Another unique feature of Flash 4 is Bandwidth Profiler.This feature takes care of the usual
drawback of multimedia file size, and bring the user to reality.
Application
Flash is Primarily an animation tool for the Web.
You can also create Corporate presentations and 2D Animations.
For Flash Topics Covered
INTERNET TECHNOLOGY
Internet is worldwide network of networks with over 200 Million worldwide users. Internet gives
you absolute access to information on any subject under the sky.
Why Use The Internet ?
Business :
175
E-MAIL :
FTP :
Skype :
MESSENGERS:
You type a message into your computer, and it travels instantly over
the network to your specified destination, one or millions.Attaching Text
files,Video,Graphics etc. Send attached files to many email.On one click
send thousands of emails to friends.
Short for File Transfer Protocol, the protocol for exchanging files over the
Internet. FTP works in the same way as HTTP for transferring Web pages
from a server to a user's browser and SMTP for transferring electronic mail
across the Internet in that, like these technologies, FTP uses the Internet's
TCP/IP protocols to enable data transfer.
Make calls from your computer free to other people on Skype and
economical to phones and mobiles around the world.
You can chat LIVE with your friends, relative, bussiness partner etc with a
Messenger.You can even make voice calls, view webcam(see the opposite
person LIVE on your computer), share photos & videos.Following are the
example of Messengers
1) Yahoo Messenger,
2_ MSN Messenger.
Fees (US $)
595
176
Alternative actions
Acting on alternatives: The else action
More than one alternative: The else if action
Handling lots of alternatives: The switch action
Switching without breaks
More Power, Less Script
Timeline loops
ActionScript loops
while loops
Useful things to do with while loops
for loops
init
condition
next
Some useful examples of for loops
Simple loop
Reverse loop
Two at a time
Looping through elements in an array
Applying an operation to all the elements in an array
Searching an array for a specific value
Cross-indexing a pair of arrays
Hangman
Movies That Remember How to Do Things
Breaking down a task
Bundling actions and running them afterward
Using anonymous and named functions
Using functions to hide evil math
Using functions to take care of repetitive jobs
Choosing which actions to bundle and where
Arguments and redundancy
Local variables and modular code
Returning values from a function
Typing functions
Running in circles
Nesting functions
Using nested functions
Using more function nesting to tidy up your script
Objects and Classes
Introducing objects and classes
179
1.
2
1.
Inheritance.
3
Functions.
1.
Properties.
4
1.
5
Courses Name
Course Duration
Fees (Indian
RS.)
Fees (US $)
10,500
300
Courses Name
Course Duration
85 Sessions of 1 hr.
each
Fees (Indian
Fees (US $)
RS.)
18,000
515
183
184
186
Course Duration
Actionscript 3.0
Course Nasme
Course Duration
Fees (US $)
300
Fees (Indian
RS.)
Fees (US $)
18,000
515
187
Data Types
Functions
Conditions
Arrays
Loops
188
Why_AS3
AS2_vs_AS3
Beyond_Script_Assist
Communicating
MC_Properties
Variables
Variable_Types
Trace_Statements
Comments
Functions
Using_Functions
Writing_Functions
Modular_Functions
Return_Functions
Responding to Events
Understanding_Events
Listeners
Handlers
Mouse
Keyboard
Links
EnterFrame
Timer
189
Understanding Classes
Classes
1. C
1.1 Datatypes.
1.2 Operator.
190
191
193
Course Duration
Actionscript 3.0
Course Nasme
Course Duration
Fees (US $)
300
Fees (Indian
RS.)
Fees (US $)
18,000
515
194
Naming variables
Creating variables
Using literal values
Using expressions
Input and output
Using string expressions
Working with numbers
Other uses for numeric expressions
Working with Boolean values
Logic operators
Arrays
Reasons for using arrays
Arrays let you store related information together
Arrays let you hold information in a specific order
Arrays let you index information
Arrays let you link information
Creating a new array
Typing an array Using variable values as offsets
Movies That Decide for Themselves
Decision making
Making decisions in ActionScript: The if action
Defining a decision
Alternative actions
Acting on alternatives: The else action
More than one alternative: The else if action
Handling lots of alternatives: The switch action
Switching without breaks
More Power, Less Script
Timeline loops
ActionScript loops
while loops
Useful things to do with while loops
for loops
init
condition
next
Some useful examples of for loops
Simple loop
Reverse loop
Two at a time
Looping through elements in an array
Applying an operation to all the elements in an array
196
Bitmap caching
The other side of bitmap caching
Bitmap caching and RAM
Changing the appearance of a cached movie clip
When to use bitmap caching
Referencing different timelines with ActionScript
Different place, different variable
Locating variables from inside an event handler function
Reusing handler functions
The apply method
Global variables
Reusable Code and Realistic Movement
Breaking down big tasks into smaller ones
Black-box programmingCreating simple components
Creating a modular set of playback controls
Dark Valentine
Modular control of movie clips
How to simulate realistic movement
Motion with acceleration
Trailing the pointer (a mouse follower)
Understanding the inertial code
Fine-tuning the component
Function-based modular code
Swarming behavior
Taking the swarming effect forward
Creating tweens with ActionScript
Using import to access the Tween class
How to use the Tween constructor function
Understanding the transition types
Games and Sprites
What is a sprite?
Control
External and internal data
Movement
Collision
Planning zapper
The game world (the main timeline)
gSCREEN_TOP, gSCREEN_BOTTOM, gSCREEN_RIGHT, and gSCREEN_LEFT
score
level, skill, and accel
speed
shipDead, fired, and gSHIP_HEIGHT
198
The timeline
The codeGlobal constants
The start game trigger
The player (the ship)
The SwarmAlien
alienSpawn()
onEnterFrame
alienBrain()
alienReincarnate()
The SwarmAlien code
The bullet
The debris of war
Adding Sound to Flash
Choosing the right sound format
Using sound on a timeline
Using the ActionScript Sound class
Playing sounds from ActionScript
Attaching sounds to a sound instance
Starting and stopping sounds
Creating dynamic soundtracks
Using ActionScript to control volume and balance
Dealing with large sound files
Using compression to reduce download times
Loading sound from external files
Silence can also be golden
Working with Multimedia
Responding to Events
Flash Action Script Excercise
1 Faculty start
2 Password start
3 Hangman
4 Particle Loop
5 Particles toggle caching
6 Showreel
7 Zapper cache As Bitmap
8 Inertia
9 Tween Class demo
10 Tweens
11 Sounds
12 Sound Loader
199
13 Controls
C & C++ (Basics)
1
1.
1C
1.
2 Datatypes.
1. Operator.
3 Condition construct.
1. Looping construct.
4 Functions.
1. Array.
5
1.
6
2
1.
C++
1
1.
Class.
2
Object.
1.
Inheritance.
3
Functions.
1.
Properties.
4
1.
5
Courses Name
Course Duration
Fees (Indian
RS.)
Fees (US $)
10,500
300
Courses Name
Course Duration
90 Sessions of 1 hr.
each
Fees (Indian
Fees (US $)
RS.)
18,000
515
Classes
Creating_Classes
Extending_Classes
Methods
Public_Private
Class_Timeline
Doc_Class
Class_Path
Useful
Decision-Making and Repetition
UndrstdgCndtnl
Writing Conditional
Operators
Using Operators
Alternate Conditions
Compound
Understanding_Loops
Writing Loops2
Generating Instances
Placing_Instances
Using Math...and Loving It!
Math_Class
Math_Operations
Random
Rounding2
Using Text and Arrays
Creating_TextField
Styling_TextField
Capturing_TextField
External
Scroll
Arrays
Text_Game
Finishing_Text_Game
Creating a Memory Game with What You Already Know
Planning
Card_Class
202
Memory_Class
Graphics
Placing
Checking2
Resetting
Incorrect_Matches
Winning
More_Cards
Randomizing
Using Advanced Graphic and Animation Tools
Drawing
Color
Random_Color
Animate_Color
Filters
Filter_Properties
Animating_Filters
Working with Multimedia
Loading_Image
Communicating_swf
Sound
Play_Stop
Pause_Resume
Volume_Control
Understanding_Video
Loading_Video
Video_Playback
Adding Advanced Interactivity
Drag_Overview
Drag_Drop
Collisions
Responding_Collisions
Detecting_Win
Shadow
Random
Course Duration
Action Script 3.0
Fees (US $)
300
203
204
2. Web 2.0
a. Certificate in Web Development
PHP PHP is a widely-used general-purpose scripting language that is especially suited for web
development and can be embedded into HTML. PHP's language syntax is similar to C's and
Perl's. It generally runs on a web server like Apache which is configured to take PHP code as
input and create web page content as output. It can be deployed on most web servers and on
almost every operating system and platform free of charge. PHP is installed on more than 20
million websites and 1 million web servers. MySQL MySQL is one of the most popular open
source database management system recognized for its speed and reliability. It is commonly used
with web pages. More than 11 million Websites are built around MySQL.
Current MySQL customers such as eBay, Google, Twitter, Yahoo, Facebook, and YouTube,
SlashDot, LiveJournal are perfect examples of how MySQL is used to organize and store
multiple databases that can be quickly accessed by millions of people at once. JOOMLA
Joomla is an award-winning content management system (CMS), which enables you to build
Web sites and powerful online applications. Many aspects, including its ease-of-use and
extensibility, have made Joomla the most popular Web site software available. Best of all,
Joomla is an open source solution that is freely available to everyone. PHP PHP is a powerful
cross platform server side script language. It is a full featured programming language capable of
managing huge database driven online environments. Using PHP you can query databases, create
images, read & write files, talk to remote servers - the possibilities are endless. Salient Features
PHP is an HTML-embedded scripting language. Much of its syntax is borrowed from C, Java
and Perl with a couple of unique PHP-specific features thrown in. The goal of the language is to
allow web developers to write dynamically generated pages quickly Application Open source
has brought a lot more than Linux to the computing world. It has also given us PHP and MySQL.
PHP and MySQL are the world's best combination for creating data-driven sites. PHP Mysql
Topice Coverd
MySQL Salient Features Its easy to use:
MySQL software can be downloaded in less than 15 minutes.
Its flexible: MySQL runs on more than 20 platforms, including Windows, Mac OS X, and
Linux, and its open source code allows you to customize it to fit your unique requirements.
Its highly scalable: Whether you're looking to post a few things a month to your Web site or
looking to add content daily, MySQL is fit to handle Web sites large and small and will easily
grow as your business does.
Its free: A commercial license can be bought if you plan on redistributing it.
Its secure: Security features ensure that only authorized users can access your databases.
It also provides 24/7 tech support and community support. Application Open source has
brought a lot more than Unix to the computing world. It has also given us Linux, PHP and
MySQL. PHP and MySQL are the world's best combination for creating database-driven sites.
Topics Covered: Database Design with My SQL
205
Referential integrity
Transactions
Stored procedures The Structured query Language for Creating and Altering Tables Essential
Definitions
Null Values
Indexes The create database Statement
The use database Statement
The create table Statement Column Types
String column types
Numeric column types
Date and time types Creating Indexes Table Types;
MyISAM InnoDB Tables
Berkeley DB
Heap The alter table Statement
Changing a table name
Adding columns
Dropping columns
Adding indexes
Dropping indexes
Changing column definitions Using the show Command
show databases
show tables
show columns
show index
show table status
show create table GUI Tools for Manipulating MySQL Tables and Data
Using phpMyAdmin
206
The Structured Query Language for Inserting, Editing, and Selecting Data
The insert Statement
The update Statement
The delete Statement
The replace Statement The Basic select Statement
The Where clause
order by
limit
group by and aggregate functions Joining Tables
The two-table join (equi-join)
The multi-table join
The outer join
The self join
Unions
Correlated subqueries Joomla Salient Features Free source code Simple workflow system
Caching mechanism to secure fast page creation with favorite pages Wastepaper basket Banner
management Data manager for uploading and administering data Publication system for content
Content summaries in RSS format Search-engine-friendly URLs Multilingual front end Macro
language for data content (Mambots) Administration interface that is separated from the
homepage Simple, expandable template, and component system Simple, but powerful template
system (HTML, CSS, PHP) without a complicated template language Hierarchical user groups
Simple visitor statistics WYSIWYG editor for content Simple polling System of evaluation for
contents Free extensions at http://www.mamboforge.net After the split, a large and eager
community of users and developers was quickly established Application Joomla is an awardwinning content management system (CMS). A content management system is software that
keeps track of every piece of content on your Web site, much like your local public library
keeps track of books and stores them. Joomla is used all over the world to power Web sites of
all shapes and sizes. Joomla is designed to be easy to install and set up even if you're not an
advanced user. Joomla is the most popular open source CMS currently available as evidenced
by a vibrant and growing community of friendly users and talented developers. Joomla is free,
open, and available to anyone under the GPL license. Topics Covered
A Quick Glance into History
Joomla!How was it Developed?
Structure of a CMS
Front End and Back End
Configuration Settings
Access Rights
Content
Templates
Extensions (Components)
Workflow
207
Back
Search Field
Decorative Elements
Prospects
Back End
Customizing Joomla!
A Different Look and Feel Modifying the Menu Name
Changing the Template
Configuration of Joomla! Administration
Help Menu
Site Menu
Global Configuration
Site
Locale
Content
Database
Server
Metadata
Mail
Cache
Statistics
SEO (Search Engine Optimization)
Language Manager
Media Manager
Preview
Statistics
Template Manager
Site Templates
Install
Administrator Templates
Install
Module Positions
Trash Manager
User Manager
New
Menu Manager
Customize Existing Menu
New
Edit
Publish
Unpublish
Move
Copy
Trash
Create a New Menu
Content
209
Miscellaneous
Components
Links
Installers Menu
Messages Menu
Inbox
Configuration
Configuration
System Menu
Global Check-In
Top of the Page
Managing Content
Content by Section
Section
Category
Add/Edit Section Category
All Content Items
Static Content Manager
Content Parameters
Publishing
Images
Parameters
Meta Info
Link to Menu
Section Manager
Category Manager
Frontpage Manager
Archive Manager
Components, Modules, and Mambots
Components Menu
Installing and Uninstalling Components
Installed Components
Banner
Manage Clients
Manage Banners
Contacts
Manage Contacts
Contacts Categories
Mass Mail
News Feeds
Manage Newsfeeds
Manage Categories
Polls
Syndicates
Weblinks
210
Weblink Items
Weblink Categories
Module Menu
Install/Uninstall
Site Modules
All Menus (mod_mainmenu)
Banner
Login Form
Syndicate
Statistics
Template Chooser
Archive
Sections
Related Items
Wrapper
Polls
Who's Online
Random Image
Newsflash
Latest News
Popular
Search
Administrator Modules
Logged
Components
Popular
Latest Items
Menu Stats
Unread Messages
Online Users
Quick Icons
System Message
Pathway
Toolbar
Full Menu
Copying a Module
Mambots Menu
Installing New Mambots
Site Mambots
Search Mambots
Forum, Comments, and Calendar
Forum
What can Simpleboard do?
Installation of Simpleboard
Uninstallation
211
Simpleboard Administration
Simpleboard Configuration
Forum Administration
User Administration
Uploaded Files Browser
Uploaded Images Browser
Edit CSS File
Prune Forums
Prune Users
Support Websites
Load Sample Data
Update Database to Version 1.1.0 Stable
User Front End
Set Up a User Profile
Simpleboard Module
Installation
Comments
Installation
Administration
View Comments
Edit Settings
Edit Language
Front End
Calendar
Installation
Configuration
Events Config
Manage Event Categories
User Front End
Module
Event Mambotv Image Gallery and Document Management
Gallery
zOOm Media Gallery
Installation
Administration
Gallery Manager
Media Manager
zOOm Thumb Coder
Settings
Optimize Tables
Update zOOm Media Gallery
Integration of the Gallery into your Website
User Front End
Lightbox
E-Cards
212
Modules
Source Code
Installation
View of the Website
Mambots
Minimum Pre-requisites
1) Basics of 'C' Programming Language.
2) OOPS & C++ (Class, object, Inheritance)
3) Any database (Access/SQL/Oracle) C & C++ (Basics) 1
Datatypes.
Operator.
Condition construct.
Looping construct.
Functions.
Array.
Course Duration
10 sessions of 1 hr. each
Fees (US $)
60
2
C++
Class.
Object.
Inheritance.
Functions.
Properties.
215
XML is Used to Create New Internet Languages like XHTML,WSDL, WAP and WML, RSS.
Application XML's support for identity, storage and structure means it is possible to publish to
the Web (as HTML) as well as to paper (as PDF) and to other formats (eg Braille, Audio, etc)
from a single source document by using the appropriate stylesheets. XML is also very heavily
used for enclosing or encapsulating information in order to pass it between different computing
systems which would otherwise be unable to communicate. Weather services, e-commerce sites,
blog newsfeeds, AJAX sites, and thousands of other data-exchange services use XML for data
management and transmission, and the web browser for display and interaction Application
Transform XML schema to another schema.
A food retailer may represent an order based on one schema while the manufacturer may
represent it with another. With XSLT, a customer order taken by the retailer can be transformed
into an order that matches the manufacturer's requirements.
Transform XML documents into HTML.
New Internet devices may not understand XML, but almost always will support HTML
XSLT transformations
Transform XML to HTML for devices such as handheld PCs, mobile phones, and TV set-top
boxes
Transform XML documents into PDF. Printers do not understand HTML, but almost always
accept the Package Definition Format (PDF). XML & XSLT Topics Covered
JAVASCRIPT & JSON Selient Features
avaScript was designed to add interactivity to HTML pages.
JavaScript is a scripting language.
A scripting language is a lightweight programming language.
JavaScript is usually embedded directly into HTML pages.
JavaScript is an interpreted language (means that scripts execute without preliminary
compilation).
Everyone can use JavaScript without purchasing a license Application Javascript is used for
validation of WEB FORM input values to make sure that they will be accepted before they are
submitted to the server. JavaScript can put dynamic text into an HTML page . It can respond to
user actions quickly, making an application feel more responsive. Furthermore, JavaScript code
can detect user actions which HTML alone cannot, such as individual keystrokes. Applications
such as GMail take advantage of this: much of the user-interface logic is written in JavaScript.
The wider trend of AJAX programming also exploits this strength.JavaScript can be used to
detect the visitor's browser. JAVASCRIPT & JSON Topics Covered
Pre-Requisite
HTML
C & C++ (Basics)
Php & MySQL
217
218
Referential integrity
Transactions
Stored procedures The Structured query Language for Creating and Altering Tables Essential
Definitions
Null Values
Indexes The create database Statement
The use database Statement
The create table Statement Column Types
String column types
Numeric column types
Date and time types Creating Indexes Table Types;
MyISAM InnoDB Tables
Berkeley DB
Heap The alter table Statement
Changing a table name
Adding columns
Dropping columns
Adding indexes
Dropping indexes
Changing column definitions Using the show Command
show databases
show tables
show columns
show index
show table status
show create table GUI Tools for Manipulating MySQL Tables and Data Using phpMyAdmin
The Structured Query Language for Inserting, Editing, and Selecting Data
The insert Statement
219
221
Configuration
Configuration
System Menu
Global Check-In
Top of the Page
Managing Content
Content by Section
Section
Category
Add/Edit Section Category
All Content Items
Static Content Manager
Content Parameters
Publishing
Images
Parameters
Meta Info
Link to Menu
Section Manager
Category Manager
Frontpage Manager
Archive Manager
Components, Modules, and Mambots
Components Menu
Installing and Uninstalling Components
Installed Components
Banner
Manage Clients
Manage Banners
Contacts
Manage Contacts
Contacts Categories
Mass Mail
News Feeds
Manage Newsfeeds
Manage Categories
Polls
Syndicates
Weblinks
Weblink Items
Weblink Categories
Module Menu
Install/Uninstall
Site Modules
All Menus (mod_mainmenu)
Banner
Login Form
223
Syndicate
Statistics
Template Chooser
Archive
Sections
Related Items
Wrapper
Polls
Who's Online
Random Image
Newsflash
Latest News
Popular
Search
Administrator Modules
Logged
Components
Popular
Latest Items
Menu Stats
Unread Messages
Online Users
Quick Icons
System Message
Pathway
Toolbar
Full Menu
Copying a Module
Mambots Menu
Installing New Mambots
Site Mambots
Search Mambots
Forum, Comments, and Calendar
Forum
What can Simpleboard do?
Installation of Simpleboard
Uninstallation
Simpleboard Administration
Simpleboard Configuration
Forum Administration
User Administration
Uploaded Files Browser
Uploaded Images Browser
Edit CSS File
Prune Forums
Prune Users
224
Support Websites
Load Sample Data
Update Database to Version 1.1.0 Stable
User Front End
Set Up a User Profile
Simpleboard Module
Installation
Comments
Installation
Administration
View Comments
Edit Settings
Edit Language
Front End
Calendar
Installation
Configuration
Events Config
Manage Event Categories
User Front End
Module
Event Mambotv Image Gallery and Document Management
Gallery
zOOm Media Gallery
Installation
Administration
Gallery Manager
Media Manager
zOOm Thumb Coder
Settings
Optimize Tables
Update zOOm Media Gallery
Integration of the Gallery into your Website
User Front End
Lightbox
E-Cards
Comments and Ratings
Modules for the zOOm Media Gallery
Document Management/Download Area
Installation
Administration
Categories
Group
Files
Documents
Licenses
225
Themes
Configuration
Updates
Statistics
Integration into the Website
Modules
Mambots
E-Commerce and I18N
Online Store
Installation
Configuration
Work on Store Data
Add Tax Rates
Configuration
Product Categories
Joomla! Configuration
The Order Process
Order Administration in the Back End
Modules
Mambots
Joomla! Internationalization
Installation of a Different Language File
Translation of a Menu Entry
Multilingualism with MambelFish
Installation of MambelFish (Component and Module)
MambelFish Configuration
Translation with MambelFish
Mambot for MambelFish
Integrate your Own Components into MambelFish
Your Own Templates
Corporate Identity
HTML/XHTML, CSS, and XML
HTML/XHTML
CSS
In the Central HTML File
In a Separate CSS File
Within an HTML Tag
Combinations
XML
Create Your Own Templates
Concept
Fixed Size or Variable Size
Structure
HTML Conversion
File Structure of the Template
First Trial Run
226
Operator.
Condition construct.
Looping construct.
Functions.
Array.
Course Duration
10 sessions of 1 hr. each
Fees (US $)
60
1.5 C++
Class.
Object.
Inheritance.
Functions.
Properties.
AJAX Ajax (also known as AJAX), shorthand for "Asynchronous JavaScript and XML," is a
web development technique for creating interactive web applications. The intent is to make web
pages feel more responsive by exchanging small amounts of data with the server behind the
scenes, so that the entire web page does not have to be reloaded each time the user requests a
change. This is intended to increase the web page's interactivity, speed, and usability. XML &
XSLT XML (Extensible Markup Language) a flexible text format for creating structured
computer documents. It is a general-purpose specification for creating custom markup languages.
XML's purpose is to aid information systems in sharing structured data, especially via the
Internet to encode documents, and to serialize data. XML provides a basic syntax that can be
used to share information between different kinds of computers, different applications, and
different organizations without needing to pass through many layers of conversion. All major
browsers like Google Chrome, opera, Firefox have support for XML and XSLT. JavaScript &
JSON JavaScript is a popular scripting language that is widely supported in web browsers and
other web tools
A scripting programming language most commonly used to add interactive features to
webpages.JavaScript can make web pages more animated and dynamic in terms of graphics and
navigation. One of the most common graphic JavaScript effects is called a mouseover, and
Javascript navigation is commonly created using drop-down menus. JavaScript is used in
millions of Web pages to add functionality, validate forms, detect browsers, and much more
Asynchronous JavaScript and XML (AJAX) Salient Features
XHTML (or HTML) and CSS, for marking up and styling information.
228
XSLT transformations
Transform XML to HTML for devices such as handheld PCs, mobile phones, and TV set-top
boxes
Transform XML documents into PDF. Printers do not understand HTML, but almost always
accept the Package Definition Format (PDF). XML & XSLT Topice Coverd
JAVASCRIPT & JSON Selient Features
avaScript was designed to add interactivity to HTML pages.
JavaScript is a scripting language.
A scripting language is a lightweight programming language.
JavaScript is usually embedded directly into HTML pages.
JavaScript is an interpreted language (means that scripts execute without preliminary
compilation).
Everyone can use JavaScript without purchasing a license Application Javascript is used for
validation of WEB FORM input values to make sure that they will be accepted before they are
submitted to the server. JavaScript can put dynamic text into an HTML page . It can respond to
user actions quickly, making an application feel more responsive. Furthermore, JavaScript code
can detect user actions which HTML alone cannot, such as individual keystrokes. Applications
such as GMail take advantage of this: much of the user-interface logic is written in JavaScript.
The wider trend of AJAX programming also exploits this strength.JavaScript can be used to
detect the visitor's browser. JAVASCRIPT & JSON Topice Coverd
Pre-Requisite
HTML
C & C++ (Basics)
Php & MySQL
230
d. LAMP
Linux Linux is the operating system that's now used on the majority of web servers. Even if
your organisation uses Microsoft Windows at the Desktop, you may find Linux behind the
scenes. Apache Apache is the most used Web Server worldwide; it's available for free (Open
Source) and bristling with facilities. On the course, we download, install and test apache. We
configure Apache, including virtual host support, access security, MIME type handling, and add
modules to support extra facilities. We also cover error handling and log file analysis
PHP PHP is a widely-used general-purpose scripting language that is especially suited for web
development and can be embedded into HTML.
PHP's language syntax is similar to C's and Perl's. It generally runs on a web server like Apache
which is configured to take PHP code as input and create web page content as output. It can be
deployed on most web servers and on almost every operating system and platform free of charge.
PHP is installed on more than 20 million websites and 1 million web servers. MySQL MySQL
is one of the most popular open source database management system recognized for its speed
and reliability. It is commonly used with web pages. More than 11 million Websites are built
around MySQL.
Current MySQL customers such as eBay, Google, Twitter, Yahoo, Facebook, and YouTube,
SlashDot, LiveJournal are perfect examples of how MySQL is used to organize and store
multiple databases that can be quickly accessed by millions of people at once. LINUX Salient
Features Basics of Linux
Introduction to Red Hat Linux
Getting Started
Login in Linux (GUI & Console)
Directory Structure of Linux
Listing Files & Directories (ls)
Creating, Moving & Deleting Files and Directories
Searching for Files (locate & find)
Shells (Working effectively in the Command Line)
File System Basics & File Management
Pipes, Streams & Redirects
Processes Management
Finally the vi Editor
APACHE Salient Features Apache web servers which, when used, provide a flexible, stable
and configurable platform for organisations to deploy web based applications. You'll find the
server in use on many large scale services - commercial, educational, voluntary sector, research
and governmental. Topics Covered Apache httpd - an overview
What is "Apache" and what does it do?
Other web servers.
Versions of Apache.
Apache httpd - Sourcing, Installation, Testing
Downloading Apache.
231
Referential integrity
Transactions
Stored procedures The Structured query Language for Creating and Altering Tables Essential
Definitions
Null Values
Indexes The create database Statement
The use database Statement
The create table Statement Column Types
String column types
Numeric column types
Date and time types Creating Indexes
Table Types;
MyISAM InnoDB Tables
Berkeley DB
Heap The alter table Statement
Changing a table name
Adding columns
Dropping columns
Adding indexes
Dropping indexes
Changing column definitions Using the show Command
show databases
show tables
show columns
show index
show table status
show create table GUI Tools for Manipulating MySQL Tables and Data Using phpMyAdmin
The Structured Query Language for Inserting, Editing, and Selecting Data
The insert Statement
The update Statement
The delete Statement
233
Fees (US $)
60
2
C++
Class.
Object.
Inheritance.
Functions.
Properties.
234
235
3. Advance
a. Web designing, E-Commerce & Global Marketing
CORELDRAW CorelDRAW is a Vector graphic software, allowing the user to produce World
Class Illustrations with 16.7 million colours. Salient Features WithCorelDRAW you can
create Illustrations from scratch, enhance the Designs, use and embellish scanned Photos of your
Digital Art, and send your finished work out in many ways. Vector-based drawing Program
with extensive text handling and precision-drawing features. Ideal tool for virtually any design
project from Commercial Art to technical illustrations, advertisements, publishing and Internet
publishing.
Application
Full-color Design Illustrations.
Complex Design Drawings.
Commercial Art.
Photorealistic Design Images.
Surrealistic Images.
Animation sequences.
Libraries of Designs.
High-quality drawings from low-resolution originals.
Web page designing. For CorelDRAW Topics Covered
Illustrator Illustrator is a
vector graphics creation software for print media and web, allowing the user to produce World
Class Illustrations with 16.7 million colors. Salient Features
Creative tools for Print Media Output.
Sophisticated Web Graphic Tools.
Special Effects to Images.
Versatile Transparency Capabilities
Dynamic Media Projects
Application
Complex and High Quality Output.
Logos.
Libraries.
High Quality Illustrations.
Creating Banners, Posters, Handbills etc Career Options
Our Students Web Publishing Gallery
Graphic Designer
237
FTP :
Skype :
MESSENGERS:
Short for File Transfer Protocol, the protocol for exchanging files over the
Internet. FTP works in the same way as HTTP for transferring Web pages
from a server to a user's browser and SMTP for transferring electronic mail
across the Internet in that, like these technologies, FTP uses the Internet's
TCP/IP protocols to enable data transfer.
Make calls from your computer free to other people on Skype and
economical to phones and mobiles around the world.
You can chat LIVE with your friends, relative, bussiness partner etc with a
Messenger.You can even make voice calls, view webcam(see the opposite
person LIVE on your computer), share photos & videos.Following are the
example of Messengers
1) Yahoo Messenger,
2_ MSN Messenger.
xHTML & CSS xHTML (Hypertext Markup Language) is used to describe the layout of a
web page. xHTML is simply a vehicle to indicate elements of a hypertext page. The xHTML
page must tell the browser which applets to load and then where to put each applet on the web
page. For xHTML & CSS Topics Covered
ADOBE DREAMWAVER
Dreamweaver is a professional authoring tool for creating and maintaining web-pages. It
introduces ADOBE's Round-trip HTML technology, that imports HTML documents without
reformatting the code and also makes it possible to use the latest Dynamic HTML features. All
the code generated by it, works on as many platforms and browsers as possible. For Adobe
Dreamweaver Topics Covered
INTERNET ADVERTISING & GLOBAL
MARKETING There are 600 millions documents on every possible subject and more than 1.5
million documents are uploaded everyday. The importance of "Variables" in the design of home
pages to get maximum hits and hence achieve maximum marketing power. We, at
COMPUFIELD, teach you :
How to make your Web Site attractive and powerful, so that you can attract business globally on
the Internet.
The importance of "Variable" in the design of home pages to get maximum hits and hence
achieve maximum Marketing power.
How to use the different search engines available, and explain the working and retrieval
functions of these search engines.
How to register your Web pages (URL'S) with various search engines like Yahoo, Altavista,
Infoseek, Webcrawler, Hotbot, Excite, America Online, 123 India, khoj etc. (200 Search Engines
possible).
How to register your Web Site to various BBS, Usenet groups, Enzines, Exchange banner
scheme. Additional Global Marketing tricks available on Web. Mass E-Mailing. PHP+MySQL
PHP is a powerful cross platform server side script language. It is a full featured programming
language capable of managing huge database driven online environments. Using PHP you can
query databases, create images, read & write files, talk to remote servers - the possibilities are
endless. Salient Features PHP is an HTML-embedded scripting language. Much of its syntax
is borrowed from C, Java and Perl with a couple of unique PHP-specific features thrown in. The
goal of the language is to allow web developers to write dynamically generated pages quickly
239
Application Open source has brought a lot more than Linux to the computing world. It has also
given us PHP and MySQL. PHP and MySQL are the world's best combination for creating datadriven sites. PHP Mysql Topice Coverd
C C is a general purpose Programming
Language. C has proven to be a pleasant, powerful, and versatile language for a wide variety of
Programs. Many of the modern languages like C++, Visual C++, Java, JavaScript, etc. is based
on C Language. Therefore, not Knowing this Language is considered as a handicap. 90% of
UNIX Operating System is written in C Language. For C Topice Coverd
C++ C++
is a object oriented Programming language which includes concepts like polymorphism, datahiding, operator overloading, encapsulation and inheritance, which are not observed in C. User
defined objects (instances) can be reused with and without modifications to generate new
application. This reduces coding to greater extent. Even for file accessing, we use file objects.
For C++ Topice Coverd
Course Duration
Fees (Indian RS.)
Fees (US $)
320 sessions of 1 hr. each
56,800
1625
240
Gallery I Gallery II
Gallery
III
Gallery
Gallery
Gallery V
IV
VI
Gallery
VII
Gallery
VIII
CorelDRAW CorelDRAW is a Vector graphic software, allowing the user to produce World Class
Illustrations with 16.7 million colours. Salient Features With CorelDRAW you can create Illustrations
from scratch, enhance the Designs, use and embellish scanned Photos of your Digital Art, and send your
finished work out in many ways. Vector-based drawing Program with extensive text handling and
precision-drawing features. Ideal tool for virtually any design project from Commercial Art to technical
illustrations, advertisements, publishing and Internet publishing.
241
Application
Full-color Design Illustrations.
Complex Design Drawings.
Commercial Art.
Photorealistic Design Images.
Surrealistic Images.
Animation sequences.
Libraries of Designs.
High-quality drawings from low-resolution originals.
Web page designing. For CorelDRAW Topics Covered
Illustrator Illustrator is a vector
graphics creation software for print media and web, allowing the user to produce World Class Illustrations
with 16.7 million colors. Salient Features
Creative tools for Print Media Output.
Sophisticated Web Graphic Tools.
Special Effects to Images.
Versatile Transparency Capabilities
Dynamic Media Projects
Application
Complex and High Quality Output.
Logos.
Libraries.
High Quality Illustrations.
Creating Banners, Posters, Handbills etc Career Options For Illustrator Topics Covered
Graphic Designer
Our Student's Illustrator/Coreldraw Projects
Gallery I Gallery II
Gallery
III
Gallery
Gallery
Gallery V
IV
VI
Gallery
VII
Gallery
VIII
ADOBE FLASH An extremely popular multimedia authoring and playback system from Adobe. Flash
formats are used for most of the animated ads and video clips on today's Web sites. Flash Lite is a version
242
of color, textures shininess, strength of shininess, self-illumination and opacity are built-in. Rich
Lighting Tools - Quick, precise control of lighting effects. Nondestructive Booleans and Lofts Merging
outer Scenes or Film Clips with the Project made in 3D Studio Max. Completely Redesigned
Documentation and Tutorials. Auto Back Light - Automatically position the sun for any day of the year,
any time of day, any position on the earth, or any angle true north relative to your model. Application
Create 3D Models and Render them into Images or Movie Clips.
With Autodesk 3D Studio Max, you can create High resolution, True-colour Image files in Industry
standard file formats for Corporate Presentations, Broadcast Graphics, Interior designing, Walk-through
Views, Design & Development.
Enhance the look of your interiors with special effects.
Give a Realistic look to your interiors as well as to your Architectural Designs. For 3D Studio Max
Topics Covered
Our 3D Studio Max Student's Projects
Gallery I
Gallery II
Gallery III
ADOBE PREMIERE PRO A powerful tool for professional digital Video Editing Designed for video
professionals, Adobe Premiere Pro software spans the world of broadcast and online media. Thanks to its
elegant interface and superb editing tools, you can work with complete efficiency, control, and flexibility
to produce broadcast-quality movies for video, film, multimedia, and the Web.
Salient Features
Digital video & sound, hence eliminates transfer losses.
Edits video & multimedia movies in standard formats like AVI, MOV, RAM, MPEG etc.
Creates Movie titles and graphics.
Super imposes titles and graphics, animation on video and film.
Adds transition and special effects.
Uses digital filtering for special effects in video & audio tracks
Exports projects to video tapes. Application
Multimedia presentations on any subject.
Film editing with special effects and movie making.
Movies and Video Clips for Online presentations and distribution. For Adobe Premiere Pro Topics
Covered
FINAL CUT PRO/Avid Final Cut Pro is a professional non-linear editing system
developed by Apple Inc. that has found popularity amongst independent filmmakers and Hollywood film
editors alike. The program has the ability to edit many digital formats including, SD, HDV, HD,
Panasonic P2, Sony XDCAM, 2K, 4K, and IMAX film formats. The system is currently only available
for Mac OS X version 10.4.9 or later. Salient Features
244
SOUND FORGE Sound Forge is a world class Program used for Sound Editing, Compression,
Special Effects and to super impose sound on video presentation and animation.
Salient Features
source has brought a lot more than Linux to the computing world. It has also given us PHP and MySQL.
PHP and MySQL are the world's best combination for creating data-driven sites. PHP Mysql Topics
Covered
MySQL Salient Features Its easy to use:
MySQL software can be downloaded in less than 15 minutes.
Its flexible: MySQL runs on more than 20 platforms, including Windows, Mac OS X, and Linux, and its
open source code allows you to customize it to fit your unique requirements.
Its highly scalable: Whether you're looking to post a few things a month to your Web site or looking to
add content daily, MySQL is fit to handle Web sites large and small and will easily grow as your business
does.
Its free: A commercial license can be bought if you plan on redistributing it.
Its secure: Security features ensure that only authorized users can access your databases.
It also provides 24/7 tech support and community support. Application Open source has brought a lot
more than Unix to the computing world. It has also given us Linux, PHP and MySQL. PHP and MySQL
are the world's best combination for creating database-driven sites. MySQL Topics Covered
C C is a general purpose Programming Language. C has proven to be a pleasant, powerful, and versatile
language for a wide variety of Programs. Many of the modern languages like C++, Visual C++, Java,
JavaScript, etc. is based on C Language. Therefore, not Knowing this Language is considered as a
handicap. 90% of UNIX Operating System is written in C Language. For C Topics Covered
C++ C++ is a object oriented Programming language which includes concepts like polymorphism, datahiding, operator overloading, encapsulation and inheritance, which are not observed in C. User defined
objects (instances) can be reused with and without modifications to generate new application. This
reduces coding to greater extent. Even for file accessing, we use file objects. For C++ Topics Covered
Course Duration
Fees (US $)
85,000
2430
247
Gallery I Gallery II
Gallery
III
Gallery
Gallery
Gallery V
IV
VI
Gallery
VII
Gallery
VIII
CorelDRAW CorelDRAW is a Vector graphic software, allowing the user to produce World Class
Illustrations with 16.7 million colours. Salient Features With CorelDRAW you can create Illustrations
from scratch, enhance the Designs, use and embellish scanned Photos of your Digital Art, and send your
finished work out in many ways. Vector-based drawing Program with extensive text handling and
precision-drawing features. Ideal tool for virtually any design project from Commercial Art to technical
illustrations, advertisements, publishing and Internet publishing.
Application
Full-color Design Illustrations.
248
Gallery I Gallery II
Gallery
III
Gallery
Gallery
Gallery V
IV
VI
Gallery
VII
Gallery
VIII
InDesign Design compelling page layouts that include transparency, creative effects, and gradient
feathers. Since effects are live and nondestructive, you can experiment with ease. Apply effects
independently to an object's stroke, fill, or content. Salient Features
Extensive integration
Work smoothly with Adobe Photoshop, Illustrator, Acrobat, InCopy, and Dreamweaver software;enjoy
consistency by using shared presets and color settings; work more efficiently with native file ;format
249
;support; and easily publish to multiple media. Creative effects and controls
Design compelling page layouts that include transparency, creative effects, and gradient feathers. Since
;effects are live and nondestructive, you can experiment with ease. Apply effects independently to an
;object's stroke, fill, or content. Reliable prepress and printing
Have confidence in your output. Get accurate, consistent results every time you print using sophisticated
preview capabilities, exporting reliable Adobe PDF files, and sharing custom presets. Application
Creative effects and controls
Reliable prepress and printing
Productivity enhancement
Professional typographical controls
Robust long-document support
For InDesign Topics Covered
Our Student's Indesign Projects
Gallery I Gallery II
Gallery
III
Gallery
Gallery
Gallery V
IV
VI
Gallery
VII
Gallery
VIII
ADOBE FLASH An extremely popular multimedia authoring and playback system from Adobe. Flash
formats are used for most of the animated ads and video clips on today's Web sites. Flash Lite is a version
for mobile phones.
Created in authoring applications, such as Flash MX and Flash Professional, Flash "movies" in the .SWF
file format are played back in Adobe's Flash Player within the Web browser or from a stand-alone
application that accesses the Player.
Flash animations became very popular because they support vector images, which are very space efficient
for illustrations on the Web. They also scale up and down with accurate detail when the window is resize
Salient Features Create high-performance, real-time effects for cinematic experiences that quickly
engage users. Take advantage of a new, flexible text engine that brings print-quality publishing to the
web Add real-time dynamic effects with built-in filters for blur, drop shadow, glow, bevel, gradient glow,
gradient bevel, displacement map, convolution, and color matrix Deliver web applications with accurate
color, so your favorite web destinations look the way they were intended Bring your designs to life with
animation and compositing capabilities, such as support for alpha channels, masking, and layering. Create
stunning motion graphics integrated with images and video. Application
Flash is Primarily an animation tool for the Web.
You can also create Corporate presentations and 2D Animations. For Flash Topics Covered
250
ADOBE FLASH WITH ACTION SCRIPT Adobe ActionScript is the programming language of the
Adobe Flash Platform. Originally developed as a way for developers to program interactivity,
ActionScript enables efficient programming of Adobe Flash Platform applications for everything from
simple animations to complex, data-rich, interactive application interfaces.
This manual provides a foundation for developing applications in Adobe ActionScript 3.0. It discusses
core ActionScript 3.0 concepts, including language syntax, statements and operators, and object-oriented
ActionScript programming Applications: ActionScript 3.0 contains a host of powerful new features
that can greatly speed the development process ActionScript 3.0 consists of two parts: the core language
and the Flash Player API The core language defines the basic building blocks of the programming
language, such as statements, expressions, conditions, loops, and types ActionScript 3.0 includes native
support for regular expressions so you can quickly search for and manipulate strings For Action Script
Topics Covered
3D - STUDIO MAX Create stunning 3D in less time with Autodesk 3ds
Max software. This full-featured 3D modeling, animation, and rendering solution is used to produce topselling games and award-winning film and video content. Its a tool of choice for quickly generating
realistic characters, seamless CG effects, jaw-dropping games, and top-quality film and television content.
Enhanced toolsets enable you to create your 3D environment the way you want, manage complex scenes,
and take advantage of improved software interoperability and pipeline-integration support. Salient
Features Mechanical 3D Modeling and Rendering. Architectural drawings and layouts of all kinds.
Interior design and facility planning. Line drawings for the fine arts. Using 3D-Studio Max, is an
important part of communicating with the drawing community. Achieve impressive presentations by
simply souping up your 2D drawings and presenting them in dynamic views. Gain a competitive edge
by taking the time to build full 3D drawings. A new paradigm for Design Visualization. 3D Studio Max
is much more than just a form creation tool. 3D Studio Max software gives you the freedom to
experiment and race ahead with your ideas and Imaginations. Photographic & natural backgrounds
made by yourself to create extraordinary environment The Special effects & extra lighting effects to
make the environment much more vibrant. Integrated Keyframe Animation. Subtle Visual Effects Visual effects are available fog, atmospheric effects, volumetric lighting and the effect of fire to help
make, your Project Powerful and Natural. Powerful Materials Editor - Simple materials with full control
of color, textures shininess, strength of shininess, self-illumination and opacity are built-in. Rich
Lighting Tools - Quick, precise control of lighting effects. Nondestructive Booleans and Lofts Merging
outer Scenes or Film Clips with the Project made in 3D Studio Max. Completely Redesigned
Documentation and Tutorials. Auto Back Light - Automatically position the sun for any day of the year,
any time of day, any position on the earth, or any angle true north relative to your model. Application
Create 3D Models and Render them into Images or Movie Clips.
With Autodesk 3D Studio Max, you can create High resolution, True-colour Image files in Industry
standard file formats for Corporate Presentations, Broadcast Graphics, Interior designing, Walk-through
Views, Design & Development.
Enhance the look of your interiors with special effects.
Give a Realistic look to your interiors as well as to your Architectural Designs. For 3D Studio Max
Topics Covered
MAYA Autodesk Maya 3D modeling, animation, rendering, and visual
effects software offers artists an end-to-end creative workflow. Autodesk Maya software is the first
release to unify the Autodesk Maya Complete 2009 and Autodesk Maya Unlimited 2009 feature sets,
advanced matchmoving capabilities, and high dynamic range compositing into a single affordable
package. Also included for a complete CG workflow are 5 additional mental ray for Maya batch rendering
251
nodes and the Autodesk Backburner network render queue manager. Salient Features Autodesk Maya
2009 software delivers a significantly streamlined poly modeling workflow A powerful new animation
layering paradigm in Maya 2009 built on technology from Autodesk MotionBuilder software, gives you
more flexibility as you non-destructively create and edit animation Maya 2009 includes tools developed
specifically for the creation of stereoscopic content. In this video well introduce you to the in-viewport
stereoscopic viewer and the default stereo camera rig This new Maya Unlimited toolset gives you a
precise, efficient workflow for simulating a wide range of complex effects including liquids, clouds,
smoke, spray and dust Maya 2009 provides new and enhanced tools for both the high-level manipulation
and component-level editing of polygon models Maya Topics Coverd
Our 3D Studio Max Student's Projects
Gallery I
Gallery II
Gallery III
ADOBE AFTER EFFECTS Adobe After Effects software delivers a comprehensive set of tools to
efficiently produce motion graphics and visual effects for film, video, multimedia, and the Web
After Effects.
New in After Effects 6.0.
Animation and Motion Graphics.
Formats that After Effects Produce.
After Effects Differ from Photoshop.
After Effects Different from Avid, Final Cut Pro, and Premiere.
After Effects Different from Adobe Flash.
Compositing.
To Get Video Content into AE.
Tools Need Besides After Effects.
More About Animation, Video, and Compositing. Salient Features
After Effects offers unparalleled integration with Adobe Premiere Pro, Adobe Photoshop, and Adobe
Illustrator to produce professional results.
Control the compositing environment while working in a 2D or 3D with this tool Application
Create motion graphics.
Unbelievable visual effect for films film, video, multimedia. For Adobe After EffectsTopics Covered
ADOBE PREMIERE PRO A powerful tool for professional digital Video Editing Designed
for video professionals, Adobe Premiere Pro software spans the world of broadcast and online media.
Thanks to its elegant interface and superb editing tools, you can work with complete efficiency, control,
and flexibility to produce broadcast-quality movies for video, film, multimedia, and the Web.
Salient Features
Digital video & sound, hence eliminates transfer losses.
252
Edits video & multimedia movies in standard formats like AVI, MOV, RAM, MPEG etc.
Creates Movie titles and graphics.
Super imposes titles and graphics, animation on video and film.
Adds transition and special effects.
Uses digital filtering for special effects in video & audio tracks
Exports projects to video tapes. Application
Multimedia presentations on any subject.
Film editing with special effects and movie making.
Movies and Video Clips for Online presentations and distribution. For Adobe Premiere Pro Topics
Covered
FINAL CUT PRO/Avid Final Cut Pro is a professional non-linear editing system
developed by Apple Inc. that has found popularity amongst independent filmmakers and Hollywood film
editors alike. The program has the ability to edit many digital formats including, SD, HDV, HD,
Panasonic P2, Sony XDCAM, 2K, 4K, and IMAX film formats. The system is currently only available
for Mac OS X version 10.4.9 or later. Salient Features
Broad Format Support:
Final Cut Pro 6 lets you edit virtually anything with the highest possible quality, including camera-native
editing of leading SD and HD formats. Work with DV one day, then HDV, XDCAM HD, DVCPRO HD,
or uncompressed HD the next. Or use ProRes 422, Apples new post-production format, for
uncompressed HD quality at SD file sizes.
Incredible Real-Time Effects:
Add visual interest to any production with the rich set of effects and visualization tools built into Final
Cut Pro 6. Experiment freely and iterate quickly. Youll see the results of your changes in real time as you
work, with no need to waste time waiting for renders.
Comprehensive Editing Tools:
The faster the tools, the more time you have to be creative. Final Cut Pro 6 makes it easy to edit quickly,
accurately, and flexibly. Everything you do in Final Cut Pro from editing and trimming to audio
mixing to finishing to delivery feels like second nature, so your creativity can flourish
Application
Film Industry
TV Channels
Production Houses
Multimedia Companies For Final Cut Pro Topics Covered
Our Student's Video Editing Projects
253
SOUND FORGE Sound Forge is a world class Program used for Sound Editing, Compression, Special
Effects and to super impose sound on video presentation and animation.
Salient Features
You can Record Sound and then edit it.
You can superimpose the sound files on Video presentation and Animation.
You can compress the sound files.
You can give Special Effects to the sound files. Application Sound forge is used by various
professionals from the Music and Sound Industry such as Musicians, Sound Editors, Multimedia
designers, Game designers, Studio engineers etc. ADOBE DREAMWAVER Dreamweaver is a
professional authoring tool for creating and maintaining web-pages. It introduces ADOBE's Round-trip
HTML technology, that imports HTML documents without reformatting the code and also makes it
possible to use the latest Dynamic HTML features. All the code generated by it, works on as many
platforms and browsers as possible. For Adobe Dreamweaver Topics Covered
ADOBE
DREAMWAVER(DATABASE) ADOBE Dreamweaver (Database) combines Dreamweaver's ease of
use with the power of databases to create dynamically created web pages. Think of the results as
Dreamweaver on steroids. ADOBE Dreamweaver Ultradev set ends Dreamweaver's renowned ease of use
into the realm of database-driven web sites. If you already use Dreamweaver, you'll feel right at home
with Ultradev since the programs share many of the same interface features. ADOBE's Dreamweaver
Ultradev has been a leading visual web design tool for many years allowing thousands to exchange the
murky world of plain text code for easy drag and drop interface. Salient Fetures Creating a recordset
for a sites product page, using a structured query language statement. Using SQL (Structured Query
Language) to refine the recordset's precision by adding cross reference between the database tables.
Linking placeholders images to specific database fields, allowing images to be dynamically served to a
Web Page. Add a navigation bar that dynamically changes based on which product is being displayed.
Creating delete, update, insert pages.
Creating SQL searches with SQL variables.
Ultradev supports major server models like ASP, JSP, CFML, PHP.
Supports custom made Extensions to improve the way data is handled.
Creating cookies, using the response, redirect variables, reading from a cookie. Application Creating Ecommerce solution using Active Server Pages (ASP), Java Server Pages(JSP), ColdFusion(CF), without
knowing a single line of programming. For Adobe Dreamweaver 8 (Database) Topics Covered
xHTML & CSS xHTML (Hypertext Markup Language) is used to describe the layout of a
web page. xHTML is simply a vehicle to indicate elements of a hypertext page. The xHTML page must
tell the browser which applets to load and then where to put each applet on the web page. For xHTML
& CSS Topics Covered
INTERNET ADVERTISING & GLOBAL MARKETING There
are 600 millions documents on every possible subject and more than 1.5 million documents are uploaded
everyday. The importance of "Variables" in the design of home pages to get maximum hits and hence
achieve maximum marketing power. We, at COMPUFIELD, teach you :
254
How to make your Web Site attractive and powerful, so that you can attract business globally on the
Internet.
The importance of "Variable" in the design of home pages to get maximum hits and hence achieve
maximum Marketing power.
How to use the different search engines available, and explain the working and retrieval functions of these
search engines.
How to register your Web pages (URL'S) with various search engines like Yahoo, Altavista, Infoseek,
Webcrawler, Hotbot, Excite, America Online, 123 India, khoj etc. (200 Search Engines possible).
How to register your Web Site to various BBS, Usenet groups, Enzines, Exchange banner scheme.
Additional Global Marketing tricks available on Web. Mass E-Mailing. CAREER OPTIONS
Web Masters.
Web Managers.
Site Managers.
Web Page Designers.
Content Developers.
Interface Designers.
Creative Support Professionals.
Studio Managers.
Modeling Consultants.
Media Specialists Art.
Consultants Multimedia Authors.
Script Writers.
Cartoonists.
Creative Publishing Professionals.
Cartographers Editing Professionals.
Visual Effect Designers.
Software Editors.
Audio & Video Specialists.
Animator PHP + MySQL + C & C++ (Basic) PHP PHP is a powerful cross platform server side script
language. It is a full featured programming language capable of managing huge database driven online
environments. Using PHP you can query databases, create images, read & write files, talk to remote
servers - the possibilities are endless. Salient Features PHP is an HTML-embedded scripting language.
Much of its syntax is borrowed from C, Java and Perl with a couple of unique PHP-specific features
thrown in. The goal of the language is to allow web developers to write dynamically generated pages
quickly Application Open source has brought a lot more than Linux to the computing world. It has also
given us PHP and MySQL. PHP and MySQL are the world's best combination for creating data-driven
sites. PHP Mysql Topics Covered
MySQL Salient Features Its easy to use:
MySQL software can be downloaded in less than 15 minutes.
Its flexible: MySQL runs on more than 20 platforms, including Windows, Mac OS X, and Linux, and its
open source code allows you to customize it to fit your unique requirements.
Its highly scalable: Whether you're looking to post a few things a month to your Web site or looking to
add content daily, MySQL is fit to handle Web sites large and small and will easily grow as your business
255
does.
Its free: A commercial license can be bought if you plan on redistributing it.
Its secure: Security features ensure that only authorized users can access your databases.
It also provides 24/7 tech support and community support. Application Open source has brought a lot
more than Unix to the computing world. It has also given us Linux, PHP and MySQL. PHP and MySQL
are the world's best combination for creating database-driven sites. MySQL Topics Covered
C C is a general purpose Programming Language. C has proven to be a pleasant, powerful, and
versatile language for a wide variety of Programs. Many of the modern languages like C++, Visual C++,
Java, JavaScript, etc. is based on C Language. Therefore, not Knowing this Language is considered as a
handicap. 90% of UNIX Operating System is written in C Language. For C Topics Covered
C++ C++ is a object oriented Programming language which includes concepts like polymorphism, datahiding, operator overloading, encapsulation and inheritance, which are not observed in C. User defined
objects (instances) can be reused with and without modifications to generate new application. This
reduces coding to greater extent. Even for file accessing, we use file objects. For C++ Topics Covered
Course Duration
Fees (US $)
1,40,000
4000
256
Gallery I Gallery II
Gallery
III
Gallery
Gallery
Gallery V
IV
VI
Gallery
VII
Gallery
VIII
CorelDRAW CorelDRAW is a Vector graphic software, allowing the user to produce World Class
Illustrations with 16.7 million colours. Salient Features With CorelDRAW you can create Illustrations
from scratch, enhance the Designs, use and embellish scanned Photos of your Digital Art, and send your
finished work out in many ways. Vector-based drawing Program with extensive text handling and
precision-drawing features. Ideal tool for virtually any design project from Commercial Art to technical
illustrations, advertisements, publishing and Internet publishing.
Application
Full-color Design Illustrations.
Complex Design Drawings.
Commercial Art.
257
Gallery
Gallery
Gallery V
IV
VI
Gallery
VII
Gallery
VIII
ADOBE FLASH An extremely popular multimedia authoring and playback system from Adobe. Flash
formats are used for most of the animated ads and video clips on today's Web sites. Flash Lite is a version
for mobile phones.
Created in authoring applications, such as Flash MX and Flash Professional, Flash "movies" in the .SWF
file format are played back in Adobe's Flash Player within the Web browser or from a stand-alone
application that accesses the Player.
Flash animations became very popular because they support vector images, which are very space efficient
for illustrations on the Web. They also scale up and down with accurate detail when the window is resize
Salient Features Create high-performance, real-time effects for cinematic experiences that quickly
258
engage users. Take advantage of a new, flexible text engine that brings print-quality publishing to the
web Add real-time dynamic effects with built-in filters for blur, drop shadow, glow, bevel, gradient glow,
gradient bevel, displacement map, convolution, and color matrix Deliver web applications with accurate
color, so your favorite web destinations look the way they were intended Bring your designs to life with
animation and compositing capabilities, such as support for alpha channels, masking, and layering. Create
stunning motion graphics integrated with images and video. Application
Flash is Primarily an animation tool for the Web.
You can also create Corporate presentations and 2D Animations. For Flash Topics Covered
ADOBE FLASH WITH ACTION SCRIPT Adobe ActionScript is the programming language of the
Adobe Flash Platform. Originally developed as a way for developers to program interactivity,
ActionScript enables efficient programming of Adobe Flash Platform applications for everything from
simple animations to complex, data-rich, interactive application interfaces.
This manual provides a foundation for developing applications in Adobe ActionScript 3.0. It discusses
core ActionScript 3.0 concepts, including language syntax, statements and operators, and object-oriented
ActionScript programming Applications: ActionScript 3.0 contains a host of powerful new features
that can greatly speed the development process ActionScript 3.0 consists of two parts: the core language
and the Flash Player API The core language defines the basic building blocks of the programming
language, such as statements, expressions, conditions, loops, and types ActionScript 3.0 includes native
support for regular expressions so you can quickly search for and manipulate strings For Action Script
Topics Covered
3D - STUDIO MAX Create stunning 3D in less time with Autodesk 3ds
Max software. This full-featured 3D modeling, animation, and rendering solution is used to produce topselling games and award-winning film and video content. Its a tool of choice for quickly generating
realistic characters, seamless CG effects, jaw-dropping games, and top-quality film and television content.
Enhanced toolsets enable you to create your 3D environment the way you want, manage complex scenes,
and take advantage of improved software interoperability and pipeline-integration support. Salient
Features Mechanical 3D Modeling and Rendering. Architectural drawings and layouts of all kinds.
Interior design and facility planning. Line drawings for the fine arts. Using 3D-Studio Max, is an
important part of communicating with the drawing community. Achieve impressive presentations by
simply souping up your 2D drawings and presenting them in dynamic views. Gain a competitive edge
by taking the time to build full 3D drawings. A new paradigm for Design Visualization. 3D Studio Max
is much more than just a form creation tool. 3D Studio Max software gives you the freedom to
experiment and race ahead with your ideas and Imaginations. Photographic & natural backgrounds
made by yourself to create extraordinary environment The Special effects & extra lighting effects to
make the environment much more vibrant. Integrated Keyframe Animation. Subtle Visual Effects Visual effects are available fog, atmospheric effects, volumetric lighting and the effect of fire to help
make, your Project Powerful and Natural. Powerful Materials Editor - Simple materials with full control
of color, textures shininess, strength of shininess, self-illumination and opacity are built-in. Rich
Lighting Tools - Quick, precise control of lighting effects. Nondestructive Booleans and Lofts Merging
outer Scenes or Film Clips with the Project made in 3D Studio Max. Completely Redesigned
Documentation and Tutorials. Auto Back Light - Automatically position the sun for any day of the year,
any time of day, any position on the earth, or any angle true north relative to your model. Application
Create 3D Models and Render them into Images or Movie Clips.
With Autodesk 3D Studio Max, you can create High resolution, True-colour Image files in Industry
259
standard file formats for Corporate Presentations, Broadcast Graphics, Interior designing, Walk-through
Views, Design & Development.
Enhance the look of your interiors with special effects.
Give a Realistic look to your interiors as well as to your Architectural Designs. For 3D Studio Max
Topics Covered
Our 3D Studio Max Student's Projects
Gallery I
Gallery II
Gallery III
ADOBE PREMIERE PRO A powerful tool for professional digital Video Editing Designed for video
professionals, Adobe Premiere Pro software spans the world of broadcast and online media. Thanks to its
elegant interface and superb editing tools, you can work with complete efficiency, control, and flexibility
to produce broadcast-quality movies for video, film, multimedia, and the Web.
Salient Features
Digital video & sound, hence eliminates transfer losses.
Edits video & multimedia movies in standard formats like AVI, MOV, RAM, MPEG etc.
Creates Movie titles and graphics.
Super imposes titles and graphics, animation on video and film.
Adds transition and special effects.
Uses digital filtering for special effects in video & audio tracks
Exports projects to video tapes. Application
Multimedia presentations on any subject.
Film editing with special effects and movie making.
Movies and Video Clips for Online presentations and distribution. For Adobe Premiere Pro Topics
Covered
FINAL CUT PRO/Avid Final Cut Pro is a professional non-linear editing system
developed by Apple Inc. that has found popularity amongst independent filmmakers and Hollywood film
editors alike. The program has the ability to edit many digital formats including, SD, HDV, HD,
Panasonic P2, Sony XDCAM, 2K, 4K, and IMAX film formats. The system is currently only available
for Mac OS X version 10.4.9 or later. Salient Features
SOUND FORGE Sound Forge is a world class Program used for Sound Editing, Compression,
Special Effects and to super impose sound on video presentation and animation.
Salient Features
with Ultradev since the programs share many of the same interface features. ADOBE's Dreamweaver
Ultradev has been a leading visual web design tool for many years allowing thousands to exchange the
murky world of plain text code for easy drag and drop interface. Salient Features Creating a recordset
for a sites product page, using a structured query language statement. Using SQL (Structured Query
Language) to refine the recordset's precision by adding cross reference between the database tables.
Linking placeholders images to specific database fields, allowing images to be dynamically served to a
Web Page. Add a navigation bar that dynamically changes based on which product is being displayed.
How to make your Web Site attractive and powerful, so that you can attract business globally on the
Internet.
The importance of "Variable" in the design of home pages to get maximum hits and hence achieve
maximum Marketing power.
How to use the different search engines available, and explain the working and retrieval functions of these
search engines.
How to register your Web pages (URL'S) with various search engines like Yahoo, Altavista, Infoseek,
Webcrawler, Hotbot, Excite, America Online, 123 India, khoj etc. (200 Search Engines possible).
How to register your Web Site to various BBS, Usenet groups, Enzines, Exchange banner scheme.
Additional Global Marketing tricks available on Web. Mass E-Mailing. PHP+MySQL + C & C++
(Basic) PHP PHP is a powerful cross platform server side script language. It is a full featured
programming language capable of managing huge database driven online environments. Using PHP you
can query databases, create images, read & write files, talk to remote servers - the possibilities are
endless. Salient Features PHP is an HTML-embedded scripting language. Much of its syntax is
borrowed from C, Java and Perl with a couple of unique PHP-specific features thrown in. The goal of the
language is to allow web developers to write dynamically generated pages quickly Application Open
source has brought a lot more than Linux to the computing world. It has also given us PHP and MySQL.
PHP and MySQL are the world's best combination for creating data-driven sites. PHP Mysql Topics
Covered
MySQL Salient Features Its easy to use:
262
Course Duration
Fees (US $)
85,000
2430
263
It has been used to edit and create images as diverse as Commercial Art, Cosmetic ads, New Photos,
Motion picture footage, Animation cells & Fine Art work.
Creates original Art & converts it to desired Platforms.
Retouch, manipulate & enhance photographs of Digital arts.
Master the special effects you've always wanted.
Learn the secrets of Output & Storage of your Images.
Web page designing. For Photoshop Topics Covered
Our Student's photoshop Projects
Gallery I Gallery II
Gallery
III
Gallery
Gallery
Gallery V
IV
VI
Gallery
VII
Gallery
VIII
CorelDRAW CorelDRAW is a Vector graphic software, allowing the user to produce World Class
Illustrations with 16.7 million colours. Salient Features With CorelDRAW you can create Illustrations
from scratch, enhance the Designs, use and embellish scanned Photos of your Digital Art, and send your
finished work out in many ways. Vector-based drawing Program with extensive text handling and
precision-drawing features. Ideal tool for virtually any design project from Commercial Art to technical
illustrations, advertisements, publishing and Internet publishing.
Application
264
Gallery I Gallery II
Gallery
III
Gallery
Gallery
Gallery V
IV
VI
Gallery
VII
Gallery
VIII
InDesign Design compelling page layouts that include transparency, creative effects, and gradient
feathers. Since effects are live and nondestructive, you can experiment with ease. Apply effects
independently to an object's stroke, fill, or content. Salient Features
265
Extensive integration
Work smoothly with Adobe Photoshop, Illustrator, Acrobat, InCopy, and Dreamweaver software;enjoy
consistency by using shared presets and color settings; work more efficiently with native file ;format
;support; and easily publish to multiple media. Creative effects and controls
Design compelling page layouts that include transparency, creative effects, and gradient feathers. Since
;effects are live and nondestructive, you can experiment with ease. Apply effects independently to an
;object's stroke, fill, or content. Reliable prepress and printing
Have confidence in your output. Get accurate, consistent results every time you print using sophisticated
preview capabilities, exporting reliable Adobe PDF files, and sharing custom presets. Application
Creative effects and controls
Reliable prepress and printing
Productivity enhancement
Professional typographical controls
Robust long-document support
For InDesign Topics Covered
Our Student's Indesign Projects
Gallery I Gallery II
Gallery
III
Gallery
Gallery
Gallery V
IV
VI
Gallery
VII
Gallery
VIII
ADOBE FLASH An extremely popular multimedia authoring and playback system from Adobe. Flash
formats are used for most of the animated ads and video clips on today's Web sites. Flash Lite is a version
for mobile phones.
Created in authoring applications, such as Flash MX and Flash Professional, Flash "movies" in the .SWF
file format are played back in Adobe's Flash Player within the Web browser or from a stand-alone
application that accesses the Player.
Flash animations became very popular because they support vector images, which are very space efficient
for illustrations on the Web. They also scale up and down with accurate detail when the window is resize
Salient Features Create high-performance, real-time effects for cinematic experiences that quickly
engage users. Take advantage of a new, flexible text engine that brings print-quality publishing to the
web Add real-time dynamic effects with built-in filters for blur, drop shadow, glow, bevel, gradient glow,
gradient bevel, displacement map, convolution, and color matrix Deliver web applications with accurate
color, so your favorite web destinations look the way they were intended Bring your designs to life with
animation and compositing capabilities, such as support for alpha channels, masking, and layering. Create
stunning motion graphics integrated with images and video. Application
266
effects software offers artists an end-to-end creative workflow. Autodesk Maya software is the first
release to unify the Autodesk Maya Complete 2009 and Autodesk Maya Unlimited 2009 feature sets,
advanced matchmoving capabilities, and high dynamic range compositing into a single affordable
package. Also included for a complete CG workflow are 5 additional mental ray for Maya batch rendering
nodes and the Autodesk Backburner network render queue manager. Salient Features Autodesk Maya
2009 software delivers a significantly streamlined poly modeling workflow A powerful new animation
layering paradigm in Maya 2009 built on technology from Autodesk MotionBuilder software, gives you
more flexibility as you non-destructively create and edit animation Maya 2009 includes tools developed
specifically for the creation of stereoscopic content. In this video well introduce you to the in-viewport
stereoscopic viewer and the default stereo camera rig This new Maya Unlimited toolset gives you a
precise, efficient workflow for simulating a wide range of complex effects including liquids, clouds,
smoke, spray and dust Maya 2009 provides new and enhanced tools for both the high-level manipulation
and component-level editing of polygon models Maya Topics Coverd
Our 3D Studio Max Student's Projects
Gallery I
Gallery II
Gallery III
ADOBE AFTER EFFECTS Adobe After Effects software delivers a comprehensive set of tools to
efficiently produce motion graphics and visual effects for film, video, multimedia, and the Web
After Effects.
New in After Effects 6.0.
Animation and Motion Graphics.
Formats that After Effects Produce.
After Effects Differ from Photoshop.
After Effects Different from Avid, Final Cut Pro, and Premiere.
After Effects Different from Adobe Flash.
Compositing.
To Get Video Content into AE.
Tools Need Besides After Effects.
More About Animation, Video, and Compositing. Salient Features
After Effects offers unparalleled integration with Adobe Premiere Pro, Adobe Photoshop, and Adobe
Illustrator to produce professional results.
Control the compositing environment while working in a 2D or 3D with this tool Application
Create motion graphics.
Unbelievable visual effect for films film, video, multimedia. For Adobe After EffectsTopics Covered
ADOBE PREMIERE PRO A powerful tool for professional digital Video Editing Designed
for video professionals, Adobe Premiere Pro software spans the world of broadcast and online media.
268
Thanks to its elegant interface and superb editing tools, you can work with complete efficiency, control,
and flexibility to produce broadcast-quality movies for video, film, multimedia, and the Web.
Salient Features
Film Industry
269
TV Channels
Production Houses
Multimedia Companies For Final Cut Pro Topics Covered
Our Student's Video Editing Projects
SOUND FORGE Sound Forge is a world class Program used for Sound Editing, Compression, Special
Effects and to super impose sound on video presentation and animation.
Salient Features
knowing a single line of programming. For Adobe Dreamweaver 8 (Database) Topics Covered
xHTML & CSS xHTML (Hypertext Markup Language) is used to describe the layout of a
web page. xHTML is simply a vehicle to indicate elements of a hypertext page. The xHTML page must
tell the browser which applets to load and then where to put each applet on the web page. For xHTML
& CSS Topics Covered
INTERNET ADVERTISING & GLOBAL MARKETING There
are 600 millions documents on every possible subject and more than 1.5 million documents are uploaded
everyday. The importance of "Variables" in the design of home pages to get maximum hits and hence
achieve maximum marketing power. We, at COMPUFIELD, teach you :
How to make your Web Site attractive and powerful, so that you can attract business globally on the
Internet.
The importance of "Variable" in the design of home pages to get maximum hits and hence achieve
maximum Marketing power.
How to use the different search engines available, and explain the working and retrieval functions of these
search engines.
How to register your Web pages (URL'S) with various search engines like Yahoo, Altavista, Infoseek,
Webcrawler, Hotbot, Excite, America Online, 123 India, khoj etc. (200 Search Engines possible).
How to register your Web Site to various BBS, Usenet groups, Enzines, Exchange banner scheme.
Additional Global Marketing tricks available on Web. Mass E-Mailing. CAREER OPTIONS
Web Masters.
Web Managers.
Site Managers.
Web Page Designers.
Content Developers.
Interface Designers.
Creative Support Professionals.
Studio Managers.
Modeling Consultants.
Media Specialists Art.
Consultants Multimedia Authors.
Script Writers.
Cartoonists.
Creative Publishing Professionals.
Cartographers Editing Professionals.
Visual Effect Designers.
Software Editors.
Audio & Video Specialists.
Animator PHP + MySQL + C & C++ (Basic) PHP PHP is a powerful cross platform server side script
language. It is a full featured programming language capable of managing huge database driven online
environments. Using PHP you can query databases, create images, read & write files, talk to remote
servers - the possibilities are endless. Salient Features PHP is an HTML-embedded scripting language.
Much of its syntax is borrowed from C, Java and Perl with a couple of unique PHP-specific features
thrown in. The goal of the language is to allow web developers to write dynamically generated pages
271
quickly Application Open source has brought a lot more than Linux to the computing world. It has also
given us PHP and MySQL. PHP and MySQL are the world's best combination for creating data-driven
sites. PHP Mysql Topics Covered
MySQL Salient Features Its easy to use:
MySQL software can be downloaded in less than 15 minutes.
Its flexible: MySQL runs on more than 20 platforms, including Windows, Mac OS X, and Linux, and its
open source code allows you to customize it to fit your unique requirements.
Its highly scalable: Whether you're looking to post a few things a month to your Web site or looking to
add content daily, MySQL is fit to handle Web sites large and small and will easily grow as your business
does.
Its free: A commercial license can be bought if you plan on redistributing it.
Its secure: Security features ensure that only authorized users can access your databases.
It also provides 24/7 tech support and community support. Application Open source has brought a lot
more than Unix to the computing world. It has also given us Linux, PHP and MySQL. PHP and MySQL
are the world's best combination for creating database-driven sites. MySQL Topics Covered
C C is a general purpose Programming Language. C has proven to be a pleasant, powerful, and
versatile language for a wide variety of Programs. Many of the modern languages like C++, Visual C++,
Java, JavaScript, etc. is based on C Language. Therefore, not Knowing this Language is considered as a
handicap. 90% of UNIX Operating System is written in C Language. For C Topics Covered
C++ C++ is a object oriented Programming language which includes concepts like polymorphism, datahiding, operator overloading, encapsulation and inheritance, which are not observed in C. User defined
objects (instances) can be reused with and without modifications to generate new application. This
reduces coding to greater extent. Even for file accessing, we use file objects. For C++ Topics Covered
Course Duration
Fees (US $)
1,40,000
4000
272
It has been used to edit and create images as diverse as Commercial Art, Cosmetic ads, New Photos,
Motion picture footage, Animation cells & Fine Art work.
Creates original Art & converts it to desired Platforms.
Retouch, manipulate & enhance photographs of Digital arts.
Master the special effects you've always wanted.
Learn the secrets of Output & Storage of your Images.
Web page designing. For Photoshop Topics Covered
Our Student's photoshop Projects
Gallery I Gallery II
Gallery
III
Gallery
Gallery
Gallery V
IV
VI
Gallery
VII
Gallery
VIII
CorelDRAW CorelDRAW is a Vector graphic software, allowing the user to produce World Class
Illustrations with 16.7 million colours. Salient Features With CorelDRAW you can create Illustrations
from scratch, enhance the Designs, use and embellish scanned Photos of your Digital Art, and send your
finished work out in many ways. Vector-based drawing Program with extensive text handling and
precision-drawing features. Ideal tool for virtually any design project from Commercial Art to technical
illustrations, advertisements, publishing and Internet publishing.
Application
273
Gallery I Gallery II
Gallery
III
Gallery
Gallery
Gallery V
IV
VI
Gallery
VII
Gallery
VIII
InDesign Design compelling page layouts that include transparency, creative effects, and gradient
feathers. Since effects are live and nondestructive, you can experiment with ease. Apply effects
independently to an object's stroke, fill, or content. Salient Features
274
Extensive integration
Work smoothly with Adobe Photoshop, Illustrator, Acrobat, InCopy, and Dreamweaver software;enjoy
consistency by using shared presets and color settings; work more efficiently with native file ;format
;support; and easily publish to multiple media. Creative effects and controls
Design compelling page layouts that include transparency, creative effects, and gradient feathers. Since
;effects are live and nondestructive, you can experiment with ease. Apply effects independently to an
;object's stroke, fill, or content. Reliable prepress and printing
Have confidence in your output. Get accurate, consistent results every time you print using sophisticated
preview capabilities, exporting reliable Adobe PDF files, and sharing custom presets. Application
Gallery I Gallery II
Gallery
III
Gallery
Gallery
Gallery V
IV
VI
Gallery
VII
Gallery
VIII
ADOBE FLASH An extremely popular multimedia authoring and playback system from Adobe. Flash
formats are used for most of the animated ads and video clips on today's Web sites. Flash Lite is a version
for mobile phones.
Created in authoring applications, such as Flash MX and Flash Professional, Flash "movies" in the .SWF
file format are played back in Adobe's Flash Player within the Web browser or from a stand-alone
application that accesses the Player.
Flash animations became very popular because they support vector images, which are very space efficient
for illustrations on the Web. They also scale up and down with accurate detail when the window is resize
Salient Features Create high-performance, real-time effects for cinematic experiences that quickly
engage users. Take advantage of a new, flexible text engine that brings print-quality publishing to the
web Add real-time dynamic effects with built-in filters for blur, drop shadow, glow, bevel, gradient glow,
gradient bevel, displacement map, convolution, and color matrix Deliver web applications with accurate
color, so your favorite web destinations look the way they were intended Bring your designs to life with
animation and compositing capabilities, such as support for alpha channels, masking, and layering. Create
275
Topics Covered
MAYA Autodesk Maya 3D modeling, animation, rendering, and visual
effects software offers artists an end-to-end creative workflow. Autodesk Maya software is the first
release to unify the Autodesk Maya Complete 2009 and Autodesk Maya Unlimited 2009 feature sets,
advanced matchmoving capabilities, and high dynamic range compositing into a single affordable
package. Also included for a complete CG workflow are 5 additional mental ray for Maya batch rendering
nodes and the Autodesk Backburner network render queue manager. Salient Features Autodesk Maya
2009 software delivers a significantly streamlined poly modeling workflow A powerful new animation
layering paradigm in Maya 2009 built on technology from Autodesk MotionBuilder software, gives you
more flexibility as you non-destructively create and edit animation Maya 2009 includes tools developed
specifically for the creation of stereoscopic content. In this video well introduce you to the in-viewport
stereoscopic viewer and the default stereo camera rig This new Maya Unlimited toolset gives you a
precise, efficient workflow for simulating a wide range of complex effects including liquids, clouds,
smoke, spray and dust Maya 2009 provides new and enhanced tools for both the high-level manipulation
and component-level editing of polygon models Maya Topics Coverd
Our 3D Studio Max Student's Projects
Gallery I
Gallery II
Gallery III
ADOBE AFTER EFFECTS Adobe After Effects software delivers a comprehensive set of tools to
efficiently produce motion graphics and visual effects for film, video, multimedia, and the Web
After Effects.
New in After Effects 6.0.
Animation and Motion Graphics.
Formats that After Effects Produce.
After Effects Differ from Photoshop.
After Effects Different from Avid, Final Cut Pro, and Premiere.
After Effects Different from Adobe Flash.
Compositing.
To Get Video Content into AE.
Tools Need Besides After Effects.
More About Animation, Video, and Compositing. Salient Features
After Effects offers unparalleled integration with Adobe Premiere Pro, Adobe Photoshop, and Adobe
Illustrator to produce professional results.
Control the compositing environment while working in a 2D or 3D with this tool Application
Create motion graphics.
Unbelievable visual effect for films film, video, multimedia. For Adobe After EffectsTopics Covered
277
ADOBE PREMIERE PRO A powerful tool for professional digital Video Editing Designed
for video professionals, Adobe Premiere Pro software spans the world of broadcast and online media.
Thanks to its elegant interface and superb editing tools, you can work with complete efficiency, control,
and flexibility to produce broadcast-quality movies for video, film, multimedia, and the Web.
Salient Features
Digital video & sound, hence eliminates transfer losses.
Edits video & multimedia movies in standard formats like AVI, MOV, RAM, MPEG etc.
Creates Movie titles and graphics.
Super imposes titles and graphics, animation on video and film.
Adds transition and special effects.
Uses digital filtering for special effects in video & audio tracks
Exports projects to video tapes. Application
Multimedia presentations on any subject.
Film editing with special effects and movie making.
Movies and Video Clips for Online presentations and distribution. For Adobe Premiere Pro Topics
Covered
FINAL CUT PRO/Avid Final Cut Pro is a professional non-linear editing system
developed by Apple Inc. that has found popularity amongst independent filmmakers and Hollywood film
editors alike. The program has the ability to edit many digital formats including, SD, HDV, HD,
Panasonic P2, Sony XDCAM, 2K, 4K, and IMAX film formats. The system is currently only available
for Mac OS X version 10.4.9 or later. Salient Features
Broad Format Support:
Final Cut Pro 6 lets you edit virtually anything with the highest possible quality, including camera-native
editing of leading SD and HD formats. Work with DV one day, then HDV, XDCAM HD, DVCPRO HD,
or uncompressed HD the next. Or use ProRes 422, Apples new post-production format, for
uncompressed HD quality at SD file sizes.
Incredible Real-Time Effects:
Add visual interest to any production with the rich set of effects and visualization tools built into Final
Cut Pro 6. Experiment freely and iterate quickly. Youll see the results of your changes in real time as you
work, with no need to waste time waiting for renders.
Comprehensive Editing Tools:
The faster the tools, the more time you have to be creative. Final Cut Pro 6 makes it easy to edit quickly,
accurately, and flexibly. Everything you do in Final Cut Pro from editing and trimming to audio
mixing to finishing to delivery feels like second nature, so your creativity can flourish
Application
Film Industry
TV Channels
Production Houses
Multimedia Companies For Final Cut Pro Topics Covered
Our Student's Video Editing Projects
278
SOUND FORGE Sound Forge is a world class Program used for Sound Editing, Compression, Special
Effects and to super impose sound on video presentation and animation.
Salient Features
everyday. The importance of "Variables" in the design of home pages to get maximum hits and hence
achieve maximum marketing power. We, at COMPUFIELD, teach you :
How to make your Web Site attractive and powerful, so that you can attract business globally on the
Internet.
The importance of "Variable" in the design of home pages to get maximum hits and hence achieve
maximum Marketing power.
How to use the different search engines available, and explain the working and retrieval functions of these
search engines.
How to register your Web pages (URL'S) with various search engines like Yahoo, Altavista, Infoseek,
Webcrawler, Hotbot, Excite, America Online, 123 India, khoj etc. (200 Search Engines possible).
How to register your Web Site to various BBS, Usenet groups, Enzines, Exchange banner scheme.
Additional Global Marketing tricks available on Web. Mass E-Mailing. CAREER OPTIONS
Web Masters.
Web Managers.
Site Managers.
Web Page Designers.
Content Developers.
Interface Designers.
Creative Support Professionals.
Studio Managers.
Modeling Consultants.
Media Specialists Art.
Consultants Multimedia Authors.
Script Writers.
Cartoonists.
Creative Publishing Professionals.
Cartographers Editing Professionals.
Visual Effect Designers.
Software Editors.
Audio & Video Specialists.
Animator PHP + MySQL + C & C++ (Basic) PHP PHP is a powerful cross platform server side script
language. It is a full featured programming language capable of managing huge database driven online
environments. Using PHP you can query databases, create images, read & write files, talk to remote
servers - the possibilities are endless. Salient Features PHP is an HTML-embedded scripting language.
Much of its syntax is borrowed from C, Java and Perl with a couple of unique PHP-specific features
thrown in. The goal of the language is to allow web developers to write dynamically generated pages
quickly Application Open source has brought a lot more than Linux to the computing world. It has also
given us PHP and MySQL. PHP and MySQL are the world's best combination for creating data-driven
sites. PHP Mysql Topics Covered
MySQL Salient Features Its easy to use:
MySQL software can be downloaded in less than 15 minutes.
Its flexible: MySQL runs on more than 20 platforms, including Windows, Mac OS X, and Linux, and its
open source code allows you to customize it to fit your unique requirements.
280
Its highly scalable: Whether you're looking to post a few things a month to your Web site or looking to
add content daily, MySQL is fit to handle Web sites large and small and will easily grow as your business
does.
Its free: A commercial license can be bought if you plan on redistributing it.
Its secure: Security features ensure that only authorized users can access your databases.
It also provides 24/7 tech support and community support. Application Open source has brought a lot
more than Unix to the computing world. It has also given us Linux, PHP and MySQL. PHP and MySQL
are the world's best combination for creating database-driven sites. MySQL Topics Covered
C C is a general purpose Programming Language. C has proven to be a pleasant, powerful, and
versatile language for a wide variety of Programs. Many of the modern languages like C++, Visual C++,
Java, JavaScript, etc. is based on C Language. Therefore, not Knowing this Language is considered as a
handicap. 90% of UNIX Operating System is written in C Language. For C Topics Covered
C++ C++ is a object oriented Programming language which includes concepts like polymorphism, datahiding, operator overloading, encapsulation and inheritance, which are not observed in C. User defined
objects (instances) can be reused with and without modifications to generate new application. This
reduces coding to greater extent. Even for file accessing, we use file objects. For C++ Topics Covered
Course Duration
Fees (US $)
1,40,000
4000
281
Programming
1. ASP.NET
Our Programming Student's Review
Programming Review
1
2
3
The Internet has revolutionized the way organizations think about application development and
deployment. The leap from traditional client-server development to web base development takes
more than accessing data through a browser. Salient Features
ASP.NET helps to develop web-based applications with high performance and scalability.
Develop web-based applications using ASP.NET
Apply client-side and server-side programming, DHTML, scripting.
Analyze the performance issues involved in developing applications on the net.
Evaluate the use of client-side scripting vs. server-side scripting.
Develop applications using ASP.NET, XML and databases.
Obtain and process information about server, clients, and users.
Keeping track of client interactions.
Develop and deploy applications using Microsoft InterDev and Studio.
Topics Covered Web-based Programming. Web application development concepts, issues, and
protocol. Server-browser interaction. HTML. Overview of HTML capabilities, tags, formatting,
writing forms and scripts. HTTP Protocol. The protocol, methods, data transfer and queries.
DHTML. DOM, CSS2, attributes, events, netscape and IE extensions. Scripting. Overview of
VBScript, JavaScript, document objects. ASP.NET. Why ASP.NET? Server and ASP.NET,
Writing ASP.NET pages, IIS and ASP.NET
ASP.NET Object Model. Classes in the ASP.NET object model. Functionality and features.
Using InterDev. Creating projects, development and deployment using InterDev.
ASP.NET Facilities. Interaction with server, tracking sessions with cookies, and session objects.
ASP.NET Interactions. Interacting with other pages, forwarding and including. Performance
Techniques. Caching, refreshing, client pull, buffering, issues. Managing Applications. The
concept of an application in ASP.NET, Application objects.
Database Access. ASP.NET and ADO, database access. Security. Security issues and concepts,
authorization techniques, SSL. Other Technologies. Comparison to other technologies like CGI,
JSP. XML and ASP.NET. Using XML with ASP.NET. XML for performance and ease of
development.
Course Duration
Fees (Indian RS.)
Fees (US $)
282
7,000
200
2. VB.NET
Our Programming Student's Review
Programming Review
1
2
Salient Features
object oriental design concepts and within a project, will be poised to take control of any VB.Net
code and manipulate objects & design-time & run-time. The student will know the value in
variable scope and what the scope of procedures and variables means to an enterprise
application. The student will be able to deftly administer projects & properties and work with the
base classes within the .NET Frame work. The student will have a foundation understanding of
data access and Microsoft's data access paradigm - ADO.NET.
Course Duration
Fees (Indian RS.)
Fees (US $)
30 sessions of 1 hr. each
9,000
260
284
3. DIP in Java
JDK
JDBC & JavaBeans
Java-Servlet
JSP
J2EE
Our Programming Student's Review
Programming Review
1
2
3
JAVA DEVELOPMENT KIT Java is platform independent, reliable Programming language
introduced by sun systems, used mainly to Develop Internet applications and applets. Java is
used to create web-based applications and allows user interaction on the Internet. Java allows us
to have animation, audio and video clippings in our web page. Java Programming helps in
writing Programs using which one can connect to any computer on the Internet. For Salient
Features & Applications
JDBC & JAVA BEANS JDBC technology is an API that
lets you access virtually any tabular data source from the Java programming language. It
provides cross-DBMS connectivity to a wide range of SQL databases, and now,
with the new JDBC API, it also provides access to other tabular data sources, such as
spreadsheets or flat files.
JavaBeans component architecture is the platform-neutral architecture for the Java application
environment.
It is the ideal choice for developing or assembling network-aware solutions for heterogeneous
hardware and operating system environments within the enterprise or across the Internet. In fact,
it is the only component architecture you should consider if you're developing for the Java
platform. JavaBeans component architecture extends "Write Once, Run Anywhere " capability
to reusable component development.
In fact, the JavaBeans architecture takes interoperability a major step forward, your code runs on
every OS andalso within any application environment. For Salient Features & Applications
Java-Servlet Servlets are used for Server-Side Programming. Servlet are generic
extensions to Java-enabled servers. Their most common use is to extend Webservers, providing a
very secure, portable and easy-to-use replacement for CGI. A Servlet is a dynamically loaded
module that services requests from a Web server. It runs entirely inside the Java Virtual Machine
For Salient Features & ApplicationsClick Here
JSP JavaServer Pages(JSP) is a
285
286
4. C#.NET
Programming Review
2
C#
This is a fast paced, in depth course on development with the C# .NET language. The course
focuses on the fundamentals of the C#.NET language, as well as important topics such as error
handling and debugging, object oriented design, and data access.
Salient Features
A brief history of .Net
Backbone of .Net framework
Application
Web solution
Prereuqisites (Should have knowledge of)
Basic programming
Topics Covered
The .NET Framework
Over view of the .NET Framework and Common language runtime
Class library / API
Assemblies
What's new in the C# language
The Visual Studio .NET IDE
287
Course Duration
Fees (US $)
289
8,000
230
Programming Review
1
2
3
JAVA DEVELOPMENT KIT Java is platform independent, reliable Programming language
introduced by sun systems, used mainly to Develop Internet applications and applets. Java is
used to create web-based applications and allows user interaction on the Internet. Java allows us
to have animation, audio and video clippings in our web page. Java Programming helps in
writing Programs using which one can connect to any computer on the Internet. For Salient
Features & Applications
JDBC & JAVA BEANS JDBC technology is an API that
lets you access virtually any tabular data source from the Java programming language. It
provides cross-DBMS connectivity to a wide range of SQL databases, and now,
with the new JDBC API, it also provides access to other tabular data sources, such as
spreadsheets or flat files.
JavaBeans component architecture is the platform-neutral architecture for the Java application
environment.
It is the ideal choice for developing or assembling network-aware solutions for heterogeneous
hardware and operating system environments within the enterprise or across the Internet. In fact,
it is the only component architecture you should consider if you're developing for the Java
platform. JavaBeans component architecture extends "Write Once, Run Anywhere " capability
290
291
6. C & C ++
C
C++
For file accessing, you can use file objects to open or manipulate a file.
C++ is a Robust language whose rich set of built-in functions and operators can be used to
reduce complexity of programs.
C++ is also a Portable language.
Application
Complex real-time System. Simulation and Modeling. Object-oriented database. Hypertext,
hypermedia and expert text. Neural networks and parallel programming. Communication
System. Topics Covered
Introduction to Object Oriented Programming (C++).
Tokens, expression, data types & control structure.
Introduction to Classes, Objects, Constructor & Deconstructor.
Functions in C++.
Function overloading, Operator overloading.
Inheritance, multiple & multilevel inheritance.
Introduction to virtual functions, classes & polymorphism.
File operations using stream classes.
Exception Handling.
Introduction to Templates C & C++
Course Duration
Fees (Indian RS.)
50 sessions of 1 hr. each
7,500
Fees (US $)
215
293
7. Oracle (paper 1)
PAPER I - IZ0-007 : SQL
Our Programming Student's Review
Programming Review
1
2
3
PAPER I - IZ0-007 : SQL Oracle9i is a Relational Database Management System(RDBMS)
with Object Relational Database Management(ORDBMS) futures. Oracle9i is the latest
technology, which has many new features over previous versions like 8i and 8. Oracle9i comes
with new SQL enhancements. Salient Features
Oracle has sophisticated security mechanisms control access to sensitive data by an assortment
of privileges
Oracle provides sophisticated backup & recovery routines. Backup creates a second copy of
Oracle Data, recovery restores a copy of data from back up.
Oracle provides flexible space management. It has special abilities that are capable of handling
very large databases.
Oracle provides open connectivity to & from other vendors software
Oracle server supports a wide range of Development tools, end user query tools, off the shelf
applications & office wide information tools. Application
Education Industry Software Development Industry Data warehouse and maintenance Domestic
Air Services Production Industry
Banking Industry Topics Covered
Writing Basic SQL Select Statement.
Restricting and Sorting Data.
Displaying Data from Multiple Tables.
Aggregating Data Using Group Functions.
Sub queries.
Producing Readable Output with iSQL*Plus.
Manipulating Data.
Creating and Managing Tables.
Including Constraints.
Creating Views.
Other Database Objects.
Controlling User Access.
SQL Workshop.
Using Set Operators.
294
Fees (US $)
230*
Fees (US $)
950*
295
8. MS SQL server
SQL-Server 2005
Our Programming Student's Review
Programming Review
1
2
3
SQL-Server 2005 SQL Server, the Relational Database Management System(RDBMS) allows
to store huge Database and manage the same easily. It is an enterprise database management and
analysis system. Salient Features XML Support: Simplify the integration of your back-end
systems and data transfer across firewalls using XML. High Availability : Maximize the
availability of your business applications with log shipping, online backups. Automated
Tuning : Automatic tuning and maintenance features enable administrators to focus on other
critical tasks Improved Developer Productivity : User-defined functions, cascading referential
integrity, and the integrated Transact-SQL debugger allow you to reuse code to simplify the
development process. Security : Ensure your applications are secure in any networked
environment, with role-based security and file and network encryption. Data Transformation
Services : Automate routines that extract, transform, and load data from heterogeneous sources
Application
Multinational Companies with huge database to be maintained
Banking Industry
Production Industry
Data warehousing companies
Educational / Training Industry
Air-transportation Service Industry
Any business or service industry that stores database Topics
Understanding Query Flow
Syntactical Flow of the Query Statement
Logical Flow of the Query Statement
From Clause Data Sources
Possible Data Sources
Named Ranges
[Table Name]
Four-Part Table Names
296
Where Conditions
Using the Between Search Condition
Using the In Search Condition
Using the Like Search Condition
Multiple Where Conditions
Select.Where
Ordering the Result Set
Specifying the Order by Using Column Names
Specifying the Order by Using Expressions
Order by and Collation
Select Distinct
Operators
Scalar Functions
User Information Functions
Data-Time Functions
String Functions
Inner Joins
Creating Inner Joins within SQL Code
Number of Rows Returned
Multiple Table Joins
Outer Joins
Outer Joins and Optional Full Outer Joins
Placing the Conditions within Outer Joins
Self-Joins
Multiple-Condition Joins
Using Unions
Intersection Union
Simple Subqueries
Using Scalar Subqueries
Using Subqueries as Lists
Using Subqueries as Tables
Simple Aggregations
Basic Aggregations
Grouping within a Result Set
Simple Groupings
Aggravating Queries
Why Use Views?
Working with Views
Creating Views with DDL Code
297
Fees (US $)
200
298
9. Oracle 9i DBA
PAPER I : SQL
PAPER II : DBA I
PAPER III : DBA II
301
TOPICS COVERED
Introduction (Database Architecture)
Describe course objectives
Explore the Oracle 10g database architecture
Installing the Oracle Database Software Explain core DBA tasks and tools
Plan an Oracle installation
Use optimal flexible architecture
Install software with the OraInstaller (OUI) cle Universal
Creating an Oracle Database
Create a database with the Database Configuration Assistant (DBCA)
Create a database design template with the DBCA
Generate database creation scripts with the DBCA
Managing the Oracle Instance
Start and stop the Oracle database and components
Use Enterprise Manager (EM)
Access a database with SQL*Plus and iSQL*Plus
Modify database initialization parameters
Understand the stages of database startup
View the Alert log
Use the Data Dictionary
Managing Database Storage Structures
Describe table data storage (in blocks)
Define the purpose of tablespaces and data files
Understand and utilize Oracle Managed Files (OMF)
Create and manage tablespaces
Obtain tablespace information
Describe the main concepts and functionality of Automatic Storage Management (ASM)
Administering User Security
Create and manage database user accounts
Authenticate users
Assign default storage areas (tablespaces)
Grant and revoke privileges
Create and manage roles
Create and manage profiles
Implement standard password security features
Control resource usage by users
Managing Schema Objects
Define schema objects and data types
304
Proactive Maintenance
Use statistics
305
Flashback Database
Determine which flashback technology to use for each recovery situation
Configure and sue Flashback Database
Monitor the Flashback Database
308
309
11. RDBMS
Oracle - SQL
Advance Excel
Microsoft SQL-Server 2005
MYSQL
Our Programming Student's Review
Programming Review
2
ORACLE - SQL
Oracle is a Relational Database Management System (RDBMS).Oracle's latest technology,
today's systems designers and Developers can build 21st century enabled application ranging
from critical on-line transaction processing systems supporting thousand of users to multiterabyte data warehouses for decision support and also World Wide Web-based applications.
Salient Features
Oracle has sophisticated security mechanisms control access to sensitive data by an assortment
of privileges
Oracle provides sophisticated backup & recovery routines. Backup creates a second copy of
Oracle Data, recovery restores a copy of data from back up.
Oracle provides flexible space management. It has special abilities that are capable of handling
very large databases.
Oracle provides open connectivity to & from other vendors software
Oracle server supports a wide range of Development tools, end user query tools, off the shelf
applications & office wide information tools.
Application
Critical on-line transaction processing systems supporting thousands of users to multi-terabyte
data warehouses for decision support and also World Wide Web based applications.
For Oracle Sql Topics Covered
310
ADVANCE Excel
Course Title: Microsoft Excel, Level 2 (2003, XP, 2003/2007)
This program is designed for executives who are already familiar with the basics of Microsoft
Excel, and who would like to work with more advanced features of Microsoft Excel that help in
improving their efficiency of working with worksheets, analyzing data, creating MIS reports, and
automating various tasks.
Program Objectives
This Advanced Excel training program will empower the participants to be able to do the
following:
Performing complex calculations more efficiently, using various Excel functions.
Organizing and analyzing large volumes of data.
Creating MIS reports.
Designing and using templates.
Consolidating and managing data from multiple workbooks.
Audience
Executives and managers who have already been using Microsoft Excel, but now feel the need
for learning more powerful features and options of Excel, to manage their worksheet-related
tasks more efficiently.
Prerequisites
Participants attending this training should be familiar with the basic operations in Microsoft
Excel, such as simple calculations, formatting and printing.
For Advance Excel Topics Covered
Microsoft SQL Server
SQL Server, the Relational Database Management System(RDBMS) allows to store huge
Database and manage the same easily. It is an enterprise database management and analysis
system.
Salient Features
XML Support: Simplify the integration of your back-end systems and data transfer across
firewalls using XML.
High Availability : Maximize the availability of your business applications with log shipping,
online backups.
Automated Tuning : Automatic tuning and maintenance features enable administrators to focus
311
312
Course Duration
100 sessions of 1 hr. each
Fees (US $)
685
313
PHP
PHP is a widely-used general-purpose scripting language that is especially suited for web
development and can be embedded into HTML.
PHP's language syntax is similar to C's and Perl's. It generally runs on a web server like Apache
which is configured to take PHP code as input and create web page content as output. It can be
deployed on most web servers and on almost every operating system and platform free of charge.
PHP is installed on more than 20 million websites and 1 million web servers.
MySQL
MySQL is one of the most popular open source database management system recognized for its
speed and reliability. It is commonly used with web pages. More than 11 million Websites are
built around MySQL.
Current MySQL customers such as eBay, Google, Twitter, Yahoo, Facebook, and YouTube,
SlashDot, LiveJournal are perfect examples of how MySQL is used to organize and store
multiple databases that can be quickly accessed by millions of people at once.
JOOMLA
Joomla is an award-winning content management system (CMS), which enables you to build
Web sites and powerful online applications. Many aspects, including its ease-of-use and
extensibility, have made Joomla the most popular Web site software available. Best of all,
Joomla is an open source solution that is freely available to everyone.
PHP
PHP is a powerful cross platform server side script language. It is a full featured programming
language capable of managing huge database driven online environments. Using PHP you can
query databases, create images, read & write files, talk to remote servers - the possibilities are
endless.
Salient Features
314
PHP is an HTML-embedded scripting language. Much of its syntax is borrowed from C, Java
and Perl with a couple of unique PHP-specific features thrown in. The goal of the language is to
allow web developers to write dynamically generated pages quickly
Application
Open source has brought a lot more than Linux to the computing world. It has also given us PHP
and MySQL. PHP and MySQL are the world's best combination for creating data-driven sites.
PHP Mysql Topice Coverd
MySQL
Salient Features
Its easy to use:
MySQL software can be downloaded in less than 15 minutes.
Its flexible: MySQL runs on more than 20 platforms, including Windows, Mac OS X, and
Linux, and its open source code allows you to customize it to fit your unique requirements.
Its highly scalable: Whether you're looking to post a few things a month to your Web site or
looking to add content daily, MySQL is fit to handle Web sites large and small and will easily
grow as your business does.
Its free: A commercial license can be bought if you plan on redistributing it.
Its secure: Security features ensure that only authorized users can access your databases.
It also provides 24/7 tech support and community support.
Application
Open source has brought a lot more than Unix to the computing world. It has also given us
Linux, PHP and MySQL. PHP and MySQL are the world's best combination for creating
database-driven sites.
Topics Covered:
Database Design with My SQL
Why use a Relational Database?
Blasted Anomalies
The update anomaly
315
Heap
The alter table Statement
Changing a table name
Adding columns
Dropping columns
Adding indexes
Dropping indexes
Changing column definitions
Using the show Command
show databases
show tables
show columns
show index
show table status
show create table
GUI Tools for Manipulating MySQL Tables and Data
Using phpMyAdmin
The Structured Query Language for Inserting, Editing, and Selecting Data
The insert Statement
The update Statement
The delete Statement
The replace Statement
The Basic select Statement
The Where clause
order by
limit
group by and aggregate functions
Joining Tables
The two-table join (equi-join)
The multi-table join
The outer join
The self join
Unions
Correlated subqueries
317
Joomla
Salient Features
Free source code
Simple workflow system
Caching mechanism to secure fast page creation with favorite pages
Wastepaper basket
Banner management
Data manager for uploading and administering data
Publication system for content
Content summaries in RSS format
Search-engine-friendly URLs
Multilingual front end
Macro language for data content (Mambots)
Administration interface that is separated from the homepage
Simple, expandable template, and component system
Simple, but powerful template system (HTML, CSS, PHP) without a complicated
template language
Hierarchical user groups
Simple visitor statistics
WYSIWYG editor for content
Simple polling
System of evaluation for contents
Free extensions at http://www.mamboforge.net
After the split, a large and eager community of users and developers was quickly
established
Application
Joomla is an award-winning content management system (CMS).
A content management system is software that keeps track of every piece of content
on your Web site, much like your local public library keeps track of books and stores
them.
Joomla is used all over the world to power Web sites of all shapes and sizes.
Joomla is designed to be easy to install and set up even if you're not an advanced
user.
Joomla is the most popular open source CMS currently available as evidenced by a
vibrant and growing community of friendly users and talented developers.
Joomla is free, open, and available to anyone under the GPL license.
Topics Covered
A Quick Glance into History
Joomla!How was it Developed?
318
Structure of a CMS
Front End and Back End
Configuration Settings
Access Rights
Content
Templates
Extensions (Components)
Workflow
Joomla! as Real Estate
Joomla! Versions
Numbering System of Joomla! Versions
Roadmap
Joomla! Features
Examples of Joomla! Pages
Joomla.org
Porsche, Brazil
PC Praxis, Germany
BSI DANS, Norway
Team Lesotho, Lesotho
Installation
Setting Up the Local Server Environment
Windows
XAMPP for Windows
Linux
SUSE (10.x) OpenSUSE
Debian/Ubuntu
Your Own Server at a Provider
On a Virtual Server in the Net
Installing Joomla!
Selecting a Directory for Installation
An Example
Local Installation of Joomla!
Directory
Unpacking
Joomla! Web Installer
A Tour of Your New Homepage
Front End
Menus
Top Menu
Main Menu
Other Menu
Content
319
What is Content?
First Page/Front Page
The Latest Messages/The Most Often Read Messages
Advertising
Banner Area
Functions
Login Area
Polling
Who is Online?
Feeds
Back
Search Field
Decorative Elements
Prospects
Back End
Customizing Joomla!
A Different Look and Feel Modifying the Menu Name
Changing the Template
Configuration of Joomla! Administration
Help Menu
Site Menu
Global Configuration
Site
Locale
Content
Database
Server
Metadata
Mail
Cache
Statistics
SEO (Search Engine Optimization)
Language Manager
Media Manager
Preview
Statistics
Template Manager
Site Templates
Install
Administrator Templates
Install
Module Positions
Trash Manager
User Manager
320
New
Menu Manager
Customize Existing Menu
New
Edit
Publish
Unpublish
Move
Copy
Trash
Create a New Menu
Content
Miscellaneous
Components
Links
Installers Menu
Messages Menu
Inbox
Configuration
Configuration
System Menu
Global Check-In
Top of the Page
Managing Content
Content by Section
Section
Category
Add/Edit Section Category
All Content Items
Static Content Manager
Content Parameters
Publishing
Images
Parameters
Meta Info
Link to Menu
Section Manager
Category Manager
Frontpage Manager
Archive Manager
321
Unread Messages
Online Users
Quick Icons
System Message
Pathway
Toolbar
Full Menu
Copying a Module
Mambots Menu
Installing New Mambots
Site Mambots
Search Mambots
Forum, Comments, and Calendar
Forum
What can Simpleboard do?
Installation of Simpleboard
Uninstallation
Simpleboard Administration
Simpleboard Configuration
Forum Administration
User Administration
Uploaded Files Browser
Uploaded Images Browser
Edit CSS File
Prune Forums
Prune Users
Support Websites
Load Sample Data
Update Database to Version 1.1.0 Stable
User Front End
Set Up a User Profile
Simpleboard Module
Installation
Comments
Installation
Administration
View Comments
Edit Settings
Edit Language
Front End
Calendar
Installation
Configuration
Events Config
323
Configuration
Product Categories
Joomla! Configuration
The Order Process
Order Administration in the Back End
Modules
Mambots
Joomla! Internationalization
Installation of a Different Language File
Translation of a Menu Entry
Multilingualism with MambelFish
Installation of MambelFish (Component and Module)
MambelFish Configuration
Translation with MambelFish
Mambot for MambelFish
Integrate your Own Components into MambelFish
Your Own Templates
Corporate Identity
HTML/XHTML, CSS, and XML
HTML/XHTML
CSS
In the Central HTML File
In a Separate CSS File
Within an HTML Tag
Combinations
XML
Create Your Own Templates
Concept
Fixed Size or Variable Size
Structure
HTML Conversion
File Structure of the Template
First Trial Run
Integration of the Joomla! Module
Creating a Template Package
Installation with the Joomla! Template Installer
Creating Templates with Dreamweaver Extension
Installation
Create New Template File
Template Structure
Insertion of the Joomla! Modules
Live Site
Templates and
Tags
325
Minimum Pre-requisites
1) Basics of 'C' Programming Language.
2) OOPS & C++ (Class, object, Inheritance)
3) Any database (Access/SQL/Oracle)
C & C++ (Basics)
1C
1.
1
1.
2
1.
3
Datatypes.
Operator.
Condition construct.
Looping construct.
Functions.
Array.
326
1.
4
1.
5
1.
6
Course Duration
10 sessions of 1 hr. each
Fees (US $)
60
Course Duration
10 sessions of 1 hr. each
Fees (US $)
60
Course Duration
50 sessions of 1 hr. each
Fees (US $)
300
2
1.
C++
1
1.
Class.
2
Object.
1.
Inheritance.
3
Functions.
1.
Properties.
4
1.
5
327
AJAX
Ajax (also known as AJAX), shorthand for "Asynchronous JavaScript and XML," is a web
development technique for creating interactive web applications. The intent is to make web
pages feel more responsive by exchanging small amounts of data with the server behind the
scenes, so that the entire web page does not have to be reloaded each time the user requests a
change. This is intended to increase the web page's interactivity, speed, and usability.
XML & XSLT
XML (Extensible Markup Language) a flexible text format for creating structured computer
documents. It is a general-purpose specification for creating custom markup languages. XML's
purpose is to aid information systems in sharing structured data, especially via the Internet to
encode documents, and to serialize data. XML provides a basic syntax that can be used to share
information between different kinds of computers, different applications, and different
organizations without needing to pass through many layers of conversion. All major browsers
like Google Chrome, opera, Firefox have support for XML and XSLT.
JavaScript & JSON
JavaScript is a popular scripting language that is widely supported in web browsers and other
web tools
A scripting programming language most commonly used to add interactive features to
webpages.JavaScript can make web pages more animated and dynamic in terms of graphics and
navigation. One of the most common graphic JavaScript effects is called a mouseover, and
Javascript navigation is commonly created using drop-down menus. JavaScript is used in
millions of Web pages to add functionality, validate forms, detect browsers, and much more
Asynchronous JavaScript and XML (AJAX)
Salient Features
XHTML (or HTML) and CSS, for marking up and styling information.
The DOM accessed with a client-side scripting language, especially ECMAScript
328
implementations such as JavaScript and JScript, to dynamically display and interact with the
information presented.
The XMLHttpRequest object is used to exchange data asynchronously with the web server. In
some Ajax frameworks and in certain situations, an IFrame object is used instead of the
XMLHttpRequest object to exchange data with the web server, and in other implementations,
dynamically added <script> tags may be used.
XML is sometimes used as the format for transferring data between the server and client,
although any format will work, including preformatted HTML, plain text, JSON and even
EBML. These files may be created dynamically by some form of server-side scripting.
Application
tandards-based presentation using XHTML and CSS;
dynamic display and interaction using the Document Object Model;
data interchange and manipulation using XML and XSLT;
asynchronous data retrieval using XMLHttpRequest;
and JavaScript binding everything together.
and JavaScript binding everything together.
AJAX Topics Covered
XML & XSLT
Selient Features
XML is designed to transport and store data.
With XML You Invent Your Own Tags.
XML Separates Data from HTML.
XML Simplifies Platform Changes, Data Sharing and Data Transport.
XML is Used to Create New Internet Languages like XHTML,WSDL, WAP and WML, RSS.
Application
XML's support for identity, storage and structure means it is possible to publish to the Web (as
HTML) as well as to paper (as PDF) and to other formats (eg Braille, Audio, etc) from a single
source document by using the appropriate stylesheets. XML is also very heavily used for
enclosing or encapsulating information in order to pass it between different computing systems
which would otherwise be unable to communicate. Weather services, e-commerce sites, blog
newsfeeds, AJAX sites, and thousands of other data-exchange services use XML for data
management and transmission, and the web browser for display and interaction
Application
Transform XML schema to another schema.
A food retailer may represent an order based on one schema while the manufacturer may
329
represent it with another. With XSLT, a customer order taken by the retailer can be transformed
into an order that matches the manufacturer's requirements.
Transform XML documents into HTML.
New Internet devices may not understand XML, but almost always will support HTML
XSLT transformations
Transform XML to HTML for devices such as handheld PCs, mobile phones, and TV set-top
boxes
Transform XML documents into PDF. Printers do not understand HTML, but almost always
accept the Package Definition Format (PDF).
XML & XSLT Topics Covered
JAVASCRIPT & JSON
Selient Features
avaScript was designed to add interactivity to HTML pages.
JavaScript is a scripting language.
A scripting language is a lightweight programming language.
JavaScript is usually embedded directly into HTML pages.
JavaScript is an interpreted language (means that scripts execute without preliminary
compilation).
Everyone can use JavaScript without purchasing a license
Application
Javascript is used for validation of WEB FORM input values to make sure that they will be
accepted before they are submitted to the server. JavaScript can put dynamic text into an HTML
page . It can respond to user actions quickly, making an application feel more responsive.
Furthermore, JavaScript code can detect user actions which HTML alone cannot, such as
individual keystrokes. Applications such as GMail take advantage of this: much of the userinterface logic is written in JavaScript. The wider trend of AJAX programming also exploits this
strength.JavaScript can be used to detect the visitor's browser.
JAVASCRIPT & JSON Topics Covered
Pre-Requisite
HTML
C & C++ (Basics)
330
Course Duration
75 sessions of 1 hr. each
Fees (US $)
345
331
PHP
PHP is a widely-used general-purpose scripting language that is especially suited for web
development and can be embedded into HTML.
PHP's language syntax is similar to C's and Perl's. It generally runs on a web server like Apache
which is configured to take PHP code as input and create web page content as output. It can be
deployed on most web servers and on almost every operating system and platform free of charge.
PHP is installed on more than 20 million websites and 1 million web servers.
MySQL
MySQL is one of the most popular open source database management system recognized for its
speed and reliability. It is commonly used with web pages. More than 11 million Websites are
built around MySQL.
Current MySQL customers such as eBay, Google, Twitter, Yahoo, Facebook, and YouTube,
SlashDot, LiveJournal are perfect examples of how MySQL is used to organize and store
multiple databases that can be quickly accessed by millions of people at once.
JOOMLA
Joomla is an award-winning content management system (CMS), which enables you to build
Web sites and powerful online applications. Many aspects, including its ease-of-use and
extensibility, have made Joomla the most popular Web site software available. Best of all,
Joomla is an open source solution that is freely available to everyone.
332
PHP
PHP is a powerful cross platform server side script language. It is a full featured programming
language capable of managing huge database driven online environments. Using PHP you can
query databases, create images, read & write files, talk to remote servers - the possibilities are
endless.
Salient Features
PHP is an HTML-embedded scripting language. Much of its syntax is borrowed from C, Java
and Perl with a couple of unique PHP-specific features thrown in. The goal of the language is to
allow web developers to write dynamically generated pages quickly
Application
Open source has brought a lot more than Linux to the computing world. It has also given us PHP
and MySQL. PHP and MySQL are the world's best combination for creating data-driven sites.
PHP Mysql Topice Covered
MySQL
Salient Features
Its easy to use:
MySQL software can be downloaded in less than 15 minutes.
Its flexible: MySQL runs on more than 20 platforms, including Windows, Mac OS X, and
Linux, and its open source code allows you to customize it to fit your unique requirements.
Its highly scalable: Whether you're looking to post a few things a month to your Web site or
looking to add content daily, MySQL is fit to handle Web sites large and small and will easily
grow as your business does.
Its free: A commercial license can be bought if you plan on redistributing it.
Its secure: Security features ensure that only authorized users can access your databases.
It also provides 24/7 tech support and community support.
Application
Open source has brought a lot more than Unix to the computing world. It has also given us
Linux, PHP and MySQL. PHP and MySQL are the world's best combination for creating
database-driven sites.
333
Topics Covered:
Database Design with My SQL
Why use a Relational Database?
Blasted Anomalies
The update anomaly
The delete anomaly
The insert anomaly
Normalization
First normal form
Second normal form
Third normal form
Types of Relationships
The one-to-many relationship
The one-to-one relationship
The many-to-many relationship
Advanced Database Concepts
Referential integrity
Transactions
Stored procedures
The Structured query Language for Creating and Altering Tables
Essential Definitions
Null Values
Indexes
The create database Statement
The use database Statement
The create table Statement
Column Types
String column types
Numeric column types
334
335
Joining Tables
The two-table join (equi-join)
The multi-table join
The outer join
The self join
Unions
Correlated subqueries
Joomla
Salient Features
Free source code
Simple workflow system
Caching mechanism to secure fast page creation with favorite pages
Wastepaper basket
Banner management
Data manager for uploading and administering data
Publication system for content
Content summaries in RSS format
Search-engine-friendly URLs
Multilingual front end
Macro language for data content (Mambots)
Administration interface that is separated from the homepage
Simple, expandable template, and component system
Simple, but powerful template system (HTML, CSS, PHP) without a complicated
template language
Hierarchical user groups
Simple visitor statistics
WYSIWYG editor for content
Simple polling
System of evaluation for contents
Free extensions at http://www.mamboforge.net
After the split, a large and eager community of users and developers was quickly
established
Application
Joomla is an award-winning content management system (CMS).
A content management system is software that keeps track of every piece of content
on your Web site, much like your local public library keeps track of books and stores
them.
Joomla is used all over the world to power Web sites of all shapes and sizes.
Joomla is designed to be easy to install and set up even if you're not an advanced
user.
336
Joomla is the most popular open source CMS currently available as evidenced by a
vibrant and growing community of friendly users and talented developers.
Joomla is free, open, and available to anyone under the GPL license.
Topices Covered
A Quick Glance into History
Joomla!How was it Developed?
Structure of a CMS
Front End and Back End
Configuration Settings
Access Rights
Content
Templates
Extensions (Components)
Workflow
Joomla! as Real Estate
Joomla! Versions
Numbering System of Joomla! Versions
Roadmap
Joomla! Features
Examples of Joomla! Pages
Joomla.org
Porsche, Brazil
PC Praxis, Germany
BSI DANS, Norway
Team Lesotho, Lesotho
Installation
Setting Up the Local Server Environment
Windows
XAMPP for Windows
Linux
SUSE (10.x) OpenSUSE
Debian/Ubuntu
Your Own Server at a Provider
On a Virtual Server in the Net
Installing Joomla!
Selecting a Directory for Installation
An Example
Local Installation of Joomla!
Directory
Unpacking
Joomla! Web Installer
337
Template Manager
Site Templates
Install
Administrator Templates
Install
Module Positions
Trash Manager
User Manager
New
Menu Manager
Customize Existing Menu
New
Edit
Publish
Unpublish
Move
Copy
Trash
Create a New Menu
Content
Miscellaneous
Components
Links
Installers Menu
Messages Menu
Inbox
Configuration
Configuration
System Menu
Global Check-In
Top of the Page
Managing Content
Content by Section
Section
Category
Add/Edit Section Category
All Content Items
Static Content Manager
Content Parameters
Publishing
Images
339
Parameters
Meta Info
Link to Menu
Section Manager
Category Manager
Frontpage Manager
Archive Manager
Components, Modules, and Mambots
Components Menu
Installing and Uninstalling Components
Installed Components
Banner
Manage Clients
Manage Banners
Contacts
Manage Contacts
Contacts Categories
Mass Mail
News Feeds
Manage Newsfeeds
Manage Categories
Polls
Syndicates
Weblinks
Weblink Items
Weblink Categories
Module Menu
Install/Uninstall
Site Modules
All Menus (mod_mainmenu)
Banner
Login Form
Syndicate
Statistics
Template Chooser
Archive
Sections
Related Items
Wrapper
Polls
Who's Online
Random Image
Newsflash
Latest News
340
Popular
Search
Administrator Modules
Logged
Components
Popular
Latest Items
Menu Stats
Unread Messages
Online Users
Quick Icons
System Message
Pathway
Toolbar
Full Menu
Copying a Module
Mambots Menu
Installing New Mambots
Site Mambots
Search Mambots
Forum, Comments, and Calendar
Forum
What can Simpleboard do?
Installation of Simpleboard
Uninstallation
Simpleboard Administration
Simpleboard Configuration
Forum Administration
User Administration
Uploaded Files Browser
Uploaded Images Browser
Edit CSS File
Prune Forums
Prune Users
Support Websites
Load Sample Data
Update Database to Version 1.1.0 Stable
User Front End
Set Up a User Profile
Simpleboard Module
Installation
Comments
Installation
Administration
341
View Comments
Edit Settings
Edit Language
Front End
Calendar
Installation
Configuration
Events Config
Manage Event Categories
User Front End
Module
Event Mambotv
Image Gallery and Document Management
Gallery
zOOm Media Gallery
Installation
Administration
Gallery Manager
Media Manager
zOOm Thumb Coder
Settings
Optimize Tables
Update zOOm Media Gallery
Integration of the Gallery into your Website
User Front End
Lightbox
E-Cards
Comments and Ratings
Modules for the zOOm Media Gallery
Document Management/Download Area
Installation
Administration
Categories
Group
Files
Documents
Licenses
Themes
Configuration
Updates
Statistics
Integration into the Website
Modules
Mambots
342
Minimum Pre-requisites
1) Basics of 'C' Programming Language.
2) OOPS & C++ (Class, object, Inheritance)
3) Any database (Access/SQL/Oracle)
C & C++ (Basics)
344
1
1.
1C
1.
2 Datatypes.
1. Operator.
3 Condition construct.
1. Looping construct.
4 Functions.
1. Array.
5
1.
6
Course Duration
10 sessions of 1 hr. each
Fees (US $)
60
2
1.
C++
1
1.
Class.
2
Object.
1.
Inheritance.
3
Functions.
1.
Properties.
4
1.
5
AJAX
Ajax (also known as AJAX), shorthand for "Asynchronous JavaScript and XML," is a web
development technique for creating interactive web applications. The intent is to make web
pages feel more responsive by exchanging small amounts of data with the server behind the
scenes, so that the entire web page does not have to be reloaded each time the user requests a
change. This is intended to increase the web page's interactivity, speed, and usability.
XML & XSLT
XML (Extensible Markup Language) a flexible text format for creating structured computer
documents. It is a general-purpose specification for creating custom markup languages. XML's
purpose is to aid information systems in sharing structured data, especially via the Internet to
encode documents, and to serialize data. XML provides a basic syntax that can be used to share
345
compilation).
Everyone can use JavaScript without purchasing a license
Application
Javascript is used for validation of WEB FORM input values to make sure that they will be
accepted before they are submitted to the server. JavaScript can put dynamic text into an HTML
page . It can respond to user actions quickly, making an application feel more responsive.
Furthermore, JavaScript code can detect user actions which HTML alone cannot, such as
individual keystrokes. Applications such as GMail take advantage of this: much of the userinterface logic is written in JavaScript. The wider trend of AJAX programming also exploits this
strength.JavaScript can be used to detect the visitor's browser.
JAVASCRIPT & JSON Topice Coverd
Pre-Requisite
HTML
C & C++ (Basics)
Php & MySQL
Course Duration
150 sessions of 1 hr. each
Fees (US $)
650
348
15. LAMP
Linux
Linux is the operating system that's now used on the majority of web servers. Even if your
organisation uses Microsoft Windows at the Desktop, you may find Linux behind the scenes.
Apache
Apache is the most used Web Server worldwide; it's available for free (Open Source) and
bristling with facilities. On the course, we download, install and test apache. We configure
Apache, including virtual host support, access security, MIME type handling, and add modules
to support extra facilities. We also cover error handling and log file analysis
PHP
PHP is a widely-used general-purpose scripting language that is especially suited for web
development and can be embedded into HTML.
PHP's language syntax is similar to C's and Perl's. It generally runs on a web server like Apache
which is configured to take PHP code as input and create web page content as output. It can be
deployed on most web servers and on almost every operating system and platform free of charge.
PHP is installed on more than 20 million websites and 1 million web servers.
MySQL
MySQL is one of the most popular open source database management system recognized for its
speed and reliability. It is commonly used with web pages. More than 11 million Websites are
built around MySQL.
Current MySQL customers such as eBay, Google, Twitter, Yahoo, Facebook, and YouTube,
SlashDot, LiveJournal are perfect examples of how MySQL is used to organize and store
multiple databases that can be quickly accessed by millions of people at once.
LINUX
Salient Features
Basics of Linux
Introduction to Red Hat Linux
Getting Started
Login in Linux (GUI & Console)
Directory Structure of Linux
Listing Files & Directories (ls)
Creating, Moving & Deleting Files and Directories
349
Linux, PHP and MySQL. PHP and MySQL are the world's best combination for creating
database-driven sites.
Topics Covered:
Database Design with My SQL
Why use a Relational Database?
Blasted Anomalies
The update anomaly
The delete anomaly
The insert anomaly
Normalization
First normal form
Second normal form
Third normal form
Types of Relationships
The one-to-many relationship
The one-to-one relationship
The many-to-many relationship
Advanced Database Concepts
Referential integrity
Transactions
Stored procedures
The Structured query Language for Creating and Altering Tables
Essential Definitions
Null Values
Indexes
The create database Statement
The use database Statement
The create table Statement
Column Types
352
limit
group by and aggregate functions
Joining Tables
The two-table join (equi-join)
The multi-table join
The outer join
The self join
Unions
Correlated subqueries
Minimum Pre-requisites
1) Basics of 'C' Programming Language.
2) OOPS & C++ (Class, object, Inheritance)
3) Any database (Access/SQL/Oracle)
C & C++ (Basics)
1C
1.1 Datatypes.
1.2 Operator.
1.3 Condition construct.
1.4 Looping construct.
1.5 Functions.
1.6 Array.
Course Duration
10 sessions of 1 hr. each
Fees (US $)
60
Fees (US $)
60
2 C++
1.1 Class.
1.2 Object.
1.3 Inheritance.
1.4 Functions.
1.5 Properties.
Course Duration
10 sessions of 1 hr. each
354
Course Duration
90 sessions of 1 hr. each
Fees (US $)
715
355
Oracle has sophisticated security mechanisms control access to sensitive data by an assortment
of privileges
Oracle provides sophisticated backup & recovery routines. Backup creates a second copy of
Oracle Data, recovery restores a copy of data from back up.
Oracle provides flexible space management. It has special abilities that are capable of handling
very large databases.
Oracle provides open connectivity to & from other vendors software
Oracle server supports a wide range of Development tools, end user query tools, off the shelf
applications & office wide information tools. Application
Education Industry
Software Development Industry
Data warehouse and maintenance
Domestic Air Services
Production Industry
Banking Industry Topics Covered
Introduction to oracle products.
SQL*plus features and commands.
Data manipulation commands, data control commands.
Altering tables, data definition commands, joins, types of functions.
Process Transaction commands, SQL*plus set theory.
Sub-queries and Co-related queries.
Security in Oracle
Locking
Oracle Objects - Views, clusters, indexes, synonyms, snapshots.
Formatting output of queries, Report creation.
Implementing Object Oriented features in Oracle.
Introduction to PL/SQL.
Packages
Creating Cursors, exceptions, procedures, functions and triggers.
Understanding the Oracle Architecture.
Features of Latest Oracle Version.
Data Dictionary
DBA - An Overview Microsoft SQL Server SQL Server is the Database Management System
(RDBMS) allows to store huge Database and manage the same easily. Its enterprise database
management and analysis system. For Salient Features & Applications
PHP &
MySQL PHP is a powerful cross platform server side scripting language. It is a full featured
programming language capable of managing huge database driven online environments. Using
PHP you can query databases, create dynamic images, create e-commerce websites, manage
security for online transactions, read & write files on the server, talk to remote servers - the
possibilities are endless. MySQL is a small, compact database server ideal for stand-alone and
enterprise applications. The PHP-MySQL combination is also cross-platform. For Salient
Features & Applications
JAVA DEVELOPMENT KIT Java is platform
independent, reliable Programming language introduced by sun systems, used mainly to Develop
Internet applications and applets. Java is used to create web-based applications and allows user
interaction on the Internet. Java allows us to have animation, audio and video clippings in our
web page. Java Programming helps in writing Programs using which one can connect to any
357
359
Networking
1.
a. PC Assembling
Assemble Desktop Computers
LAPTOP Repairing
View Our Networking Student's Review
Divesh.I
(Ind)
Ammar.M
(Ind)
1
Akinsey.K
(Nigeria)
Robert.K
(UK)
Sameer.R
(Afganistan)
Course Duration
40 sessions of 1 hr. each
Computer Jargon.
Components that make a Computer.
Detailed discussion on Computer Ca
FDD.
HDD.
Formatting of Hard Disc.
Keyboard.
Power Supply.
Monitor.
Assembling Procedure.
Testing of Cards-sets before assembling.
Fixing of Mother Board.
Fixing of Cards.
Connecting Jumper Wires.
Checking of AC/DC voltage.
Serviceability Checks.
Power LED-ON.
Speaker Beep.
Memory Testing Error Codes.
Troubleshooting
Do's and Dont's of Assembling.
Switches
Various Jumpers/.
Difference between PC /XT/ AT - 286 /386/486/Pentiums/ Pentium III/Pentium IV.
Interfacing with peripherals.
Commercial information.
Upgrading IBM COMPATIBLE COMPUTER PC (1985) to any latest configuration.
Pentium IV 600 MHz AGP Arch. COURSE SYLLABUS: :
All necessary system files which needs to boot a computer like: i) Command.com ii) IO.sys iii)
Msdos.sys
Config.sys & Autoexec.bat.
Hardware installation with dynamic utilities like: Memory, CPU, NPU, Hard Disk & Floppy
Disk Drives etc.
Different types of Memory Chip, coding & their installation.
Memory management software like : i) DOS Memory (Conventional memory) ii) Extended
Memory (XMS) iii) Expanded Memory (EMS) iv) Shadow Memory.
Configuration of the necessary peripherals in ROM BIOS like : hard disk, floppy drive & SCSI
Devices
Testing of various DC voltages of SMPS with multi-meter.
Testing of speaker, cabinet, switches.
361
362
There is only ONE way to clean a laptop keyboard properly. This technique is without doubt one
of the easiest ways for you to make money, as most laptop keys stick after a period of use. The
owner then thinks that the keyboard has to be replaced, when in fact it can be sorted out using
this cleaning method. How To Fit Laptop Screen
Laptop screen FAQ section.
Laptop screen manufacturers.
What to do before ordering a Laptop screen.
How to replace the Laptop screen.
Toshiba video laptop replacement.
Example screens.
Example LCD Inverters.
Example Video Cables.
Laptop Screen Part Numbers. Toshiba Exploding Diagrams This part contains diagrams and
the part numbers. You'll use this to see where the parts fit together. Other than physically taking a
laptop apart, this is the only way to see how the bits and pieces fit together. There are other
information sections including pictures of components and the specifications of laptops. This is
useful knowledge to have as you'll know exactly what's in a laptop before buying or repairing a
particular model. Where else can you find all this information? The answer is.. nowhere!
Consider these advantages of becoming a laptop repair specialist...
All your income is earned from home.
Can be run by anyone.
Free ongoing help.
Market and expanding every day.
Recession proof.
Part-time for full-time money.
You can be employed.
You can be unemployed.
Retired.
Want to escape the 9 - 5 grind Practicals Every student assembles minimum 2 to 3 computers
with latest peripherals at our premises with proper understanding using our Electronic Kit worth
Rs. 1,00,000/- Results of our Program 100% Assembling of any IBM COMPATIBLE
COMPUTER.
100% Upgradation of any IBM COMPATIBLE COMPUTER.
95% Trouble shooting.
365 days continued support to achieve your goal.
Laptop BIOS setting.
Course Duration
Enquire About this
40 sessions of 1 hr. each
course
363
B . A+Certification
View Our Networking Student's Review
Divesh.I
(Ind)
Ammar.M
(Ind)
1
Akinsey.K
(Nigeria)
Robert.K
(UK)
Sameer.R
(Afganistan)
Course Duration
Enquire About this
course
Introduction For A+ Certification, the examinee must pass both this examination and the A+
Operating System
30 sessions of 1 hr. each
Technologies examination. The Core Hardware examination measures essential competencies for
a desktop computer hardware service technician with six months of on-the-job experience. The
examinee must demonstrate basic knowledge of installing, configuring, upgrading,
troubleshooting, and repairing desktop computer systems at the standard defined by this test
specification
The skills and knowledge measured by this examination are derived from an industry-wide and
worldwide job task analysis which was validated through a survey of almost 2,000 A+ certified
professionals. The results of the survey are used in weighting the domains and ensuring that the
weighting is representative of the relative importance of that content to the job requirements of a
service technician with six months on- the-job experience. The intent is to certify individuals in a
body of knowledge that is identified and accepted as the baseline or foundation of any entry
-level PC technician.
The results of the job task analysis and survey can be found in the following report: CompTIA
A+ Certification Core Hardware and OS Technologies examinations Job Task Analysis. This
report is available for distribution.
The exam is in adaptive format, therefore, will be presented with 20-30 questions. You will have
30 minutes to complete the exam. Please be aware that a score determination could be made
before the maximum number of questions is presented. Once a score determination is made, the
exam will shut off.
The exam is translated in the following languages: Japanese, French, Spanish and German.
364
Note: This examination blueprint for the A+ Core Hardware examination includes the weighting,
test objectives, and example content. Example topics and concepts are included to clarify the test
objectives and should not be construed as a comprehensive listing of all the content of this
examination.
The table below lists the domains measured by this examination and the extent to which they are
represented in the examination.
Domain
% Of Examination
1.0 Personal Computer Components
45%
2.0 Laptop and Portable Devices
20%
3.0 Printers and Scanners
20%
4.0 Security
5%
5.0 Safety and Environmental Issues
10%
Total
100.00%
Response Limits The examinee selects, from four (4) or more response options and the
option(s) that best completes the statement or answers the question. Distracters or wrong answers
are response options that examinees with incomplete knowledge or skill would likely choose, but
are generally plausible responses fitting into the content area. Test item formats used in this
examination are:
Multiple-choice: The examinee selects one option that best answers the question or completes a
statement. The option can be embedded in a graphic where the examinee points and clicks on
their selection choice to complete the test item.
Multiple-response: The examinee selects more then one option that best answers the question or
completes a statement.
Sample Directions:
Read the statement or question and from the response options, select only the option(s) that
represent the most correct or best answer(s). 1.0 Personal Computer Components: 1.1 Install,
configure, optimize and upgrade personal computer components: Add, remove and configure
internal storage devices, motherboards, power supplies, processor/CPUs, memory and adapter
cards, including:
Drive preparation
Jumper configuration
Storage device power and cabling
Selection and installation of appropriate motherboard
BIOS set-up and configuration
Selection and installation of appropriate CPU
Selection and installation of appropriate memory
Installation of adapter cards including hardware and software/drivers
Configuration and optimization of adapter cards including adjusting hardware settings and
obtaining network card connection 1.2 Identify tools, diagnostic procedures and troubleshooting
365
Use procedures and techniques to diagnose power conditions, video issues, keyboard and pointer
issues and wireless card issues, for example:
Verify AC power (e.g. LEDs, swap AC adapter)
Verify DC power
Remove unneeded peripherals
366
367
Course Duration
30 sessions of 1 hr. each
368
Andrew.K
(Uganda)
Jamaldeen.N
(Sri Lanka)
1
Steve.S
(Scotland)
S.C.Simon
(UK)
Alan.H
(British)
Course Duration
160 sessions of 1 hr.
Enquire About this
each
course
Installing & Configuring Windows XP Professional (70-270) Installing Windows XP
Professional
Perform and troubleshoot an attended installation of Windows XP Professional. Perform
and troubleshoot an unattended installation of Windows XP Professional. Install
Windows XP Professional by using Remote Installation Services (RIS). Install Windows
XP Professional by using the System Preparation Tool. Create unattended answer files by
using Setup Manager to automate the installation of Windows XP Professional. Upgrade
from a previous version of Windows to Windows XP Professional. Prepare a computer to
meet upgrade requirements. Migrate existing user environments to a new installation.
Perform post-installation updates and product activation. Troubleshoot failed
installations. Configuring and Troubleshooting the Desktop Environment
Configure and manage user profiles and desktop settings. Create users and configure user
environment by user profiles. Configure users for various roles. Configure and manage
groups. Configure support for multiple languages or multiple locations. Enable multiplelanguage support. Configure multiple-language support for users. Configure local
settings. Configure Windows XP Professional for multiple locations. Manage applications
by using Windows Installer packages. Configure Internet and Remote Access and VPN
connectivity Implementing and Conducting Administration of Resources Monitor,
manage, and troubleshoot access to files and folders. Configure, manage, and
troubleshoot file compression. Control access to files and folders by using permissions.
Optimize access to files and folders. Manage and troubleshoot access to shared folders.
Create and remove shared folders. Control access to shared folders by using permissions.
Manage and troubleshoot Web server resources. Connect to local and network print
devices. Manage printers and print jobs. Control access to printers by using permissions.
369
Connect to an Internet printer. Connect to a local print device. Configure and manage file
systems. Convert from one file system to another file system. Configure NTFS, FAT32,
or FAT file systems. Manage and troubleshoot access to and synchronization of offline
files Implementing, Managing, Monitoring, and Troubleshooting Hardware Devices
and Drivers
Implement, manage, and troubleshoot disk devices. Install, configure, and manage
DVD and CD-ROM devices. Monitor and configure disks. Monitor, configure, and
troubleshoot volumes. Monitor and configure removable media, such as tape devices.
Implement, manage, and troubleshoot display devices. Configure multiple-display
support. Install, configure, and troubleshoot a video adapter. Configure Advanced
Configuration Power Interface (ACPI). Implement, manage, and troubleshoot input and
output (I/O) devices. Monitor, configure, and troubleshoot I/O devices, such as printers,
scanners, multimedia devices, mouse, keyboard, and smart card reader. Monitor,
configure, and troubleshoot multimedia hardware, such as cameras. Install, configure,
and manage modems. Install, configure, and manage Infrared Data Association (IrDA)
devices. Install, configure, and manage wireless devices. Install, configure, and manage
USB devices. Install, configure, and manage hand held devices.
Install, configure, and manage network adapters. Manage and troubleshoot drivers and
driver signing. Monitor and configure multiprocessor computers. Monitoring and
Optimizing System Performance and Reliability
Monitor, optimize, and troubleshoot performance of the Windows XP Professional
desktop. Optimize and troubleshoot memory performance. Optimize and troubleshoot
processor utilization. Optimize and troubleshoot disk performance. Optimize and
troubleshoot application performance Configure, manage, and troubleshoot Scheduled
Tasks. Manage, monitor, and optimize system performance for mobile users. Restore and
back up the operating system, System State data, and user data. Recover System State
data and user data by using Windows Backup. Troubleshoot system restoration by
starting in safe mode. Recover System State data and user data by using the Recovery
console Implementing, Managing, and Troubleshooting Network Protocol Services
Configure and troubleshoot the TCP/IP protocol. Connect to computers by using dial-up
networking. Connect to computers by using a virtual private network (VPN) connection.
Create a dial-up connection to connect to a remote access server. Connect to the Internet
by using dial-up networking. Configure and troubleshoot Internet Connection Sharing
(ICS). Connect to resources by using Internet Explorer. Configure, manage, and
implement Internet Information Services (IIS). Configure, manage, and troubleshoot
Remote Desktop and Remote Assistance. Configure, manage, and troubleshoot an
Internet Connection Firewall (ICF). Managing Windows Server Server (70-290)
anaging and Maintaining Physical and Logical Devices
Tools might include Device Manager, the Hardware Troubleshooting Wizard, and
appropriate Control Panel items.
370
System Monitor.
Monitor disk quotas. Monitor print queues. Monitor server hardware for bottlenecks.
Monitor and optimize a server environment for application performance.
Monitor memory performance objects.
Managing and Implementing Disaster Recovery
Perform system recovery for a server.
Implement Automated System Recovery (ASR).
Restore data from shadow copy volumes.
Back up files and System State data to media.
Configure security for backup operations.
Manage backup procedures.
Verify the successful completion of backup jobs.
Manage backup storage media.
Recover from server hardware failure.
Restore backup data. Schedule backup jobs Planning Windows 2003 Server Network
Infrastructure (70-291) Implementing, Managing, and Maintaining IP Addressing
Configure TCP/IP addressing on a server computer. Manage DHCP. Manage DHCP
clients and leases. Manage DHCP Relay Agent. Manage DHCP databases. Manage
DHCP scope options. Manage reservations and reserved clients. Troubleshoot TCP/IP
addressing. Diagnose and resolve issues related to Automatic Private IP Addressing
(APIPA). Diagnose and resolve issues related to incorrect TCP/IP configuration.
Troubleshoot DHCP. Diagnose and resolve issues related to DHCP authorization. Verify
DHCP reservation configuration. Examine the system event log and DHCP server audit
log files to find related events. Diagnose and resolve issues related to configuration of
DHCP server and scope options. Verify that the DHCP Relay Agent is working correctly.
Verify database integrity. Implementing, Managing, and Maintaining Name Resolution
Install and configure the DNS Server service. Configure DNS server options. Configure
DNS zone options. Configure DNS forwarding. Configure DNS caching only.
Manage DNS. Manage DNS zone settings. Manage DNS record settings. Manage DNS
server options. Manage DNS zone options. Monitor DNS. Tools might include System
Monitor, Event Viewer, Replication Monitor, and DNS debug logs
Implementing,
Managing, and Maintaining Routing and Remote Access Configure Routing and
Remote Access user authentication. Configure remote access authentication protocols.
Configure Internet Authentication Service (IAS) to provide authentication for Routing
and Remote Access clients. Configure Routing and Remote Access policies to permit or
deny access. Manage remote access. Manage packet filters. Manage Routing and Remote
Access routing interfaces. Manage devices and ports. Manage routing protocols. Manage
Routing and Remote Access clients. Manage TCP/IP routing. Manage routing protocols.
Manage routing tables. Manage routing ports. Implement secure access between private
networks. Troubleshoot user access to remote access services. Diagnose and resolve
issues related to remote access VPNs. Diagnose and resolve issues related to establishing
372
a remote access connection. Diagnose and resolve user access to resources beyond the
remote access server. Troubleshoot Routing and Remote Access routing. Troubleshoot
demand-dial routing. Troubleshoot router-to-router VPNs.
Implementing, Managing,
and Maintaining Network Infrastructure and Security Implement secure network
administration procedures. Implement security baseline settings and audit security
settings by using security templates. Implement the principle of least privilege. Install and
configure software update infrastructure. Install and configure software update services.
Install and configure automatic client update settings. Configure software updates on
earlier operating systems. Monitor network protocol security. Tools might include the IP
Security Monitor Microsoft Management Console (MMC) snap-in and Kerberos support
tools. Troubleshoot network protocol security. Tools might include the IP Security
Monitor MMC snap-in, Event Viewer, and Network Monitor. Monitor network traffic.
Tools might include Network Monitor and System Monitor. Troubleshoot connectivity to
the Internet. Troubleshoot server services. Diagnose and resolve issues related to service
dependency. Use service recovery options to diagnose and resolve service-related issues
Planning Windows 2003 Server Network Infrastructure (70-293) Planning and
Implementing Server Roles and Server Security Configure security for servers that are
assigned specific roles. Plan a secure baseline installation. Plan a strategy to enforce
system default security settings on new systems. Identify client operating system default
security settings. Identify all server operating system default security settings. Plan
security for servers that are assigned specific roles. Roles might include domain
controllers, Web servers, database servers, and mail servers. Deploy the security
configuration for servers that are assigned specific roles. Create custom security
templates based on server roles. Evaluate and select the operating system to install on
computers in an enterprise. Identify the minimum configuration to satisfy security
requirements. Planning, Implementing, and Maintaining a Network Infrastructure
Plan a TCP/IP network infrastructure strategy. Analyze IP addressing requirements. Plan
an IP routing solution. Create an IP subnet scheme. Plan and modify a network topology.
Plan the physical placement of network resources. Identify network protocols to be used.
Plan an Internet connectivity strategy. Troubleshoot connectivity to the Internet.
Troubleshoot TCP/IP addressing. Diagnose and resolve issues related to Network Address
Translation (NAT). Diagnose and resolve issues related to name resolution cache
information Diagnose and resolve issues related to client configuration. Diagnose and
resolve issues related to client computer configuration. Diagnose and resolve issues
related to DHCP server address assignment. Plan a host name resolution strategy. Plan a
DNS namespace design. Plan zone replication requirements. Plan a forwarding
configuration. Plan for DNS security. Examine the interoperability of DNS with thirdparty DNS solutions. Plan a NetBIOS name resolution strategy. Plan a WINS replication
strategy. Plan NetBIOS name resolution by using the Lmhosts file. Troubleshoot host
name resolution. Diagnose and resolve issues related to DNS services. Diagnose and
resolve issues related to client computer configuration
373
mode. Plan a strategy for configuring the user environment by using Group Policy. Plan a
strategy for configuring the computer environment by using Group Policy. Configure the
user environment by using Group Policy. Distribute software by using Group Policy.
Automatically enroll user certificates by using Group Policy. Redirect folders by using
Group Policy. Configure user security settings by using Group Policy. Deploy a computer
environment by using Group Policy. Distribute software by using Group Policy.
Automatically enroll computer certificates by using Group Policy. Configure computer
security settings by using Group Policy. Managing and Maintaining Group Policy
Troubleshoot issues related to Group Policy application deployment. Tools might include
RSoP and the gpresult command. Maintain installed software by using Group Policy.
Distribute updates to software distributed by Group Policy. Configure automatic updates
for network clients by using Group Policy. Troubleshoot the application of Group Policy
security settings. Tools might include RSoP and the gpresult command. Designing
Active Directory & Network Infrastructure (70-297) Creating the Conceptual Design
by Gathering and Analyzing Business and Technical Requirements
Environment. Analyze current network administration model. Analyze network
requirements. Analyze DNS for Active Directory service implementation. Analyze the
current DNS infrastructure. Analyze the current namespace. Analyze existing network
operating system implementation. Identify the existing domain model. Identify the
number and location of domain controllers on the network. Identify the configuration
details of all servers on the network Analyze security requirements for the Active
Directory service. Analyze current security policies, standards, and procedures. Identify
the impact of Active Directory on the current security infrastructure. Identify the existing
trust relationships.
Identify constraints in the current network infrastructure. Interpret current baseline
performance requirements for each major subsystem. Analyze the impact of the
infrastructure design on the existing technical
Design the Active Directory and Network Services infrastructure to meet business and
technical requirements Create the conceptual design of the Active Directory forest
structure. Design the Active Directory replication strategy. Create the conceptual design
of the organizational unit (OU) structure. Create the conceptual design of the DNS
infrastructure. Create the conceptual design of the WINS infrastructure. Create the
conceptual design of the DHCP infrastructure. Creating the Logical Design for an Active
Directory Infrastructure Design an OU structure. Identify the Group Policy requirements
for the OU structure. Design an OU structure for the purpose of delegating authority.
Design a security group strategy. Define the scope of a security group to meet
requirements. Define user roles. Design a user and computer authentication strategy.
Identify common authentication requirements. Select authentication mechanisms.
Design a user and computer account strategy. Specify account policy requirements.
Specify account requirements for users, computers, administrators, and services. Design
an Active Directory naming strategy. Identify NetBIOS naming requirements. Design
375
migration paths to Active Directory. Define whether the migration will include an inplace upgrade, domain restructuring, or migration to a new Active Directory
environment. Design the administration of Group Policy objects (GPOs).
Creating the Logical Design for a Network Services Infrastructure
Design a DNS name resolution strategy. Create the namespace design. Identify DNS
interoperability with Active Directory, WINS, and DHCP. Specify zone requirements.
Specify DNS security. Design a DNS strategy for interoperability with UNIX Berkeley
Internet Name Domain (BIND) to support Active Directory. Design a NetBIOS name
resolution strategy. Design a WINS replication strategy
Design security for remote access users. Design remote access policies. Specify logging
and auditing settings. Design a DNS service implementation. Design a strategy for DNS
zone storage. Specify the use of DNS server options. Identify the registration
requirements of specific DNS records. Design a remote access strategy. Specify the
remote access method. Specify the authentication method for remote access. Design an IP
address assignment strategy. Specify DHCP integration with DNS infrastructure. Specify
DHCP interoperability with client types. Creating the Physical Design for an Active
Directory and Network Infrastructure
Design DNS service placement. Design an Active Directory implementation plan.
Design the placement of domain controllers and global catalog servers. Plan the
placement of flexible operations master roles. Select the domain controller creation
process. Specify the server specifications to meet system requirements. Design Internet
connectivity for a company. Design a network and routing topology for a company.
Design a TCP/IP addressing scheme through the use of IP subnets. Specify the placement
of routers. Design IP address assignment by using DHCP. Design a perimeter network.
Design the remote access infrastructure. Plan capacity. Ascertain network settings
required to access resources. Design for availability, redundancy, and survivability.
Technology Skills to Windows Server 2008 (three days) Make the transition from
MCSA: Windows Server 2003 to MCTS: Windows Server 2008 Professionals with an
MCSA on Windows Server 2003 must pass one exam to become an MCTS on Windows
Server 2008. If you are an MCSAand pass this exam, you will earn two distinct MCTS
certifications: MCTS: Windows Server 2008 - Active Directory Configuration MCTS:
Windows Server 2008 - Network Infrastructure Configuration Exam 70-648: TS:
Upgrading your MCSA on Windows Server 2003 to MCTS on Windows Server 2008
Course 6415A: Updating your Network Infrastructure Technology Skills to Windows
Server 2008 Course 6416A: Updating your Active Directory Technology Skills to
Windows Server 2008
377
d. MCITP
( Microsoft Certified IT Professional - Enterprise Administrator )
View Our Networking Student's Review
Divesh.I
(Ind)
Ammar.M
(Ind)
1
Akinsey.K
(Nigeria)
Robert.K
(UK)
Sameer.R
(Afganistan)
Course Duration
150 sessions of 1 hr.
Enquire About this
each
course
MCITP Enterprise Administrator The Microsoft Certified IT Professional (MCITP) credential
validates that an individual has the comprehensive set of skills necessary to perform a particular
job role, such as database administrator or enterprise messaging administrator. MCITP
certifications build on the technical proficiency measured in the Microsoft Certified Technology
Specialist (MCTS) certifications, therefore you will earn one or more MCTS certifications on
your way to earning an MCITP credential.
MCITP candidate profile MCITP candidates are capable of deploying, building, designing,
optimizing, and operating technologies for a particular job role. They make the design and
technology decisions necessary to ensure successful technology implementation projects.
Audience Profile: The Microsoft Certified Technology Specialist (MCTS) on Windows Server
2008 credential is intended for IT professionals who work in the complex computing
environment of medium-sized to large companies. The MCTS candidate should have a minimum
of one year of experience implementing and administering a network operating system in an
environment that has the following characteristics:
e. CCNA
( CISCO Certified Network Associate ) For Individual Training as per your schedule add 30%
to the mentioned tution fees
View Our Networking Student's Review
Andrew.K
(Uganda)
Jamaldeen.N
(Sri Lanka)
1
Steve.S
(Scotland)
S.C.Simon
(UK)
Alan.H
(British)
Course Duration
Enquire About this
course
Topic Guidelines for CCNA Exam The following topics are general guidelines for the content
likely to be included on the CCNA exam. However, other related topics may also appear on any
specific delivery of the exam. Describe how a network works
50 sessions of 1 hr. each
Verify network status and switch operation using basic utilities (including: ping, traceroute,
telnet, SSH, arp, ipconfig), SHOW & DEBUG commands
Identify, prescribe, and resolve common switched network media issues, configuration issues,
auto negotiation, and switch hardware failures
Describe enhanced switching technologies (including: VTP, RSTP, VLAN, PVSTP, 802.1q)
Describe how VLANs create logically separate networks and the need for routing between them
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot VLANs
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot trunking on Cisco switches
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot interVLAN routing
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot VTP
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot RSTP operation
Interpret the output of various show and debug commands to verify the operational status of a
Cisco switched network.
Implement basic switch security (including: port security, trunk access, management vlan other
than vlan1, etc.) Implement an IP addressing scheme and IP Services to meet network
requirements in a medium-size Enterprise branch office network.
Describe the operation and benefits of using private and public IP addressing
Explain the operation and benefits of using DHCP and DNS
Configure, verify and troubleshoot DHCP and DNS operation on a router.(including: CLI/SDM)
Implement static and dynamic addressing services for hosts in a LAN environment
Calculate and apply an addressing scheme including VLSM IP addressing design to a network
Determine the appropriate classless addressing scheme using VLSM and summarization to
satisfy addressing requirements in a LAN/WAN environment
Describe the technological requirements for running IPv6 in conjunction with IPv4 (including:
protocols, dual stack, tunneling, etc).
Describe IPv6 addresses
Identify and correct common problems associated with IP addressing and host configurations
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot basic router operation and routing on Cisco devices
escribe basic routing concepts (including: packet forwarding, router lookup process)
Describe the operation of Cisco routers (including: router bootup process, POST, router
components)
Select the appropriate media, cables, ports, and connectors to connect routers to other network
devices and hosts
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot RIPv2
Access and utilize the router to set basic parameters.(including: CLI/SDM)
Connect, configure, and verify operation status of a device interface
Verify device configuration and network connectivity using ping, traceroute, telnet, SSH or other
utilities
Perform and verify routing configuration tasks for a static or default route given specific routing
requirements
Manage IOS configuration files. (including: save, edit, upgrade, restore)
Manage Cisco IOS.
Compare and contrast methods of routing and routing protocols
381
Describe standards associated with wireless media (including: IEEE WI-FI Alliance, ITU/FCC)
Identify and describe the purpose of the components in a small wireless network. (Including:
SSID, BSS, ESS)
Identify the basic parameters to configure on a wireless network to ensure that devices connect to
the correct access point
Compare and contrast wireless security features and capabilities of WPA security (including:
open, WEP, WPA-1/2)
Identify common issues with implementing wireless networks. (Including: Interface,
missconfiguration) Identify security threats to a network and describe general methods to
mitigate those threats
Describe today's increasing network security threats and explain the need to implement a
comprehensive security policy to mitigate the threats
Explain general methods to mitigate common security threats to network devices, hosts, and
applications
Describe the functions of common security appliances and applications
Describe security recommended practices including initial steps to secure network devices
Implement, verify, and troubleshoot NAT and ACLs in a medium-size Enterprise branch office
network.
Describe the purpose and types of ACLs
Configure and apply ACLs based on network filtering requirements.(including: CLI/SDM)
Configure and apply an ACLs to limit telnet and SSH access to the router using (including:
SDM/CLI)
Verify and monitor ACLs in a network environment
Troubleshoot ACL issues
Explain the basic operation of NAT
Configure NAT for given network requirements using (including: CLI/SDM)
Troubleshoot NAT issues Implement and verify WAN links
Describe different methods for connecting to a WAN
Configure and verify a basic WAN serial connection
382
383
Course Duration
50 sessions of 1 hr. each
384
f. CCNP
( CISCO Certified Network Programme ) The CCNP certification (Cisco Certified Network
Professional) indicates advanced or journeyman knowledge of networks. With a CCNP, a
network professional can install, configure, and operate LAN,WAN, and dial access services for
organizations with networks from 100 to more than 500 nodes, including but not limited to these
protocols: IP, IGRP, IPX, Async Routing, AppleTalk, Extended Access Lists, IP RIP, Route
Redistribution, RIP, Route Summarization, OSPF, VLSM, BGP, Serial, Frame Relay, ISDN, ISL,
X.25, DDR, PSTN, PPP, VLANs, Ethernet, Access Lists, 802.10, FDDI, Transparent and
Translational Bridging.
Organizations whose networks have from 100 to more than 500 nodes. A CCNP certified
individual can perform the following tasks:
Implement appropriate technologies to build a scalable routed network
Build campus networks using multilayer switching technologies
Improve traffic flow, reliability, redundancy, and performance for campus LANs, routed and
switched WANs, and remote access networks
Create and deploy a global intranet
Troubleshoot an environment that uses Cisco routers and switches for multiprotocol client
hosts and services Positions for a CCNP certified individual include:
Network administrator.
Level 2 support engineer
Level 2 systems engineer
Network technician
Deployment engineer
Advance Your Career CCNP Certification Expand Your Professional Options Gaining and
Certifying Advanced Skills
The CCNP certification validates an individuals networking skills at the midcareer level.
Candidates who pass the required proctored exams will receive a CCNP certificate from Cisco
and may use the CCNP designation on their business cards.
CCNP forms the professional level of the Cisco Career Certification program. Who is the
course for? Anyone with a good background in Computer Networks and the Internet and
preferably CCNA qualified. What will the course give you?
Preparation for the CISCO Certified Network Professional Exams
Advanced networking skills to design, install and maintain large routed computer networks.
Increased professional credibility by gaining high standards of technical expertise.
Skills necessary to improve your opportunities within the workforce.
The knowledge and skills necessary to take the CCNP exams
What material is covered ?
Extending IP Addresses Using VLSMs
Configuring OFPF, Enhanced IGRP and BGP
Assembling and Cabling WAN Components
385
Recommended Training
US $
Building Scalable Cisco Internetworks (BSCI)
150
Building Cisco Multilayer Switched Networks
150
(BCMSN)
Building Cisco Remote Access Networks (BCRAN)
150
Cisco Internetwork Troubleshooting Support (CIT)
150
Required Exam(s)
Recommended Training
642-902 ROUTE
Implementing Cisco IP Routing
Implementing Cisco IP Switched
642-813 SWITCH
Networks
Troubleshooting and Maintaining
642-832 TSHOOT
Cisco IP Networks
Building Scalable Cisco Internetworks Exam (BSCI)(642-801) The Building Scalable Cisco
Internetworks exam is one exam within a series of exams required to achieve CCIP certification.
This exam will also be accepted as a replacement for the Routing exam (640-603 RTING), since
the content includes all topics for the Routing exam as well as additional information relevant to
communications and services audiences. Exam Topics The following topics are general
guidelines for the content likely to be included on the Building Scalable Cisco Internetworks
exam. However, other related topics may also appear on any specific delivery of the exam.
List the key information routers needs to route data
Describe classful and classless routing protocols
Describe link-state router protocol operation
Compare classful and classless routing protocols
Compare distance vector and link state routing protocols
Describe concepts relating to extending IP addresses and the use of VLSMs to extend IP
addresses
Describe the features and operation of EIGRP
Describe the features and operation of single area OSPF
Describe the features and operation of multi-area OSPF
Explain basic OSI terminology and network layer protocols used in OSI
Identify similarities and differences between Integrated IS-IS and OSPF
List the types of IS-IS routers and their role in IS-IS area design
386
in, Frame Relay, ISDN, cable modem, and DSL Describe traffic control methods used to
manage traffic flow on WAN links Explain the operation of remote network access control
methods Identify PPP components, and explain the use of PPP as an access and encapsulation
method Describe the structure and operation of virtual private network technologies Describe
the process of Network Address Translation (NAT) Configure asynchronous modems and router
interfaces to provide network access Configure an ISDN solution for remote accessv Configure
frame relay operation and traffic control on WAN links Configure access control to manage and
limit remote access Configure DSL operation using Cisco IOS Configure Network Address
Translation (NAT) Cisco Internetwork Troubleshooting (CIT)(642-831) The Cisco
Internetwork Troubleshooting (CIT) course teaches students how to baseline and troubleshoot an
environment using Cisco routers and switches for multiprotocol client hosts and servers
connected with the following:
Ethernet and Fast Ethernet LANs
Serial, Frame Relay, and ISDN BRI WANs The course provides students with methodical
practice using specific Cisco IOS software and Catalyst software tools to diagnose and correct
problems on widely installed Cisco products.
Exam Topics
The following topics are covered in the CIT course:
Identify troubleshooting methods.
Explain documentation standards and the requirements for document control.
Establish an optimal system baseline.
Diagram and document system topology.
Document end system configuration.
Verify connectivity at all layers.
Select an optimal troubleshooting approach.
388
The CISCO Certified Network Professional exam (CCNP) will have four papers. Course Fees
does not include Examination Charges
Examination Fees
Per Paper US$
No. of Papers
CCNP
150
4
Course Duration
160 sessions of 1 hr.
each
389
g. CCIE
Cisco Certified Internetworking Expert Exams are the core of the CCIE program.Training is not
the CCIE program objective. Rather, the focus is on identifying those experts capable of
understanding and navigating the subtleties, intricacies and potential pitfalls inherent to end-toend networking. To become certified as a CCIE you must pass BOTH a written qualification
exam AND the corresponding hands-on lab exam in one of the CCIE tracks.
Written Exams are two-hour, multiple choice, computer-based exams available at authorized
testing centers worldwide.
Lab exams are eight-hour, hands on exams that test the ability to configure and troubleshoot
equipment and are offered at selected Cisco locations.
Check Scheduling links below for more information. Routing and Switching Our most popular
track identifies experts in WAN, LAN and dial access networking. Course Contents Bridging
and Switching Configuring a Primary Root Switch Configuring InterVLAN Routing
Configuring VLANs Configuring Access Control Configuring SPAN and RSPAN Configuring
ISL Trunking DLSw+ Ethernet Redundancy Feature Configuring EtherChannel Unidirectional
Link Detection Protocol Feature IEEE 802.1 LAN/MAN Bridging & Management Configuring
Fast EtherChannel and Gigabit EtherChannel Configuring Transparent Bridging Transparent
Bridging Commands
Cisco Device Operations TCP and UDP Small Servers PCMCIA Filesystem Compatibility
Matrix and Filesystem Information Routers Troubleshooting Cisco Catalyst Switches IP Cisco
IOS Network Address Translation (NAT) Deploying Network Address Translation Proxy ARP
Ping and Traceroute Commands FTP Active or Passive GRE Tunnel Access Control Lists and IP
Fragments
IP Routing
Enhanced IGRP Stub Routing Multicast
Multicast Quick-Start Configuration Guide LAN 1000BASE-T GBIC Installation Notes
Preparing for Installation Troubleshooting Cisco Catalyst Switches Troubleshooting Connectivity
in a Wireless LAN Network Configuring FDDI/CDDI Switching Access Point Fibre Channel and
Ethernet/IP Unite Tagging Scheme IEEE 802.2 Logic Link Control IEEE 802.3 CSMA/CD
Access Method IEEE 802.5 Token-Ring Access Method IEEE 802.11 Wireless Troubleshooting
Cisco Router Token Ring Interfaces Token Ring/IEEE 802.5 Troubleshooting Ethernet Fast
Ethernet 100-Mbps Solutions Multiservice
Cisco IOS Voice, Video, and Fax Commands
QoS Quality of Service Solutions Configuration Guide Introduction to Frame Relay NetworkBased Application Recognition Quality of Service Commands Configuring RSVP WAN
Capabilities of Typical ISDN Switches Configuring ISDN BRI for Leased-Line Service MSCHAP Support T1 Layer 1 Troubleshooting Asynchronous Transfer Mode Switching ATM
Routing with IISP and PNNI PPPoA Baseline Architecture Voice over ATM with AAL2
Trunking Interface Commands Configuring Serial Interfaces Introduction to WAN Technologies
Configuring Frame Relay Security Identifies experts in configuring and maintaining secure
networks. Course Contents Cisco Documentation Cisco - Internet Security Advisories
Increasing Security on IP Networks Security Technologies Improving Security on Cisco Routers
390
Cisco Service & Support Technical Tips Frame Relay Routing Protocols Configuring IP Routing
Protocols OSPF Design Guide BGP Tech Tips EIGRP IGRP Router Management Service
Provider (formerly Communications and Services)
Certifies expert level knowledge of networking in service provider environments. Course
Contents
Blueprint: Optical
Blueprint: Revised Optical (beta version)
Blueprint: DSL
Blueprint: Cable
Blueprint: WAN Switching
Blueprint: IP Telephony
Blueprint: Dial
Blueprint: Content Networking (beta version) Voice
Certifies expert level knowledge of voice over IP networks in the enterprise. Course Contents
QoS Introduction H.323 Introduction MGCP Introduction SIP Introduction IP Telephony/VOIP
Introduction Designing a Static Dial Plan Cisco CallManager Clustering Understanding and
Troubleshooting Echo Problems Cisco SIP Proxy Server Introduction Voicemail Integration
Cisco CallManager Introduction CCIE Study Material
No. of Papers
$1250
391
h. CWNA
Certified Wireless Network Administrator CWNA Training Course Outline:
Exam Objectives
Practice Test
Exam Registration
Course Outline
Contributors Overview: The Wireless LAN Administration course, whether in an academic
format or a 5-day fast-track format, provides the networking professional a complete foundation
of knowledge for entering into or advancing in the wireless networking industry. From basic RF
theory to link budget math, including topics from troubleshooting to performing a site survey,
this course delivers hands on training that will benefit the novice as well as the experienced
network professional. Audience: This course targets both novice and experienced networking
professionals who wish to gain a solid understanding of wireless networking to complement their
knowledge of traditional wired networking. Course Duration: The Wireless LAN
Administration course consists of 40 hours of material, incorporating both lecture and hands-on
labs. The class may be taught in a 5-day period. Certification:
This course may be used - and is the ideal track - for preparing students for the CWNA exam
exam PW0-100 Prerequisites:
It is recommended that all students have at least a basic knowledge of networking (as exhibited
in Net+, CCNA, CNA, or) prior to enrolling in the course. Course Outline Radio Frequency
(RF) Fundamentals
RF behavior and properties
Principles of antennas
RF math calculations
Link budgets and system operating margins Spread Spectrum Technologies
Uses of Spread Spectrum
Frequency Hopping (FHSS)
Direct Sequencing (DSSS)
Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM)
Packet Binary Convolutional Coding (PBCC)
Comparing DSSS, FHSS, PBCC, and OFDM
Co-location and throughput analysis
Chipping code, processing gain, and spreading functions Channels, data rates, ranges,and
comparisons Channel reuse in pure and mixed environments. Hardware Installation,
Configuration, and Management
Access points
Wireless bridges
Wireless workgroup bridges
392
an Infrastructure Environment In this exercise, RF cell sizing and ARS will be demonstrated.
Cell sizing is important for seamless connectivity while roaming and for security purposes. ARS
is the wireless LAN client's ability to increase or decrease the data rate of the wireless connection
in order to maintain optimum connectivity with the access point. Environmental factors will be
analyzed. A basic site survey will be performed during this lab exercise using 802.11a/b/g
technologies. Lab 5: Co-Channel and Adjacent Channel Interference In this exercise, the
effects of co-channel and adjacent channel interference are demonstrated and explained.
Throughput tests using FTP and throughput measurement software are performed using fullyoverlapping,partially-overlapping,andnon-overlapping channels. Effects are analyzed and
compared for DSSS and OFDM environments. Lab 6: Rudimentary Security Features In this
exercise, the security features that are specified in the IEEE 802.11 standard and the new WPA
1.0 interoperability standard are demonstrated in a mobile environment. Wireless clients attempt
roaming between access points while using like and different Service Set Identifiers (SSIDs),
MAC filters, Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP) and Wi-Fi Protected Access (WPA) using Preshared Keys (WPA-PSK). Configuration, use, and security issues are discussed, explained, and
demonstrated in 802.11a/b/g environments. Lab 7: Dynamic WEP Keys and Mutual
Authentication using 802.1x/EAP and RADIUS The need for wireless security stronger than
that which is available in static WEP or WPA-PSK is explained. Port-based access control with
EAP authentication is also demonstrated and explained. Cisco's proprietary Lightweight EAP is
used with RADIUS for scalability of authentication. The 802.1x/LEAP association process is
analyzed and rotating unicast and broadcast keys are explained. User-based authentication is
demonstrated and compared to MAC-based authentication used in the 802.11 standard. Lab 8:
Wireless VPNs using PPTP tunnels and RADIUS In this exercise, the access point is the VPN
tunnel server and the PPTP VPN client software built into Microsoft Windows is used to
establish an encrypted VPN tunnel from the wireless client to the access point. The access point
then sends the authentication request to a RADIUS server and a tunnel is established. Use of the
PPTP protocol with encryption in a wireless environment is discussed and explained. Course
Fees does not include Examination Charges
Course Duration
Enquire About this
40 sessions of 1 hr. each
course
395
i. LINUX
Basics of Linux - RH-302 (Basic) - Redhat Linux Fundamental
Linux System Administration-RH-253/300-Redhat Linux Fundamental
Linux Network Administration-RH-253/300-Redhat Linux Fundamental
View Our Networking Student's Review
Andrew.K
(Uganda)
Jamaldeen.N
(Sri Lanka)
1
Steve.S
(Scotland)
S.C.Simon
(UK)
Alan.H
(British)
Course Duration
80 sessions of 1 hr. each
Command-line Interface
User and Group Management
File and Directory Basics
Device & Disk Management (Adding a New Disk, Creating Slices, formatting disks with
ext3/ext2 FS)
Filesystem Management (e2fsck and other utilities)
System Startup and Shutdown
Boot Processes
Creating a Startup Shell Script
Package Management (Using Kpackage and rpm commands)
Process Management
Printer Administration
Backup Administration Course Audience: The course is intended for those who want to learn,
pursue a job as System Administrator and Covers all aspects of System Administration. Linux
Network Administration (Approx 40 Hours) (Level III)
Networking Basics
Protocols (TCP/IP)
Configuring Ethernet Interface & TCP/IP
Networking Utilities & Remote Management
NFS (Sharing Directories on Linux)
PPP Configuration
DHCP Configuration & Management
Name service and resolver configuration
DNS Configuration & Management
Apache Web Server Configuration & Management
FTP Configuration
SAMBA (Integrating Linux in Windows Environment)
Linux System Security Linux Optional Modules
AutoFS
NIS (Network Information Service)
Linux kernel (Fundamentals, building, installing, patching)
Modules (Listing, Adding and Removing Modules)
Firewalls
Squid Configuration
IP Masquerading
Sendmail (Configuring a Mail Server) Examination Description RH - 302 The certification
exam consists of three parts conducted in a single day. Two of the three sections of the exam are
performance-based, meaning that candidates must perform tasks on a live system, rather than
answering questions about how one might perform those tasks.
The RHCE Exam consists of three sections:
Section I: Troubleshooting (2.5 hours)
Section II: Multiple Choice (1.0 hour), and
Section III: Installation and Configuration (2.5 hours)
397
In order to pass the Red Hat Certified Engineer exam on Red Hat Linux 9 you must meet the
following requirements:
a) an average score of 80 or higher across all three sections, equally weighted; b) no section
score lower than 50 points;
c) 70 percent or more on the RHCT-level skills and 70 percent or more on the RHCE-level skills
in Section III. This last requirement is new, and enables RHCEs to demonstrate that they possess
both RHCT-level and RHCE-level skills, as well as enabling a person who only has RHCT level
skills to earn RHCT if they pass the required competencies. Linux Study Material
Course Duration
80 sessions of 1 hr. each
Examination Subject
Linux
Examination Fees
No. of Paper
Per Paper IRS.
1
10,000
398
Divesh.I
(Ind)
Ammar.M
(Ind)
Akinsey.K
(Nigeria)
Sameer.R
(Afganistan)
Robert.K
(UK)
Course Duration
190 sessions of 1 hr. each
A+ Certification
For A+ Certification, the examinee must pass both this examination and the A+ Operating
System
Technologies examination. The Core Hardware examination measures essential competencies for
a desktop computer hardware service technician with six months of on-the-job experience. The
examinee must demonstrate basic knowledge of installing, configuring, upgrading,
troubleshooting, and repairing desktop computer systems at the standard defined by this test
specification
399
400
establishing a remote access connection. Diagnose and resolve user access to resources
beyond the remote access server. Troubleshoot Routing and Remote Access routing.
Troubleshoot demand-dial routing. Troubleshoot router-to-router VPNs.
Implementing, Managing, and Maintaining Network Infrastructure and Security
Implement secure network administration procedures. Implement security baseline settings
and audit security settings by using security templates. Implement the principle of least
privilege. Install and configure software update infrastructure. Install and configure software
update services. Install and configure automatic client update settings. Configure software
updates on earlier operating systems. Monitor network protocol security. Tools might include
the IP Security Monitor Microsoft Management Console (MMC) snap-in and Kerberos
support tools. Troubleshoot network protocol security. Tools might include the IP Security
Monitor MMC snap-in, Event Viewer, and Network Monitor. Monitor network traffic. Tools
might include Network Monitor and System Monitor. Troubleshoot connectivity to the
Internet. Troubleshoot server services. Diagnose and resolve issues related to service
dependency. Use service recovery options to diagnose and resolve service-related issues
Planning Windows 2003 Server Network Infrastructure (70-293)
Planning and Implementing Server Roles and Server Security
Configure security for servers that are assigned specific roles. Plan a secure baseline
installation. Plan a strategy to enforce system default security settings on new systems.
Identify client operating system default security settings. Identify all server operating system
default security settings. Plan security for servers that are assigned specific roles. Roles might
include domain controllers, Web servers, database servers, and mail servers. Deploy the
security configuration for servers that are assigned specific roles. Create custom security
templates based on server roles. Evaluate and select the operating system to install on
computers in an enterprise. Identify the minimum configuration to satisfy security
requirements.
Planning, Implementing, and Maintaining a Network Infrastructure
Plan a TCP/IP network infrastructure strategy. Analyze IP addressing requirements. Plan an IP
routing solution. Create an IP subnet scheme. Plan and modify a network topology. Plan the
physical placement of network resources. Identify network protocols to be used. Plan an
Internet connectivity strategy. Troubleshoot connectivity to the Internet. Troubleshoot TCP/IP
addressing. Diagnose and resolve issues related to Network Address Translation (NAT).
Diagnose and resolve issues related to name resolution cache information
Diagnose and resolve issues related to client configuration. Diagnose and resolve issues
related to client computer configuration. Diagnose and resolve issues related to DHCP server
address assignment. Plan a host name resolution strategy. Plan a DNS namespace design. Plan
zone replication requirements. Plan a forwarding configuration. Plan for DNS security.
Examine the interoperability of DNS with third-party DNS solutions. Plan a NetBIOS name
resolution strategy. Plan a WINS replication strategy. Plan NetBIOS name resolution by using
405
the Lmhosts file. Troubleshoot host name resolution. Diagnose and resolve issues related to
DNS services.
Diagnose and resolve issues related to client computer configuration
Planning, Implementing, and Maintaining Routing and Remote Access
Plan a routing strategy. Plan routing for IP multicast traffic. Identify routing protocols to use
in a specified environment. Plan security for remote access users. Plan remote access policies.
Analyze protocol security requirements. Plan authentication methods for remote access
clients. Implement secure access between private networks. Create and implement an IPSec
policy. Troubleshoot TCP/IP routing. Tools might include the route, tracert, ping, pathping,
and netsh commands and Network Monitor.
Planning, Implementing, and Maintaining Server Availability
Configure Active Directory service for certificate publication. Plan a public key infrastructure
(PKI) that uses Certificate Services. Identify the appropriate type of certificate authority to
support certificate issuance requirements. Plan the enrollment and distribution of certificates.
Plan for the use of smart cards for authentication. Plan a framework for planning and
implementing security. Plan for security monitoring. Plan a change and configuration
management framework for security. Plan a security update infrastructure. Tools might
include Microsoft Baseline Security Analyzer and Microsoft Software Update Services. Plan
network traffic monitoring. Tools might include Network Monitor and System Monitor.
Planning & Implementing Active Directory Infrastructure (70-294)
Planning and Implementing an Active Directory Infrastructure
Plan a strategy for placing global catalog servers. Evaluate network traffic considerations
when placing global catalog servers. Evaluate the need to enable universal group caching.
Plan flexible operations master role placement. Plan for business continuity of operations
master roles. Identify operations master role dependencies. Implement an Active Directory
service forest and domain structure. Create the forest root domain. Create a child domain.
Create and configure Application Data Partitions. Install and configure an Active Directory
domain controller. Set an Active Directory forest and domain functional level based on
requirements. Establish trust relationships. Types of trust relationships might include external
trusts, shortcut trusts, and cross-forest trusts. Implement an Active Directory site topology.
Configure site links. Configure preferred bridgehead servers.
Managing and Maintaining an Active Directory Infrastructure
Manage an Active Directory forest and domain structure. Manage trust relationships. Manage
schema modifications. Add or remove a UPN suffix. Manage an Active Directory site.
Configure site boundaries. Configure replication schedules. Configure site link costs
Monitor Active Directory replication failures. Tools might include Replication Monitor, Event
Viewer, and support tools. Monitor Active Directory replication. Monitor File Replication
406
service (FRS) replication. Restore Active Directory services. Perform an authoritative restore
operation. Perform a non-authoritative restore operation. Troubleshoot Active Directory.
Diagnose and resolve issues related to Active Directory replication. Diagnose and resolve
issues related to operations master role failure. Diagnose and resolve issues related to the
Active Directory database.
Planning and Implementing User, Computer, and Group Strategies
Plan Group Policy strategy. Plan a Group Policy strategy by using Resultant Set of Policy
(RSoP) Planning mode. Plan a strategy for configuring the user environment by using Group
Policy. Plan a strategy for configuring the computer environment by using Group Policy.
Configure the user environment by using Group Policy. Distribute software by using Group
Policy. Automatically enroll user certificates by using Group Policy. Redirect folders by using
Group Policy. Configure user security settings by using Group Policy. Deploy a computer
environment by using Group Policy. Distribute software by using Group Policy.
Automatically enroll computer certificates by using Group Policy. Configure computer
security settings by using Group Policy. Managing and Maintaining Group Policy
Troubleshoot issues related to Group Policy application deployment. Tools might include
RSoP and the gpresult command. Maintain installed software by using Group Policy.
Distribute updates to software distributed by Group Policy. Configure automatic updates for
network clients by using Group Policy. Troubleshoot the application of Group Policy security
settings. Tools might include RSoP and the gpresult command.
Designing Active Directory & Network Infrastructure (70-297)
Creating the Conceptual Design by Gathering and Analyzing Business and Technical
Requirements
Environment. Analyze current network administration model. Analyze network requirements.
Analyze DNS for Active Directory service implementation. Analyze the current DNS
infrastructure. Analyze the current namespace. Analyze existing network operating system
implementation. Identify the existing domain model. Identify the number and location of
domain controllers on the network. Identify the configuration details of all servers on the
network
Analyze security requirements for the Active Directory service. Analyze current security
policies, standards, and procedures. Identify the impact of Active Directory on the current
security infrastructure. Identify the existing trust relationships.
Identify constraints in the current network infrastructure. Interpret current baseline
performance requirements for each major subsystem. Analyze the impact of the infrastructure
design on the existing technical
Design the Active Directory and Network Services infrastructure to meet business and
technical requirements
407
Create the conceptual design of the Active Directory forest structure. Design the Active
Directory replication strategy. Create the conceptual design of the organizational unit (OU)
structure. Create the conceptual design of the DNS infrastructure. Create the conceptual
design of the WINS infrastructure. Create the conceptual design of the DHCP infrastructure.
Creating the Logical Design for an Active Directory Infrastructure Design an OU structure.
Identify the Group Policy requirements for the OU structure. Design an OU structure for the
purpose of delegating authority. Design a security group strategy. Define the scope of a
security group to meet requirements.
Define user roles. Design a user and computer authentication strategy. Identify common
authentication requirements. Select authentication mechanisms.
Design a user and computer account strategy. Specify account policy requirements. Specify
account requirements for users, computers, administrators, and services. Design an Active
Directory naming strategy.
Identify NetBIOS naming requirements. Design migration paths to Active Directory. Define
whether the migration will include an in-place upgrade, domain restructuring, or migration to
a new Active Directory environment.
Design the administration of Group Policy objects (GPOs).
Creating the Logical Design for a Network Services Infrastructure
Design a DNS name resolution strategy. Create the namespace design. Identify DNS
interoperability with Active Directory, WINS, and DHCP. Specify zone requirements. Specify
DNS security. Design a DNS strategy for interoperability with UNIX Berkeley Internet Name
Domain (BIND) to support Active Directory. Design a NetBIOS name resolution strategy.
Design a WINS replication strategy
Design security for remote access users.
Design remote access policies. Specify logging and auditing settings. Design a DNS service
implementation. Design a strategy for DNS zone storage. Specify the use of DNS server
options. Identify the registration requirements of specific DNS records. Design a remote
access strategy. Specify the remote access method. Specify the authentication method for
remote access. Design an IP address assignment strategy. Specify DHCP integration with
DNS infrastructure. Specify DHCP interoperability with client types.
Creating the Physical Design for an Active Directory and Network Infrastructure
Design DNS service placement. Design an Active Directory implementation plan. Design the
placement of domain controllers and global catalog servers. Plan the placement of flexible
operations master roles. Select the domain controller creation process. Specify the server
specifications to meet system requirements. Design Internet connectivity for a company.
Design a network and routing topology for a company. Design a TCP/IP addressing scheme
through the use of IP subnets. Specify the placement of routers. Design IP address assignment
by using DHCP. Design a perimeter network. Design the remote access infrastructure. Plan
capacity. Ascertain network settings required to access resources. Design for availability,
408
Course Duration
190 sessions of 1 hr. each
Examination Fees
Examination
Subject
Per Paper
IRS.
Per Paper
US$
MCSE
A+ Certification
2,500
6,550
50
145
Total
No. of Papers Exam Fees
IRS.
7
17,500
2
13,000
Total 30,500
Total Exam
Fees
US $
350
290
640
410
Divesh.I
(Ind)
Ammar.M
(Ind)
1
Akinsey.K
(Nigeria)
Robert.K
(UK)
Sameer.R
(Afganistan)
Course Duration
240 sessions of 1 hr.
Enquire About this
each
course
A+ Certification For A+ Certification, the examinee must pass both this examination and the
A+ Operating System
Technologies examination. The Core Hardware examination measures essential competencies for
a desktop computer hardware service technician with six months of on-the-job experience. The
examinee must demonstrate basic knowledge of installing, configuring, upgrading,
troubleshooting, and repairing desktop computer systems at the standard defined by this test
specification
Contents (Chapters Covered) :-
Course
Installing
support. Configure multiple-language support for users. Configure local settings. Configure
Windows XP Professional for multiple locations. Manage applications by using Windows
Installer packages. Configure Internet and Remote Access and VPN connectivity Implementing
and Conducting Administration of Resources Monitor, manage, and troubleshoot access to files
and folders. Configure, manage, and troubleshoot file compression. Control access to files and
folders by using permissions. Optimize access to files and folders. Manage and troubleshoot
access to shared folders. Create and remove shared folders. Control access to shared folders by
using permissions. Manage and troubleshoot Web server resources. Connect to local and network
print devices. Manage printers and print jobs. Control access to printers by using permissions.
Connect to an Internet printer. Connect to a local print device. Configure and manage file
systems. Convert from one file system to another file system. Configure NTFS, FAT32, or FAT
file systems. Manage and troubleshoot access to and synchronization of offline files
Implementing, Managing, Monitoring, and Troubleshooting Hardware Devices and Drivers
Implement, manage, and troubleshoot disk devices. Install, configure, and manage DVD and
CD-ROM devices. Monitor and configure disks. Monitor, configure, and troubleshoot volumes.
Monitor and configure removable media, such as tape devices. Implement, manage, and
troubleshoot display devices. Configure multiple-display support. Install, configure, and
troubleshoot a video adapter. Configure Advanced Configuration Power Interface (ACPI).
Implement, manage, and troubleshoot input and output (I/O) devices. Monitor, configure, and
troubleshoot I/O devices, such as printers, scanners, multimedia devices, mouse, keyboard, and
smart card reader. Monitor, configure, and troubleshoot multimedia hardware, such as cameras.
Install, configure, and manage modems. Install, configure, and manage Infrared Data Association
(IrDA) devices. Install, configure, and manage wireless devices. Install, configure, and manage
USB devices. Install, configure, and manage hand held devices.
Install, configure, and manage network adapters. Manage and troubleshoot drivers and driver
signing. Monitor and configure multiprocessor computers. Monitoring and Optimizing System
Performance and Reliability
Monitor, optimize, and troubleshoot performance of the Windows XP Professional desktop.
Optimize and troubleshoot memory performance. Optimize and troubleshoot processor
utilization. Optimize and troubleshoot disk performance. Optimize and troubleshoot application
performance Configure, manage, and troubleshoot Scheduled Tasks. Manage, monitor, and
optimize system performance for mobile users. Restore and back up the operating system,
System State data, and user data. Recover System State data and user data by using Windows
Backup. Troubleshoot system restoration by starting in safe mode. Recover System State data
and user data by using the Recovery console Implementing, Managing, and Troubleshooting
Network Protocol Services
Configure and troubleshoot the TCP/IP protocol. Connect to computers by using dial-up
networking. Connect to computers by using a virtual private network (VPN) connection. Create a
dial-up connection to connect to a remote access server. Connect to the Internet by using dial-up
networking. Configure and troubleshoot Internet Connection Sharing (ICS). Connect to resources
by using Internet Explorer. Configure, manage, and implement Internet Information Services
(IIS). Configure, manage, and troubleshoot Remote Desktop and Remote Assistance. Configure,
manage, and troubleshoot an Internet Connection Firewall (ICF). Managing Windows Server
Server (70-290)
anaging and Maintaining Physical and Logical Devices
413
Tools might include Device Manager, the Hardware Troubleshooting Wizard, and appropriate
Control Panel items.
Manage basic disks and dynamic disks.
Optimize server disk performance.
Implement a RAID solution
De-fragment volumes and partitions.
Monitor and Troubleshoot server hardware devices.
Install and configure server hardware devices.
Configure driver-signing options.
Configure device properties and resource settings for a device.
Diagnose and resolve issues related to server hardware settings and hardware device driver
upgrades.
Managing Users, Computers, and Groups
Manage local, roaming, and mandatory user profiles.
Create and manage computer accounts in an Active Directory environment.
Create and manage groups. Identify and modify the scope of a group.
Find domain groups in which a user is a member. Manage group membership.
Create and modify groups by using the Active Directory Users and Computers Microsoft
Management Console (MMC) snap-in.
Create and modify groups by using automation.
Create and manage user accounts. Import user accounts.
Create and modify user accounts by using the Active Directory Users and Computers
Managing and Maintaining Access to Resources
Troubleshoot user authentication issues.
Troubleshoot Terminal Services.
Diagnose and resolve issues related to Terminal Services security.
Diagnose and resolve issues related to client access to Terminal Services.
Configure access to shared folders. Manage shared folder permissions.
Configure file system permissions.
Verify effective permissions when granting permissions.
Change ownership of files and folders.
Troubleshoot access to files and shared folders.
Troubleshoot print queues.
Manage a Web server. Manage Internet Information Services (IIS).
Manage security for IIS.
Managing and Maintaining a Server Environment
Monitor and analyze events. Tools might include Event Viewer and System Monitor.
Manage software update infrastructure. Manage software site licensing.
Manage servers remotely. Manage a server by using Remote Assistance.
Manage a server by using Terminal Services remote administration mode
Manage a server by using available support tools.
Monitor system performance.
Monitor file and print servers. Tools might include Task Manager, Event Viewer, and System
Monitor.
Monitor disk quotas. Monitor print queues. Monitor server hardware for bottlenecks.
Monitor and optimize a server environment for application performance.
414
network protocol security. Tools might include the IP Security Monitor MMC snap-in, Event
Viewer, and Network Monitor. Monitor network traffic. Tools might include Network Monitor
and System Monitor. Troubleshoot connectivity to the Internet. Troubleshoot server services.
Diagnose and resolve issues related to service dependency. Use service recovery options to
diagnose and resolve service-related issues Planning Windows 2003 Server Network
Infrastructure (70-293) Planning and Implementing Server Roles and Server Security
Configure security for servers that are assigned specific roles. Plan a secure baseline installation.
Plan a strategy to enforce system default security settings on new systems. Identify client
operating system default security settings. Identify all server operating system default security
settings. Plan security for servers that are assigned specific roles. Roles might include domain
controllers, Web servers, database servers, and mail servers. Deploy the security configuration
for servers that are assigned specific roles. Create custom security templates based on server
roles. Evaluate and select the operating system to install on computers in an enterprise. Identify
the minimum configuration to satisfy security requirements. Planning, Implementing, and
Maintaining a Network Infrastructure
Plan a TCP/IP network infrastructure strategy. Analyze IP addressing requirements. Plan an IP
routing solution. Create an IP subnet scheme. Plan and modify a network topology. Plan the
physical placement of network resources. Identify network protocols to be used. Plan an Internet
connectivity strategy. Troubleshoot connectivity to the Internet. Troubleshoot TCP/IP addressing.
Diagnose and resolve issues related to Network Address Translation (NAT). Diagnose and
resolve issues related to name resolution cache information Diagnose and resolve issues related
to client configuration. Diagnose and resolve issues related to client computer configuration.
Diagnose and resolve issues related to DHCP server address assignment. Plan a host name
resolution strategy. Plan a DNS namespace design. Plan zone replication requirements. Plan a
forwarding configuration. Plan for DNS security. Examine the interoperability of DNS with
third-party DNS solutions. Plan a NetBIOS name resolution strategy. Plan a WINS replication
strategy. Plan NetBIOS name resolution by using the Lmhosts file. Troubleshoot host name
resolution. Diagnose and resolve issues related to DNS services. Diagnose and resolve issues
related to client computer configuration
Planning, Implementing, and Maintaining Routing and Remote Access
Plan a routing strategy. Plan routing for IP multicast traffic. Identify routing protocols to use in a
specified environment. Plan security for remote access users. Plan remote access policies.
Analyze protocol security requirements. Plan authentication methods for remote access clients.
Implement secure access between private networks. Create and implement an IPSec policy.
Troubleshoot TCP/IP routing. Tools might include the route, tracert, ping, pathping, and netsh
commands and Network Monitor.
Planning, Implementing, and Maintaining Server Availability Configure Active Directory
service for certificate publication. Plan a public key infrastructure (PKI) that uses Certificate
Services. Identify the appropriate type of certificate authority to support certificate issuance
requirements. Plan the enrollment and distribution of certificates. Plan for the use of smart cards
for authentication. Plan a framework for planning and implementing security. Plan for security
monitoring. Plan a change and configuration management framework for security. Plan a security
update infrastructure. Tools might include Microsoft Baseline Security Analyzer and Microsoft
Software Update Services. Plan network traffic monitoring. Tools might include Network
Monitor and System Monitor. Planning & Implementing Active Directory Infrastructure (70294) Planning and Implementing an Active Directory Infrastructure Plan a strategy for
416
placing global catalog servers. Evaluate network traffic considerations when placing global
catalog servers. Evaluate the need to enable universal group caching. Plan flexible operations
master role placement. Plan for business continuity of operations master roles. Identify
operations master role dependencies. Implement an Active Directory service forest and domain
structure. Create the forest root domain. Create a child domain. Create and configure Application
Data Partitions. Install and configure an Active Directory domain controller. Set an Active
Directory forest and domain functional level based on requirements. Establish trust relationships.
Types of trust relationships might include external trusts, shortcut trusts, and cross-forest trusts.
Implement an Active Directory site topology. Configure site links. Configure preferred
bridgehead servers. Managing and Maintaining an Active Directory Infrastructure
Manage an Active Directory forest and domain structure. Manage trust relationships. Manage
schema modifications. Add or remove a UPN suffix. Manage an Active Directory site. Configure
site boundaries. Configure replication schedules. Configure site link costs Monitor Active
Directory replication failures. Tools might include Replication Monitor, Event Viewer, and
support tools. Monitor Active Directory replication. Monitor File Replication service (FRS)
replication. Restore Active Directory services. Perform an authoritative restore operation.
Perform a non-authoritative restore operation. Troubleshoot Active Directory. Diagnose and
resolve issues related to Active Directory replication. Diagnose and resolve issues related to
operations master role failure. Diagnose and resolve issues related to the Active Directory
database.
Planning and Implementing User, Computer, and Group Strategies Plan Group Policy
strategy. Plan a Group Policy strategy by using Resultant Set of Policy (RSoP) Planning mode.
Plan a strategy for configuring the user environment by using Group Policy. Plan a strategy for
configuring the computer environment by using Group Policy. Configure the user environment
by using Group Policy. Distribute software by using Group Policy. Automatically enroll user
certificates by using Group Policy. Redirect folders by using Group Policy. Configure user
security settings by using Group Policy. Deploy a computer environment by using Group Policy.
Distribute software by using Group Policy. Automatically enroll computer certificates by using
Group Policy. Configure computer security settings by using Group Policy. Managing and
Maintaining Group Policy Troubleshoot issues related to Group Policy application deployment.
Tools might include RSoP and the gpresult command. Maintain installed software by using
Group Policy. Distribute updates to software distributed by Group Policy. Configure automatic
updates for network clients by using Group Policy. Troubleshoot the application of Group Policy
security settings. Tools might include RSoP and the gpresult command. Designing Active
Directory & Network Infrastructure (70-297) Creating the Conceptual Design by Gathering
and Analyzing Business and Technical Requirements
Environment. Analyze current network administration model. Analyze network requirements.
Analyze DNS for Active Directory service implementation. Analyze the current DNS
infrastructure. Analyze the current namespace. Analyze existing network operating system
implementation. Identify the existing domain model. Identify the number and location of domain
controllers on the network. Identify the configuration details of all servers on the network
Analyze security requirements for the Active Directory service. Analyze current security
policies, standards, and procedures. Identify the impact of Active Directory on the current
security infrastructure. Identify the existing trust relationships.
Identify constraints in the current network infrastructure. Interpret current baseline
performance requirements for each major subsystem. Analyze the impact of the infrastructure
417
CCNA
The following topics are general guidelines for the content likely to be included on the CCNA
exam. However, other related topics may also appear on any specific delivery of the exam.
Describe how a network works
Describe the purpose and functions of various network devices
Select the components required to meet a network specification
Use the OSI and TCP/IP models and their associated protocols to explain how data flows in a
network
Describe common networked applications including web applications
Describe the purpose and basic operation of the protocols in the OSI and TCP models
Describe the impact of applications (Voice Over IP and Video Over IP) on a network
Interpret network diagrams
Determine the path between two hosts across a network
Describe the components required for network and Internet communications
Identify and correct common network problems at layers 1, 2, 3 and 7 using a layered model
419
approach
Differentiate between LAN/WAN operation and features
Configure, verify and troubleshoot a switch with VLANs and interswitch communications
Select the appropriate media, cables, ports, and connectors to connect switches to other
network devices and hosts
Explain the technology and media access control method for Ethernet networks
Explain network segmentation and basic traffic management concepts
Explain basic switching concepts and the operation of Cisco switches
Perform and verify initial switch configuration tasks including remote access management
Verify network status and switch operation using basic utilities (including: ping, traceroute,
telnet, SSH, arp, ipconfig), SHOW & DEBUG commands
Identify, prescribe, and resolve common switched network media issues, configuration issues,
auto negotiation, and switch hardware failures
Describe enhanced switching technologies (including: VTP, RSTP, VLAN, PVSTP, 802.1q)
Describe how VLANs create logically separate networks and the need for routing between
them
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot VLANs
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot trunking on Cisco switches
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot interVLAN routing
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot VTP
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot RSTP operation
Interpret the output of various show and debug commands to verify the operational status of a
Cisco switched network.
Implement basic switch security (including: port security, trunk access, management vlan
other than vlan1, etc.)
Implement an IP addressing scheme and IP Services to meet network requirements in a
medium-size Enterprise branch office network.
Describe the operation and benefits of using private and public IP addressing
Explain the operation and benefits of using DHCP and DNS
Configure, verify and troubleshoot DHCP and DNS operation on a router.(including:
CLI/SDM)
Implement static and dynamic addressing services for hosts in a LAN environment
Calculate and apply an addressing scheme including VLSM IP addressing design to a network
Determine the appropriate classless addressing scheme using VLSM and summarization to
satisfy addressing requirements in a LAN/WAN environment
Describe the technological requirements for running IPv6 in conjunction with IPv4
(including: protocols, dual stack, tunneling, etc).
Describe IPv6 addresses
Identify and correct common problems associated with IP addressing and host configurations
420
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot basic router operation and routing on Cisco devices
Describe basic routing concepts (including: packet forwarding, router lookup process)
Describe the operation of Cisco routers (including: router bootup process, POST, router
components)
Select the appropriate media, cables, ports, and connectors to connect routers to other network
devices and hosts
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot RIPv2
Access and utilize the router to set basic parameters.(including: CLI/SDM)
Connect, configure, and verify operation status of a device interface
Verify device configuration and network connectivity using ping, traceroute, telnet, SSH or
other utilities
Perform and verify routing configuration tasks for a static or default route given specific
routing requirements
Manage IOS configuration files. (including: save, edit, upgrade, restore)
Manage Cisco IOS.
Compare and contrast methods of routing and routing protocols
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot OSPF
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot EIGRP
Verify network connectivity (including: using ping, traceroute, and telnet or SSH)
Troubleshoot routing issues
Verify router hardware and software operation using SHOW & DEBUG commands.
Implement basic router security
Explain and select the appropriate administrative tasks required for a WLAN
Describe standards associated with wireless media (including: IEEE WI-FI Alliance,
ITU/FCC)
Identify and describe the purpose of the components in a small wireless network. (Including:
SSID, BSS, ESS)
Identify the basic parameters to configure on a wireless network to ensure that devices
connect to the correct access point
Compare and contrast wireless security features and capabilities of WPA security (including:
open, WEP, WPA-1/2)
Identify common issues with implementing wireless networks. (Including: Interface,
missconfiguration)
Identify security threats to a network and describe general methods to mitigate those
threats
Describe today's increasing network security threats and explain the need to implement a
comprehensive security policy to mitigate the threats
Explain general methods to mitigate common security threats to network devices, hosts, and
applications
421
Test
Information
Who Should take this exam?
CCNA: Cisco Certified Network Associate Study Guide (3rd Edition) by Todd Lammle
Course Fees does not include Examination Charges
Course Duration
240 sessions of 1 hr. each
Examination Fees
Examination Subject
Per Paper
IRS.
Per Paper
US$
No. of Papers
Total Exam
Fees
423
IRS.
MCSE
2,500
50
17,500
350
A+ Certification
6,550
145
13,000
290
CCNA
6,750
150
1 or 2
6,750
150
38,000
790
Total
For Individual Training as per your schedule add 30% to the mentioned tution fees
A+ Certification
MCSE 2003
CCNA
LINUX
Andrew.K
(Uganda)
Jamaldeen.N
(Sri Lanka)
1
Steve.S
(Scotland)
S.C.Simon
(UK)
Alan.H
(British)
Course Duration
320 sessions of 1 hr.
Enquire About this
each
course
A+ Certification For A+ Certification, the examinee must pass both this examination and the
A+ Operating System
Technologies examination. The Core Hardware examination measures essential competencies for
a desktop computer hardware service technician with six months of on-the-job experience. The
examinee must demonstrate basic knowledge of installing, configuring, upgrading,
troubleshooting, and repairing desktop computer systems at the standard defined by this test
424
specification
Contents (Chapters Covered) :-
Course
Installing
performance Configure, manage, and troubleshoot Scheduled Tasks. Manage, monitor, and
optimize system performance for mobile users. Restore and back up the operating system,
System State data, and user data. Recover System State data and user data by using Windows
Backup. Troubleshoot system restoration by starting in safe mode. Recover System State data
and user data by using the Recovery console Implementing, Managing, and Troubleshooting
Network Protocol Services
Configure and troubleshoot the TCP/IP protocol. Connect to computers by using dial-up
networking. Connect to computers by using a virtual private network (VPN) connection. Create a
dial-up connection to connect to a remote access server. Connect to the Internet by using dial-up
networking. Configure and troubleshoot Internet Connection Sharing (ICS). Connect to resources
by using Internet Explorer. Configure, manage, and implement Internet Information Services
(IIS). Configure, manage, and troubleshoot Remote Desktop and Remote Assistance. Configure,
manage, and troubleshoot an Internet Connection Firewall (ICF). Managing Windows Server
Server (70-290)
anaging and Maintaining Physical and Logical Devices
Tools might include Device Manager, the Hardware Troubleshooting Wizard, and appropriate
Control Panel items.
Manage basic disks and dynamic disks.
Optimize server disk performance.
Implement a RAID solution
De-fragment volumes and partitions.
Monitor and Troubleshoot server hardware devices.
Install and configure server hardware devices.
Configure driver-signing options.
Configure device properties and resource settings for a device.
Diagnose and resolve issues related to server hardware settings and hardware device driver
upgrades.
Managing Users, Computers, and Groups
Manage local, roaming, and mandatory user profiles.
Create and manage computer accounts in an Active Directory environment.
Create and manage groups. Identify and modify the scope of a group.
Find domain groups in which a user is a member. Manage group membership.
Create and modify groups by using the Active Directory Users and Computers Microsoft
Management Console (MMC) snap-in.
Create and modify groups by using automation.
Create and manage user accounts. Import user accounts.
Create and modify user accounts by using the Active Directory Users and Computers
Managing and Maintaining Access to Resources
Troubleshoot user authentication issues.
Troubleshoot Terminal Services.
Diagnose and resolve issues related to Terminal Services security.
Diagnose and resolve issues related to client access to Terminal Services.
Configure access to shared folders. Manage shared folder permissions.
Configure file system permissions.
Verify effective permissions when granting permissions.
427
Configure Routing and Remote Access policies to permit or deny access. Manage remote access.
Manage packet filters. Manage Routing and Remote Access routing interfaces. Manage devices
and ports. Manage routing protocols. Manage Routing and Remote Access clients. Manage
TCP/IP routing. Manage routing protocols. Manage routing tables. Manage routing ports.
Implement secure access between private networks. Troubleshoot user access to remote access
services. Diagnose and resolve issues related to remote access VPNs. Diagnose and resolve
issues related to establishing a remote access connection. Diagnose and resolve user access to
resources beyond the remote access server. Troubleshoot Routing and Remote Access routing.
Troubleshoot demand-dial routing. Troubleshoot router-to-router VPNs.
Implementing,
Managing, and Maintaining Network Infrastructure and Security Implement secure network
administration procedures. Implement security baseline settings and audit security settings by
using security templates. Implement the principle of least privilege. Install and configure
software update infrastructure. Install and configure software update services. Install and
configure automatic client update settings. Configure software updates on earlier operating
systems. Monitor network protocol security. Tools might include the IP Security Monitor
Microsoft Management Console (MMC) snap-in and Kerberos support tools. Troubleshoot
network protocol security. Tools might include the IP Security Monitor MMC snap-in, Event
Viewer, and Network Monitor. Monitor network traffic. Tools might include Network Monitor
and System Monitor. Troubleshoot connectivity to the Internet. Troubleshoot server services.
Diagnose and resolve issues related to service dependency. Use service recovery options to
diagnose and resolve service-related issues Planning Windows 2003 Server Network
Infrastructure (70-293) Planning and Implementing Server Roles and Server Security
Configure security for servers that are assigned specific roles. Plan a secure baseline installation.
Plan a strategy to enforce system default security settings on new systems. Identify client
operating system default security settings. Identify all server operating system default security
settings. Plan security for servers that are assigned specific roles. Roles might include domain
controllers, Web servers, database servers, and mail servers. Deploy the security configuration
for servers that are assigned specific roles. Create custom security templates based on server
roles. Evaluate and select the operating system to install on computers in an enterprise. Identify
the minimum configuration to satisfy security requirements. Planning, Implementing, and
Maintaining a Network Infrastructure
Plan a TCP/IP network infrastructure strategy. Analyze IP addressing requirements. Plan an IP
routing solution. Create an IP subnet scheme. Plan and modify a network topology. Plan the
physical placement of network resources. Identify network protocols to be used. Plan an Internet
connectivity strategy. Troubleshoot connectivity to the Internet. Troubleshoot TCP/IP addressing.
Diagnose and resolve issues related to Network Address Translation (NAT). Diagnose and
resolve issues related to name resolution cache information Diagnose and resolve issues related
to client configuration. Diagnose and resolve issues related to client computer configuration.
Diagnose and resolve issues related to DHCP server address assignment. Plan a host name
resolution strategy. Plan a DNS namespace design. Plan zone replication requirements. Plan a
forwarding configuration. Plan for DNS security. Examine the interoperability of DNS with
third-party DNS solutions. Plan a NetBIOS name resolution strategy. Plan a WINS replication
strategy. Plan NetBIOS name resolution by using the Lmhosts file. Troubleshoot host name
resolution. Diagnose and resolve issues related to DNS services. Diagnose and resolve issues
related to client computer configuration
Planning, Implementing, and Maintaining Routing and Remote Access
429
Plan a routing strategy. Plan routing for IP multicast traffic. Identify routing protocols to use in a
specified environment. Plan security for remote access users. Plan remote access policies.
Analyze protocol security requirements. Plan authentication methods for remote access clients.
Implement secure access between private networks. Create and implement an IPSec policy.
Troubleshoot TCP/IP routing. Tools might include the route, tracert, ping, pathping, and netsh
commands and Network Monitor.
Planning, Implementing, and Maintaining Server Availability Configure Active Directory
service for certificate publication. Plan a public key infrastructure (PKI) that uses Certificate
Services. Identify the appropriate type of certificate authority to support certificate issuance
requirements. Plan the enrollment and distribution of certificates. Plan for the use of smart cards
for authentication. Plan a framework for planning and implementing security. Plan for security
monitoring. Plan a change and configuration management framework for security. Plan a security
update infrastructure. Tools might include Microsoft Baseline Security Analyzer and Microsoft
Software Update Services. Plan network traffic monitoring. Tools might include Network
Monitor and System Monitor. Planning & Implementing Active Directory Infrastructure (70294)
Planning and Implementing an Active Directory Infrastructure Plan a strategy for
placing global catalog servers. Evaluate network traffic considerations when placing global
catalog servers. Evaluate the need to enable universal group caching. Plan flexible operations
master role placement. Plan for business continuity of operations master roles. Identify
operations master role dependencies. Implement an Active Directory service forest and domain
structure. Create the forest root domain. Create a child domain. Create and configure Application
Data Partitions. Install and configure an Active Directory domain controller. Set an Active
Directory forest and domain functional level based on requirements. Establish trust relationships.
Types of trust relationships might include external trusts, shortcut trusts, and cross-forest trusts.
Implement an Active Directory site topology. Configure site links. Configure preferred
bridgehead servers. Managing and Maintaining an Active Directory Infrastructure
Manage an Active Directory forest and domain structure. Manage trust relationships. Manage
schema modifications. Add or remove a UPN suffix. Manage an Active Directory site. Configure
site boundaries. Configure replication schedules. Configure site link costs Monitor Active
Directory replication failures. Tools might include Replication Monitor, Event Viewer, and
support tools. Monitor Active Directory replication. Monitor File Replication service (FRS)
replication. Restore Active Directory services. Perform an authoritative restore operation.
Perform a non-authoritative restore operation. Troubleshoot Active Directory. Diagnose and
resolve issues related to Active Directory replication. Diagnose and resolve issues related to
operations master role failure. Diagnose and resolve issues related to the Active Directory
database.
Planning and Implementing User, Computer, and Group Strategies Plan Group Policy
strategy. Plan a Group Policy strategy by using Resultant Set of Policy (RSoP) Planning mode.
Plan a strategy for configuring the user environment by using Group Policy. Plan a strategy for
configuring the computer environment by using Group Policy. Configure the user environment
by using Group Policy. Distribute software by using Group Policy. Automatically enroll user
certificates by using Group Policy. Redirect folders by using Group Policy. Configure user
security settings by using Group Policy. Deploy a computer environment by using Group Policy.
Distribute software by using Group Policy. Automatically enroll computer certificates by using
Group Policy. Configure computer security settings by using Group Policy. Managing and
Maintaining Group Policy Troubleshoot issues related to Group Policy application deployment.
430
Tools might include RSoP and the gpresult command. Maintain installed software by using
Group Policy. Distribute updates to software distributed by Group Policy. Configure automatic
updates for network clients by using Group Policy. Troubleshoot the application of Group Policy
security settings. Tools might include RSoP and the gpresult command. Designing Active
Directory & Network Infrastructure (70-297) Creating the Conceptual Design by Gathering
and Analyzing Business and Technical Requirements
Environment. Analyze current network administration model. Analyze network requirements.
Analyze DNS for Active Directory service implementation. Analyze the current DNS
infrastructure. Analyze the current namespace. Analyze existing network operating system
implementation. Identify the existing domain model. Identify the number and location of domain
controllers on the network. Identify the configuration details of all servers on the network
Analyze security requirements for the Active Directory service. Analyze current security
policies, standards, and procedures. Identify the impact of Active Directory on the current
security infrastructure. Identify the existing trust relationships.
Identify constraints in the current network infrastructure. Interpret current baseline
performance requirements for each major subsystem. Analyze the impact of the infrastructure
design on the existing technical
Design the Active Directory and Network Services infrastructure to meet business and
technical requirements Create the conceptual design of the Active Directory forest structure.
Design the Active Directory replication strategy. Create the conceptual design of the
organizational unit (OU) structure. Create the conceptual design of the DNS infrastructure.
Create the conceptual design of the WINS infrastructure. Create the conceptual design of the
DHCP infrastructure. Creating the Logical Design for an Active Directory Infrastructure Design
an OU structure. Identify the Group Policy requirements for the OU structure. Design an OU
structure for the purpose of delegating authority. Design a security group strategy. Define the
scope of a security group to meet requirements. Define user roles. Design a user and computer
authentication strategy. Identify common authentication requirements. Select authentication
mechanisms. Design a user and computer account strategy. Specify account policy
requirements. Specify account requirements for users, computers, administrators, and services.
Design an Active Directory naming strategy. Identify NetBIOS naming requirements. Design
migration paths to Active Directory. Define whether the migration will include an in-place
upgrade, domain restructuring, or migration to a new Active Directory environment. Design the
administration of Group Policy objects (GPOs).
Creating the Logical Design for a Network Services Infrastructure
Design a DNS name resolution strategy. Create the namespace design. Identify DNS
interoperability with Active Directory, WINS, and DHCP. Specify zone requirements. Specify
DNS security. Design a DNS strategy for interoperability with UNIX Berkeley Internet Name
Domain (BIND) to support Active Directory. Design a NetBIOS name resolution strategy.
Design a WINS replication strategy
Design security for remote access users. Design remote access policies. Specify logging and
auditing settings. Design a DNS service implementation. Design a strategy for DNS zone
storage. Specify the use of DNS server options. Identify the registration requirements of specific
DNS records. Design a remote access strategy. Specify the remote access method. Specify the
authentication method for remote access. Design an IP address assignment strategy. Specify
DHCP integration with DNS infrastructure. Specify DHCP interoperability with client types.
Creating the Physical Design for an Active Directory and Network Infrastructure
431
Design DNS service placement. Design an Active Directory implementation plan. Design the
placement of domain controllers and global catalog servers. Plan the placement of flexible
operations master roles. Select the domain controller creation process. Specify the server
specifications to meet system requirements. Design Internet connectivity for a company. Design
a network and routing topology for a company. Design a TCP/IP addressing scheme through the
use of IP subnets. Specify the placement of routers. Design IP address assignment by using
DHCP. Design a perimeter network. Design the remote access infrastructure. Plan capacity.
Ascertain network settings required to access resources. Design for availability, redundancy, and
survivability.
Windows Server 2008 Configuration Training
Make the transition from MCSE: Windows Server 2003 to MCTS: Windows Server 2008
MCTS: Windows Server 2008 - Active Directory Configuration
MCTS: Windows Server 2008 - Network Infrastructure Configuration
MCTS: Windows Server 2008 - Application Platform Configuration
Exam 70-649: TS: Upgrading your MCSE on Windows Server 2003 to MCTS on Windows
Server 2008
Course 6415A: Updating your Network Infrastructure Technology Skills to Windows Server
2008 (three days)
Course 6416A: Updating your Active Directory Technology Skills to Windows Server 2008
(three days)
Course 6417A: Updating your Applications Platform Technology Skills to Windows Server
2008 (three days)
Make the transition from MCSA: Windows Server 2003 to MCTS: Windows Server 2008
Professionals with an MCSA on Windows Server 2003 must pass one exam to become an
MCTS on Windows Server 2008. If you are an MCSAand pass this exam, you will earn two
distinct MCTS certifications:
MCTS: Windows Server 2008 - Active Directory Configuration
MCTS: Windows Server 2008 - Network Infrastructure Configuration
Exam 70-648: TS: Upgrading your MCSA on Windows Server 2003 to MCTS on Windows
Server 2008
Course 6415A: Updating your Network Infrastructure Technology Skills to Windows Server
2008
Course 6416A: Updating your Active Directory Technology Skills to Windows Server 2008
CCNA
The following topics are general guidelines for the content likely to be included on the CCNA
432
exam. However, other related topics may also appear on any specific delivery of the exam.
Describe how a network works
Describe the purpose and functions of various network devices
Select the components required to meet a network specification
Use the OSI and TCP/IP models and their associated protocols to explain how data flows in a
network
Describe common networked applications including web applications
Describe the purpose and basic operation of the protocols in the OSI and TCP models
Describe the impact of applications (Voice Over IP and Video Over IP) on a network
Interpret network diagrams
Determine the path between two hosts across a network
Describe the components required for network and Internet communications
Identify and correct common network problems at layers 1, 2, 3 and 7 using a layered model
approach
Differentiate between LAN/WAN operation and features
Configure, verify and troubleshoot a switch with VLANs and interswitch communications
Select the appropriate media, cables, ports, and connectors to connect switches to other network
devices and hosts
Explain the technology and media access control method for Ethernet networks
Explain network segmentation and basic traffic management concepts
Explain basic switching concepts and the operation of Cisco switches
Perform and verify initial switch configuration tasks including remote access management
Verify network status and switch operation using basic utilities (including: ping, traceroute,
telnet, SSH, arp, ipconfig), SHOW & DEBUG commands
Identify, prescribe, and resolve common switched network media issues, configuration issues,
auto negotiation, and switch hardware failures
Describe enhanced switching technologies (including: VTP, RSTP, VLAN, PVSTP, 802.1q)
Describe how VLANs create logically separate networks and the need for routing between them
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot VLANs
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot trunking on Cisco switches
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot interVLAN routing
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot VTP
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot RSTP operation
Interpret the output of various show and debug commands to verify the operational status of a
Cisco switched network.
Implement basic switch security (including: port security, trunk access, management vlan other
than vlan1, etc.)
Describe the operation and benefits of using private and public IP addressing
Explain the operation and benefits of using DHCP and DNS
Configure, verify and troubleshoot DHCP and DNS operation on a router.(including: CLI/SDM)
Implement static and dynamic addressing services for hosts in a LAN environment
Calculate and apply an addressing scheme including VLSM IP addressing design to a network
Determine the appropriate classless addressing scheme using VLSM and summarization to
satisfy addressing requirements in a LAN/WAN environment
Describe the technological requirements for running IPv6 in conjunction with IPv4 (including:
protocols, dual stack, tunneling, etc).
Describe IPv6 addresses
Identify and correct common problems associated with IP addressing and host configurations
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot basic router operation and routing on Cisco devices
Describe basic routing concepts (including: packet forwarding, router lookup process)
Describe the operation of Cisco routers (including: router bootup process, POST, router
components)
Select the appropriate media, cables, ports, and connectors to connect routers to other network
devices and hosts
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot RIPv2
Access and utilize the router to set basic parameters.(including: CLI/SDM)
Connect, configure, and verify operation status of a device interface
Verify device configuration and network connectivity using ping, traceroute, telnet, SSH or other
utilities
Perform and verify routing configuration tasks for a static or default route given specific routing
requirements
Manage IOS configuration files. (including: save, edit, upgrade, restore)
Manage Cisco IOS.
Compare and contrast methods of routing and routing protocols
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot OSPF
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot EIGRP
Verify network connectivity (including: using ping, traceroute, and telnet or SSH)
Troubleshoot routing issues
Verify router hardware and software operation using SHOW & DEBUG commands.
Implement basic router security
Explain and select the appropriate administrative tasks required for a WLAN
Describe standards associated with wireless media (including: IEEE WI-FI Alliance, ITU/FCC)
Identify and describe the purpose of the components in a small wireless network. (Including:
SSID, BSS, ESS)
434
Identify the basic parameters to configure on a wireless network to ensure that devices connect to
the correct access point
Compare and contrast wireless security features and capabilities of WPA security (including:
open, WEP, WPA-1/2)
Identify common issues with implementing wireless networks. (Including: Interface,
missconfiguration)
Identify security threats to a network and describe general methods to mitigate those
threats
Describe today's increasing network security threats and explain the need to implement a
comprehensive security policy to mitigate the threats
Explain general methods to mitigate common security threats to network devices, hosts, and
applications
Describe the functions of common security appliances and applications
Describe security recommended practices including initial steps to secure network devices
Implement, verify, and troubleshoot NAT and ACLs in a medium-size Enterprise branch
office network.
Describe the purpose and types of ACLs
Configure and apply ACLs based on network filtering requirements.(including: CLI/SDM)
Configure and apply an ACLs to limit telnet and SSH access to the router using (including:
SDM/CLI)
Verify and monitor ACLs in a network environment
Troubleshoot ACL issues
Explain the basic operation of NAT
Configure NAT for given network requirements using (including: CLI/SDM)
Troubleshoot NAT issues
Implement and verify WAN links
Describe different methods for connecting to a WAN
Configure and verify a basic WAN serial connection
Configure and verify Frame Relay on Cisco routers
Troubleshoot WAN implementation issues
Describe VPN technology (including: importance, benefits, role, impact, components)
Configure and verify a PPP connection between Cisco routerss
Exam Spotlight
640 - 821 CCNA Two Part Harmony
435
Exam
Reviewer's Rating
Test
Information
436
CCNA: Cisco Certified Network Associate Study Guide (3rd Edition) by Todd Lammle
LINUX
Basics of Linux
Linux System Administration
Linux Network Administration
Basics of Linux (2 Days - 16 Hours) (Level I)
Introduction to Red Hat Linux
Getting Started
Login in Linux (GUI & Console)
Directory Structure of Linux
Listing Files & Directories (ls)
Creating, Moving & Deleting Files and Directories
Searching for Files (locate & find)
Shells (Working effectively in the Command Line)
File System Basics & File Management
Pipes, Streams & Redirects
Processes Management
Finally the vi Editor
Course Audience:
The course is intended for those who want to learn the very basics of Linux Operating System or
those who want to go for System and Network Administration and don't have any prior
experience on Linux
Linux System Administration (3 Days - 24 Hours) (Level II)
437
Squid Configuration
IP Masquerading
Sendmail (Configuring a Mail Server)
Examination Description RH - 302
The certification exam consists of three parts conducted in a single day. Two of the three sections
of the exam are performance-based, meaning that candidates must perform tasks on a live
system, rather than answering questions about how one might perform those tasks.
The RHCE Exam consists of three sections:
Section I: Troubleshooting (2.5 hours)
Section II: Multiple Choice (1.0 hour), and
Section III: Installation and Configuration (2.5 hours)
In order to pass the Red Hat Certified Engineer exam on Red Hat Linux 9 you must meet the
following requirements:
a) an average score of 80 or higher across all three sections, equally weighted; b) no section
score lower than 50 points;
c) 70 percent or more on the RHCT-level skills and 70 percent or more on the RHCE-level skills
in Section III. This last requirement is new, and enables RHCEs to demonstrate that they possess
both RHCT-level and RHCE-level skills, as well as enabling a person who only has RHCT level
skills to earn RHCT if they pass the required competencies.
Linux Study Material
Course Duration
320 sessions of 1 hr. each
Examination Fees
Per Paper
US$
No. of Papers
Total Exam
Fees
IRS.
2,500
50
17,500
350
6,550
145
13,000
290
Examination Subject
Per Paper
IRS.
MCSE
A+ Certification
439
CCNA
6,750
150
1 or 2
6,750
LINUX
9,000
200
18,000
200
55,250
1000
Total
150
440
For Individual Training as per your schedule add 30% to the mentioned tution fees
A+ Certification
MCSE 2003 / 2008
CCNA
CCNP
View Our Networking Student's Review
Andrew.K
(Uganda)
Jamaldeen.N
(Sri Lanka)
Steve.S
(Scotland)
Alan.H
(British)
S.C.Simon
(UK)
Course Duration
400 sessions of 1 hr. each
A+ Certification
For A+ Certification, the examinee must pass both this examination and the A+ Operating
System
Technologies examination. The Core Hardware examination measures essential competencies for
a desktop computer hardware service technician with six months of on-the-job experience. The
examinee must demonstrate basic knowledge of installing, configuring, upgrading,
troubleshooting, and repairing desktop computer systems at the standard defined by this test
specification
441
442
establishing a remote access connection. Diagnose and resolve user access to resources
beyond the remote access server. Troubleshoot Routing and Remote Access routing.
Troubleshoot demand-dial routing. Troubleshoot router-to-router VPNs.
Implementing, Managing, and Maintaining Network Infrastructure and Security
Implement secure network administration procedures. Implement security baseline settings
and audit security settings by using security templates. Implement the principle of least
privilege. Install and configure software update infrastructure. Install and configure software
update services. Install and configure automatic client update settings. Configure software
updates on earlier operating systems. Monitor network protocol security. Tools might include
the IP Security Monitor Microsoft Management Console (MMC) snap-in and Kerberos
support tools. Troubleshoot network protocol security. Tools might include the IP Security
Monitor MMC snap-in, Event Viewer, and Network Monitor. Monitor network traffic. Tools
might include Network Monitor and System Monitor. Troubleshoot connectivity to the
Internet. Troubleshoot server services. Diagnose and resolve issues related to service
dependency. Use service recovery options to diagnose and resolve service-related issues
Planning Windows 2003 Server Network Infrastructure (70-293)
Planning and Implementing Server Roles and Server Security
Configure security for servers that are assigned specific roles. Plan a secure baseline
installation. Plan a strategy to enforce system default security settings on new systems.
Identify client operating system default security settings. Identify all server operating system
default security settings. Plan security for servers that are assigned specific roles. Roles might
include domain controllers, Web servers, database servers, and mail servers. Deploy the
security configuration for servers that are assigned specific roles. Create custom security
templates based on server roles. Evaluate and select the operating system to install on
computers in an enterprise. Identify the minimum configuration to satisfy security
requirements.
Planning, Implementing, and Maintaining a Network Infrastructure
Plan a TCP/IP network infrastructure strategy. Analyze IP addressing requirements. Plan an IP
routing solution. Create an IP subnet scheme. Plan and modify a network topology. Plan the
physical placement of network resources. Identify network protocols to be used. Plan an
Internet connectivity strategy. Troubleshoot connectivity to the Internet. Troubleshoot TCP/IP
addressing. Diagnose and resolve issues related to Network Address Translation (NAT).
Diagnose and resolve issues related to name resolution cache information
Diagnose and resolve issues related to client configuration. Diagnose and resolve issues
related to client computer configuration. Diagnose and resolve issues related to DHCP server
address assignment. Plan a host name resolution strategy. Plan a DNS namespace design. Plan
zone replication requirements. Plan a forwarding configuration. Plan for DNS security.
Examine the interoperability of DNS with third-party DNS solutions. Plan a NetBIOS name
resolution strategy. Plan a WINS replication strategy. Plan NetBIOS name resolution by using
447
the Lmhosts file. Troubleshoot host name resolution. Diagnose and resolve issues related to
DNS services.
Diagnose and resolve issues related to client computer configuration
Planning, Implementing, and Maintaining Routing and Remote Access
Plan a routing strategy. Plan routing for IP multicast traffic. Identify routing protocols to use
in a specified environment. Plan security for remote access users. Plan remote access policies.
Analyze protocol security requirements. Plan authentication methods for remote access
clients. Implement secure access between private networks. Create and implement an IPSec
policy. Troubleshoot TCP/IP routing. Tools might include the route, tracert, ping, pathping,
and netsh commands and Network Monitor.
Planning, Implementing, and Maintaining Server Availability
Configure Active Directory service for certificate publication. Plan a public key infrastructure
(PKI) that uses Certificate Services. Identify the appropriate type of certificate authority to
support certificate issuance requirements. Plan the enrollment and distribution of certificates.
Plan for the use of smart cards for authentication. Plan a framework for planning and
implementing security. Plan for security monitoring. Plan a change and configuration
management framework for security. Plan a security update infrastructure. Tools might
include Microsoft Baseline Security Analyzer and Microsoft Software Update Services. Plan
network traffic monitoring. Tools might include Network Monitor and System Monitor.
Planning & Implementing Active Directory Infrastructure (70-294)
Planning and Implementing an Active Directory Infrastructure
Plan a strategy for placing global catalog servers. Evaluate network traffic considerations
when placing global catalog servers. Evaluate the need to enable universal group caching.
Plan flexible operations master role placement. Plan for business continuity of operations
master roles. Identify operations master role dependencies. Implement an Active Directory
service forest and domain structure. Create the forest root domain. Create a child domain.
Create and configure Application Data Partitions. Install and configure an Active Directory
domain controller. Set an Active Directory forest and domain functional level based on
requirements. Establish trust relationships. Types of trust relationships might include external
trusts, shortcut trusts, and cross-forest trusts. Implement an Active Directory site topology.
Configure site links. Configure preferred bridgehead servers.
Managing and Maintaining an Active Directory Infrastructure
Manage an Active Directory forest and domain structure. Manage trust relationships. Manage
schema modifications. Add or remove a UPN suffix. Manage an Active Directory site.
Configure site boundaries. Configure replication schedules. Configure site link costs
Monitor Active Directory replication failures. Tools might include Replication Monitor, Event
Viewer, and support tools. Monitor Active Directory replication. Monitor File Replication
448
service (FRS) replication. Restore Active Directory services. Perform an authoritative restore
operation. Perform a non-authoritative restore operation. Troubleshoot Active Directory.
Diagnose and resolve issues related to Active Directory replication. Diagnose and resolve
issues related to operations master role failure. Diagnose and resolve issues related to the
Active Directory database.
Planning and Implementing User, Computer, and Group Strategies
Plan Group Policy strategy. Plan a Group Policy strategy by using Resultant Set of Policy
(RSoP) Planning mode. Plan a strategy for configuring the user environment by using Group
Policy. Plan a strategy for configuring the computer environment by using Group Policy.
Configure the user environment by using Group Policy. Distribute software by using Group
Policy. Automatically enroll user certificates by using Group Policy. Redirect folders by using
Group Policy. Configure user security settings by using Group Policy. Deploy a computer
environment by using Group Policy. Distribute software by using Group Policy.
Automatically enroll computer certificates by using Group Policy. Configure computer
security settings by using Group Policy. Managing and Maintaining Group Policy
Troubleshoot issues related to Group Policy application deployment. Tools might include
RSoP and the gpresult command. Maintain installed software by using Group Policy.
Distribute updates to software distributed by Group Policy. Configure automatic updates for
network clients by using Group Policy. Troubleshoot the application of Group Policy security
settings. Tools might include RSoP and the gpresult command.
Designing Active Directory & Network Infrastructure (70-297)
Creating the Conceptual Design by Gathering and Analyzing Business and Technical
Requirements
Environment. Analyze current network administration model. Analyze network requirements.
Analyze DNS for Active Directory service implementation. Analyze the current DNS
infrastructure. Analyze the current namespace. Analyze existing network operating system
implementation. Identify the existing domain model. Identify the number and location of
domain controllers on the network. Identify the configuration details of all servers on the
network
Analyze security requirements for the Active Directory service. Analyze current security
policies, standards, and procedures. Identify the impact of Active Directory on the current
security infrastructure. Identify the existing trust relationships.
Identify constraints in the current network infrastructure. Interpret current baseline
performance requirements for each major subsystem. Analyze the impact of the infrastructure
design on the existing technical
Design the Active Directory and Network Services infrastructure to meet business and
technical requirements
449
Create the conceptual design of the Active Directory forest structure. Design the Active
Directory replication strategy. Create the conceptual design of the organizational unit (OU)
structure. Create the conceptual design of the DNS infrastructure. Create the conceptual
design of the WINS infrastructure. Create the conceptual design of the DHCP infrastructure.
Creating the Logical Design for an Active Directory Infrastructure Design an OU structure.
Identify the Group Policy requirements for the OU structure. Design an OU structure for the
purpose of delegating authority. Design a security group strategy. Define the scope of a
security group to meet requirements.
Define user roles. Design a user and computer authentication strategy. Identify common
authentication requirements. Select authentication mechanisms.
Design a user and computer account strategy. Specify account policy requirements. Specify
account requirements for users, computers, administrators, and services. Design an Active
Directory naming strategy.
Identify NetBIOS naming requirements. Design migration paths to Active Directory. Define
whether the migration will include an in-place upgrade, domain restructuring, or migration to
a new Active Directory environment.
Design the administration of Group Policy objects (GPOs).
Creating the Logical Design for a Network Services Infrastructure
Design a DNS name resolution strategy. Create the namespace design. Identify DNS
interoperability with Active Directory, WINS, and DHCP. Specify zone requirements. Specify
DNS security. Design a DNS strategy for interoperability with UNIX Berkeley Internet Name
Domain (BIND) to support Active Directory. Design a NetBIOS name resolution strategy.
Design a WINS replication strategy
Design security for remote access users.
Design remote access policies. Specify logging and auditing settings. Design a DNS service
implementation. Design a strategy for DNS zone storage. Specify the use of DNS server
options. Identify the registration requirements of specific DNS records. Design a remote
access strategy. Specify the remote access method. Specify the authentication method for
remote access. Design an IP address assignment strategy. Specify DHCP integration with
DNS infrastructure. Specify DHCP interoperability with client types.
Creating the Physical Design for an Active Directory and Network Infrastructure
Design DNS service placement. Design an Active Directory implementation plan. Design the
placement of domain controllers and global catalog servers. Plan the placement of flexible
operations master roles. Select the domain controller creation process. Specify the server
specifications to meet system requirements. Design Internet connectivity for a company.
Design a network and routing topology for a company. Design a TCP/IP addressing scheme
through the use of IP subnets. Specify the placement of routers. Design IP address assignment
by using DHCP. Design a perimeter network. Design the remote access infrastructure. Plan
capacity. Ascertain network settings required to access resources. Design for availability,
450
Implement basic switch security (including: port security, trunk access, management vlan
other than vlan1, etc.)
Implement an IP addressing scheme and IP Services to meet network requirements in a
medium-size Enterprise branch office network.
Describe the operation and benefits of using private and public IP addressing
Explain the operation and benefits of using DHCP and DNS
Configure, verify and troubleshoot DHCP and DNS operation on a router.(including:
CLI/SDM)
Implement static and dynamic addressing services for hosts in a LAN environment
Calculate and apply an addressing scheme including VLSM IP addressing design to a network
Determine the appropriate classless addressing scheme using VLSM and summarization to
satisfy addressing requirements in a LAN/WAN environment
Describe the technological requirements for running IPv6 in conjunction with IPv4
(including: protocols, dual stack, tunneling, etc).
Describe IPv6 addresses
Identify and correct common problems associated with IP addressing and host configurations
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot basic router operation and routing on Cisco devices
Describe basic routing concepts (including: packet forwarding, router lookup process)
Describe the operation of Cisco routers (including: router bootup process, POST, router
components)
Select the appropriate media, cables, ports, and connectors to connect routers to other network
devices and hosts
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot RIPv2
Access and utilize the router to set basic parameters.(including: CLI/SDM)
Connect, configure, and verify operation status of a device interface
Verify device configuration and network connectivity using ping, traceroute, telnet, SSH or
other utilities
Perform and verify routing configuration tasks for a static or default route given specific
routing requirements
Manage IOS configuration files. (including: save, edit, upgrade, restore)
Manage Cisco IOS.
Compare and contrast methods of routing and routing protocols
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot OSPF
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot EIGRP
Verify network connectivity (including: using ping, traceroute, and telnet or SSH)
Troubleshoot routing issues
Verify router hardware and software operation using SHOW & DEBUG commands.
Implement basic router security
Explain and select the appropriate administrative tasks required for a WLAN
452
Describe standards associated with wireless media (including: IEEE WI-FI Alliance,
ITU/FCC)
Identify and describe the purpose of the components in a small wireless network. (Including:
SSID, BSS, ESS)
Identify the basic parameters to configure on a wireless network to ensure that devices
connect to the correct access point
Compare and contrast wireless security features and capabilities of WPA security (including:
open, WEP, WPA-1/2)
Identify common issues with implementing wireless networks. (Including: Interface,
missconfiguration)
Identify security threats to a network and describe general methods to mitigate those
threats
Describe today's increasing network security threats and explain the need to implement a
comprehensive security policy to mitigate the threats
Explain general methods to mitigate common security threats to network devices, hosts, and
applications
Describe the functions of common security appliances and applications
Describe security recommended practices including initial steps to secure network devices
Implement, verify, and troubleshoot NAT and ACLs in a medium-size Enterprise branch
office network.
Describe the purpose and types of ACLs
Configure and apply ACLs based on network filtering requirements.(including: CLI/SDM)
Configure and apply an ACLs to limit telnet and SSH access to the router using (including:
SDM/CLI)
Verify and monitor ACLs in a network environment
Troubleshoot ACL issues
Explain the basic operation of NAT
Configure NAT for given network requirements using (including: CLI/SDM)
Troubleshoot NAT issues
Implement and verify WAN links
Describe different methods for connecting to a WAN
Configure and verify a basic WAN serial connection
Configure and verify Frame Relay on Cisco routers
Troubleshoot WAN implementation issues
Describe VPN technology (including: importance, benefits, role, impact, components)
Configure and verify a PPP connection between Cisco routerss
453
Exam Spotlight
640 - 821 CCNA Two Part Harmony
Exam
# 640-821 Introduction to Cisco Technology (INTRO)
This new exam will test your knowledge of basic router
Reviewer's Rating
configuration, cable type, IOS commands, the OSI model
& subnetting
Test
55 to 65 question, 60 minute time limit
Cost Irs 2,500/- (US $ 65) candidates for CCNA must
Information
take in conjuction with #640-811 ICND exam
Who Should take this exam?
640 - 811 CCNA Second Test
Exam
Reviewer's Rating
Test
Information
Who Should take this exam?
454
CCNP
Cisco Certified Network Associate (CCNA) certification is recommended for students to enroll
in the Cisco Certified Network Professional (CCNP) curriculum. This advanced curriculum
trains students to install, configure and operate local-and wide-area networks (LANs and WANs),
and dial access services for organizations with networks from 100 to more than 500 nodes with
protocols and technologies such as: TCP/IP, OSPF, EIGRP, BGP, ISDN, Frame Relay, STP, and
VTP. The focus is on developing those skills that enable students to implement scalable
networks, build campus networks using multilayer switching technologies, create and deploy a
global intranet, and troubleshoot an environment using Cisco routers and switches for
multiprotocol client hosts and services.
CCNP features:
CCNP1Advanced Routing
CCNP2Remote Access
CCNP3Multilayer Switching
CCNP4Network Troubleshooting
CCNP1 Advanced Routing Competencies:
Upon completion of CCNP1, students will be able to perform advanced routing tasks including:
electing and configuring scalable IP addresses.
Implementing technologies to redistribute and support multiple, advanced, IP routing
protocols such as OSPF, EIGRP, and BGP.
Configuring access lists.
Designing and testing edge router connectivity into a BGP network.
CCNP2 Remote Access Competencies:
Upon completion of CCNP2, students will be able to perform advanced remote access tasks
455
including:
Configuring Asynchronous connections.
Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) architecture, protocol, callback, and compression.
ISDN architecture, protocol layers, BRI and DDR.
Configuring X.25, Frame Relay, and AAA.
CCNP3 Multilayer Switching Competencies:
Upon completion of CCNP3, students will be able to perform multilayer switching tasks
including
Fast Ethernet, Gigabit Ethernet.
VLAN basics, types, identification, and trunking protocol.
Spanning Tree Protocol.
MLS processes, and configuration.
Multicasting protocols, routing, and tasks.
CCNP4 Network Troubleshooting Competencies:
Upon completion of CCNP4, students will be able to perform network-troubleshooting tasks in
areas such as:
OSI Layers 1, 2, and 3.
TCP/IP, LAN switching, VLANs, Frame Relay, ISDN, Appletalk, Novell, EIGRP, OSPF, BGP
Industry-Recognized Certification
Cisco Certified Network Professional (CCNP) coursework prepares students for CCNP
certification.
A CCNP certified individual can perform the following tasks:
Implement appropriate technologies to build a scalable routed network
Build campus networks using multilayer switching technologies
Improve traffic flow, reliability, redundancy, and performance for campus LANs, routed and
switched WANs, and remote access networks
Create and deploy a global intranet
Troubleshoot an environment that uses Cisco routers and switches for multiprotocol client
hosts and services
Positions for a CCNP certified individual include:
Network administrator
Level 2 support engineer
Level 2 systems engineer
Network technician
456
Deployment engineer
Advance Your Career CCNP Certification
Expand Your Professional Options Gaining and Certifying Advanced Skills
The CCNP certification validates an individuals networking skills at the midcareer level.
Candidates who pass the required proctored exams will receive a CCNP certificate from Cisco
and may use the CCNP designation on their business cards.
CCNP forms the professional level of the Cisco Career Certification program.
Who is the course for?
Anyone with a good background in Computer Networks and the Internet and preferably CCNA
qualified.
What will the course give you?
Preparation for the CISCO Certified Network Professional Exams
Advanced networking skills to design, install and maintain large routed computer networks.
Increased professional credibility by gaining high standards of technical expertise.
Skills necessary to improve your opportunities within the workforce.
The knowledge and skills necessary to take the CCNP exams
What material is covered ?
Extending IP Addresses Using VLSMs
Configuring OFPF, Enhanced IGRP and BGP
Assembling and Cabling WAN Components
Using ISDN and DDR to Enhance Remote Connectivity
Scaling IP Addresses with PAT and NAT
Introduction to Switching Concepts and Virtual LANs
Support Resources for Troubleshooting
Workgroup Discovery Lab and CCO
Documenting Symptoms, Actions and Results
Tracking Log-ins and Connections
Troubleshooting VLANs on Routers and Switches
Exam
642-901 BSCI
642-812 BCMSN
642-825 ISCW
642-845 ONT
Recommended Training
Building Scalable Cisco Internetworks (BSCI)
Building Cisco Multilayer Switched Networks
(BCMSN)
Implementing Secure Converged Wide Area
Networks (ISCW)
Optimizing Converged Cisco Networks (ONT)
US $
150
150
150
150
457
Required Exam(s)
Recommended Training
642-902 ROUTE
Implementing Cisco IP Routing
Implementing Cisco IP Switched
642-813 SWITCH
Networks
Troubleshooting and Maintaining
642-832 TSHOOT
Cisco IP Networks
Building Scalable Cisco Internetworks Exam (BSCI)(642-901)
The Building Scalable Cisco Internetworks (BSCI 642-901) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco
Certified Network Professional CCNP, Cisco Certified Design Professional CCDP, and Cisco
Certified Internetwork Professional CCIP certifications. The BSCI 642-901 exam will certify that
the successful candidate has important knowledge and skills necessary to use advanced IP
addressing and routing in implementing scalability for Cisco ISR routers connected to LANs and
WANs. The exam covers topics on Advanced IP Addressing, Routing Principles, Multicast
Routing, IPv6, Manipulating Routing Updates, Configuring basic BGP, Configuring EIGRP,
OSPF, and IS-IS.
Exam Topics
The following information provides general guidelines for the content likely to be included on
the exam. However, other related topics may also appear on any specific delivery of the exam. In
order to better reflect the contents of the exam and for clarity purposes the guidelines below may
change at any time without notice.
Implement VLANs.
Explain the functions of VLANs in a hierarchical network.
Configure VLANs (e.g., Native, Default, Static and Access).
Explain and configure VLAN trunking (i.e., IEEE 802.1Q and ISL).
Explain and configure VTP.
Verify or troubleshoot VLAN configurations.
Conduct the operation of Spanning Tree protocols in a hierarchical network.
Explain the functions and operations of the Spanning Tree protocols (i.e., RSTP, PVRST,
MISTP).
Configure RSTP (PVRST) and MISTP.
Describe and configure STP security mechanisms (i.e., BPDU Guard, BPDU Filtering,
Root Guard).
Configure and Verify UDLD and Loop Guard.
Verify or troubleshoot Spanning Tree protocol operations.
Configure and verify link aggregation using PAgP or LACP.
458
the exam. However, other related topics may also appear on any specific delivery of the exam. In
order to better reflect the contents of the exam and for clarity purposes the guidelines below may
change at any time without notice.
Implement basic teleworker services.
Describe Cable (HFC) technologies.
Describe xDSL technologies.
Configure ADSL (i.e., PPPoE or PPPoA).
Verify basic teleworker configurations.
Implement Frame-Mode MPLS.
Describe the components and operation of Frame-Mode MPLS (e.g., packet-based MPLS
VPNs).
Configure and verify Frame-Mode MPLS.
Implement a site-to-site IPSec VPN
Describe the components and operations of IPSec VPNs and GRE Tunnels.
Configure a site-to-site IPSec VPN/GRE Tunnel with SDM (i.e., preshared key).
Verify IPSec/GRE Tunnel configurations (i.e., IOS CLI configurations).
Describe, configure, and verify VPN backup interfaces.
Describe and configure Cisco Easy VPN solutions using SDM.
Describe network security strategies.
Describe and mitigate common network attacks (i.e., Reconnaissance, Access, and Denial of
Service).
Describe and mitigate Worm, Virus, and Trojan Horse attacks.
Describe and mitigate application-layer attacks (e.g., management protocols)
Implement Cisco Device Hardening
Describe, Configure, and verify AutoSecure/One-Step Lockdown implementations (i.e., CLI
and SDM).
Describe, configure, and verify AAA for Cisco Routers.
Describe and configure threat and attack mitigation using ACLs.
Describe and configure IOS secure management features (e.g., SSH, SNMP, SYSLOG, NTP,
Role-Based CLI, etc.)
Implement Cisco IOS firewall.
Describe the functions and operations of Cisco IOS Firewall (e.g., Stateful Firewall, CBAC,
etc.).
Configure Cisco IOS Firewall with SDM.
460
Verify Cisco IOS Firewall configurations (i.e., IOS CLI configurations, SDM Monitor).
Describe and configure Cisco IOS IPS.
Describe the functions and operations of IDS and IPS systems (e.g., IDS/IPS signatures, IPS
Alarms, etc.)
Configure Cisco IOS IPS using SD
Optimizing Converged Cisco Networks (ONT) (642-845)
The Optimizing Converged Cisco Networks (642-845 ONT) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco
Certified Network Professional CCNP. The ONT 642-845 exam will certify that the successful
candidate has important knowledge and skills in optimizing and providing effective QOS
techniques for converged networks. The exam topics include implementing a VOIP network,
implementing QoS on converged networks, specific IP QoS mechanisms for implementing the
DiffServ QoS model, AutoQoS, wireless security and basic wireless management.
Exam Topics
The following information provides general guidelines for the content likely to be included on
the exam. However, other related topics may also appear on any specific delivery of the exam. In
order to better reflect the contents of the exam and for clarity purposes the guidelines below may
change at any time without notice.
Describe Cisco VoIP implementations.
Describe the functions and operations of a VoIP network (e.g., packetization, bandwidth
considerations, CAC, etc.).
Describe and identify basic voice components in an enterprise network (e.g. Gatekeepers,
Gateways, etc.)
Describe QoS considerations.
Explain the necessity of QoS in converged networks (e.g., bandwidth, delay, loss, etc.).
Describe strategies for QoS implementations (e.g. QoS Policy, QoS Models, etc.).
Describe DiffServ QoS implementations.
Describe classification and marking (e.g., CoS, ToS, IP Precedence, DSCP, etc.).
Describe and configure NBAR for classification.
Explain congestion management and avoidance mechanisms (e.g., FIFO, PQ, WRR,
WRED, etc.).
Describe traffic policing and traffic shaping (i.e., traffic conditioners).
Describe Control Plane Policing.
Describe WAN link efficiency mechanisms (e.g., Payload/Header Compression, MLP with
interleaving, etc.).
461
The CISCO Certified Network Professional exam (CCNP) will have four papers.
462
Course Duration
400 sessions of 1 hr. each
Examination Fees
Examination
Subject
Per Paper
IRS.
Per Paper
US$
MCSE
A+ Certification
CCNA
CCNP
2,500
6,550
6,750
6,750
50
145
150
150
Total
No. of Papers Exam Fees
IRS.
7
17,500
2
13,000
1 or 2
6,750
4
27,000
Total 64,250
Total Exam
Fees
US $
350
290
150
600
1390
463
n.
For Individual Training as per your schedule add 30% to the mentioned tution fees
MCSE 2003 / 2008
CCNA
Divesh.I
(Ind)
Ammar.M
(Ind)
1
Akinsey.K
(Nigeria)
Robert.K
(UK)
Sameer.R
(Afganistan)
Course Duration
210 sessions of 1 hr. each
configure, and manage USB devices. Install, configure, and manage hand held devices.
Install, configure, and manage network adapters. Manage and troubleshoot drivers and driver
signing. Monitor and configure multiprocessor computers.
Monitoring and Optimizing System Performance and Reliability
Monitor, optimize, and troubleshoot performance of the Windows XP Professional desktop.
Optimize and troubleshoot memory performance. Optimize and troubleshoot processor
utilization. Optimize and troubleshoot disk performance. Optimize and troubleshoot
application performance
Configure, manage, and troubleshoot Scheduled Tasks. Manage, monitor, and optimize system
performance for mobile users. Restore and back up the operating system, System State data,
and user data. Recover System State data and user data by using Windows Backup.
Troubleshoot system restoration by starting in safe mode. Recover System State data and user
data by using the Recovery console
Implementing, Managing, and Troubleshooting Network Protocol Services
Configure and troubleshoot the TCP/IP protocol. Connect to computers by using dial-up
networking. Connect to computers by using a virtual private network (VPN) connection.
Create a dial-up connection to connect to a remote access server. Connect to the Internet by
using dial-up networking. Configure and troubleshoot Internet Connection Sharing (ICS).
Connect to resources by using Internet Explorer. Configure, manage, and implement Internet
Information Services (IIS). Configure, manage, and troubleshoot Remote Desktop and
Remote Assistance. Configure, manage, and troubleshoot an Internet Connection Firewall
(ICF).
Managing Windows Server Server (70-290)
anaging and Maintaining Physical and Logical Devices
Tools might include Device Manager, the Hardware Troubleshooting Wizard, and appropriate
Control Panel items.
Manage basic disks and dynamic disks.
Optimize server disk performance.
Implement a RAID solution
De-fragment volumes and partitions.
Monitor and Troubleshoot server hardware devices.
Install and configure server hardware devices.
Configure driver-signing options.
Configure device properties and resource settings for a device.
Diagnose and resolve issues related to server hardware settings and hardware device driver
upgrades.
Managing Users, Computers, and Groups
Manage local, roaming, and mandatory user profiles.
Create and manage computer accounts in an Active Directory environment.
Create and manage groups. Identify and modify the scope of a group.
Find domain groups in which a user is a member. Manage group membership.
466
Create and modify groups by using the Active Directory Users and Computers Microsoft
Management Console (MMC) snap-in.
Create and modify groups by using automation.
Create and manage user accounts. Import user accounts.
Create and modify user accounts by using the Active Directory Users and Computers
Managing and Maintaining Access to Resources
Troubleshoot user authentication issues.
Troubleshoot Terminal Services.
Diagnose and resolve issues related to Terminal Services security.
Diagnose and resolve issues related to client access to Terminal Services.
Configure access to shared folders. Manage shared folder permissions.
Configure file system permissions.
Verify effective permissions when granting permissions.
Change ownership of files and folders.
Troubleshoot access to files and shared folders.
Troubleshoot print queues.
Manage a Web server. Manage Internet Information Services (IIS).
Manage security for IIS.
Managing and Maintaining a Server Environment
Monitor and analyze events. Tools might include Event Viewer and System Monitor.
Manage software update infrastructure. Manage software site licensing.
Manage servers remotely. Manage a server by using Remote Assistance.
Manage a server by using Terminal Services remote administration mode
Manage a server by using available support tools.
Monitor system performance.
Monitor file and print servers. Tools might include Task Manager, Event Viewer, and System
Monitor.
Monitor disk quotas. Monitor print queues. Monitor server hardware for bottlenecks.
Monitor and optimize a server environment for application performance.
Monitor memory performance objects.
Managing and Implementing Disaster Recovery
Perform system recovery for a server.
Implement Automated System Recovery (ASR).
Restore data from shadow copy volumes.
Back up files and System State data to media.
Configure security for backup operations.
Manage backup procedures.
Verify the successful completion of backup jobs.
Manage backup storage media.
Recover from server hardware failure.
Restore backup data. Schedule backup jobs
Planning Windows 2003 Server Network Infrastructure (70-291)
Implementing, Managing, and Maintaining IP Addressing
467
Configure TCP/IP addressing on a server computer. Manage DHCP. Manage DHCP clients
and leases. Manage DHCP Relay Agent. Manage DHCP databases. Manage DHCP scope
options. Manage reservations and reserved clients. Troubleshoot TCP/IP addressing. Diagnose
and resolve issues related to Automatic Private IP Addressing (APIPA). Diagnose and resolve
issues related to incorrect TCP/IP configuration. Troubleshoot DHCP. Diagnose and resolve
issues related to DHCP authorization. Verify DHCP reservation configuration. Examine the
system event log and DHCP server audit log files to find related events. Diagnose and resolve
issues related to configuration of DHCP server and scope options. Verify that the DHCP Relay
Agent is working correctly. Verify database integrity.
Implementing, Managing, and Maintaining Name Resolution
Install and configure the DNS Server service. Configure DNS server options. Configure DNS
zone options. Configure DNS forwarding. Configure DNS caching only.
Manage DNS. Manage DNS zone settings. Manage DNS record settings. Manage DNS server
options. Manage DNS zone options.
Monitor DNS. Tools might include System Monitor, Event Viewer, Replication Monitor, and
DNS debug logs
Implementing, Managing, and Maintaining Routing and Remote Access
Configure Routing and Remote Access user authentication. Configure remote access
authentication protocols. Configure Internet Authentication Service (IAS) to provide
authentication for Routing and Remote Access clients. Configure Routing and Remote Access
policies to permit or deny access. Manage remote access. Manage packet filters. Manage
Routing and Remote Access routing interfaces. Manage devices and ports. Manage routing
protocols. Manage Routing and Remote Access clients. Manage TCP/IP routing. Manage
routing protocols. Manage routing tables. Manage routing ports. Implement secure access
between private networks. Troubleshoot user access to remote access services. Diagnose and
resolve issues related to remote access VPNs. Diagnose and resolve issues related to
establishing a remote access connection. Diagnose and resolve user access to resources
beyond the remote access server. Troubleshoot Routing and Remote Access routing.
Troubleshoot demand-dial routing. Troubleshoot router-to-router VPNs.
Implementing, Managing, and Maintaining Network Infrastructure and Security
Implement secure network administration procedures. Implement security baseline settings
and audit security settings by using security templates. Implement the principle of least
privilege. Install and configure software update infrastructure. Install and configure software
update services. Install and configure automatic client update settings. Configure software
updates on earlier operating systems. Monitor network protocol security. Tools might include
the IP Security Monitor Microsoft Management Console (MMC) snap-in and Kerberos
support tools. Troubleshoot network protocol security. Tools might include the IP Security
Monitor MMC snap-in, Event Viewer, and Network Monitor. Monitor network traffic. Tools
468
might include Network Monitor and System Monitor. Troubleshoot connectivity to the
Internet. Troubleshoot server services. Diagnose and resolve issues related to service
dependency. Use service recovery options to diagnose and resolve service-related issues
Planning Windows 2003 Server Network Infrastructure (70-293)
Planning and Implementing Server Roles and Server Security
Configure security for servers that are assigned specific roles. Plan a secure baseline
installation. Plan a strategy to enforce system default security settings on new systems.
Identify client operating system default security settings. Identify all server operating system
default security settings. Plan security for servers that are assigned specific roles. Roles might
include domain controllers, Web servers, database servers, and mail servers. Deploy the
security configuration for servers that are assigned specific roles. Create custom security
templates based on server roles. Evaluate and select the operating system to install on
computers in an enterprise. Identify the minimum configuration to satisfy security
requirements.
Planning, Implementing, and Maintaining a Network Infrastructure
Plan a TCP/IP network infrastructure strategy. Analyze IP addressing requirements. Plan an IP
routing solution. Create an IP subnet scheme. Plan and modify a network topology. Plan the
physical placement of network resources. Identify network protocols to be used. Plan an
Internet connectivity strategy. Troubleshoot connectivity to the Internet. Troubleshoot TCP/IP
addressing. Diagnose and resolve issues related to Network Address Translation (NAT).
Diagnose and resolve issues related to name resolution cache information
Diagnose and resolve issues related to client configuration. Diagnose and resolve issues
related to client computer configuration. Diagnose and resolve issues related to DHCP server
address assignment. Plan a host name resolution strategy. Plan a DNS namespace design. Plan
zone replication requirements. Plan a forwarding configuration. Plan for DNS security.
Examine the interoperability of DNS with third-party DNS solutions. Plan a NetBIOS name
resolution strategy. Plan a WINS replication strategy. Plan NetBIOS name resolution by using
the Lmhosts file. Troubleshoot host name resolution. Diagnose and resolve issues related to
DNS services.
Diagnose and resolve issues related to client computer configuration
Planning, Implementing, and Maintaining Routing and Remote Access
Plan a routing strategy. Plan routing for IP multicast traffic. Identify routing protocols to use
in a specified environment. Plan security for remote access users. Plan remote access policies.
Analyze protocol security requirements. Plan authentication methods for remote access
clients. Implement secure access between private networks. Create and implement an IPSec
policy. Troubleshoot TCP/IP routing. Tools might include the route, tracert, ping, pathping,
and netsh commands and Network Monitor.
Planning, Implementing, and Maintaining Server Availability
469
Configure Active Directory service for certificate publication. Plan a public key infrastructure
(PKI) that uses Certificate Services. Identify the appropriate type of certificate authority to
support certificate issuance requirements. Plan the enrollment and distribution of certificates.
Plan for the use of smart cards for authentication. Plan a framework for planning and
implementing security. Plan for security monitoring. Plan a change and configuration
management framework for security. Plan a security update infrastructure. Tools might
include Microsoft Baseline Security Analyzer and Microsoft Software Update Services. Plan
network traffic monitoring. Tools might include Network Monitor and System Monitor.
Planning & Implementing Active Directory Infrastructure (70-294)
Planning and Implementing an Active Directory Infrastructure
Plan a strategy for placing global catalog servers. Evaluate network traffic considerations
when placing global catalog servers. Evaluate the need to enable universal group caching.
Plan flexible operations master role placement. Plan for business continuity of operations
master roles. Identify operations master role dependencies. Implement an Active Directory
service forest and domain structure. Create the forest root domain. Create a child domain.
Create and configure Application Data Partitions. Install and configure an Active Directory
domain controller. Set an Active Directory forest and domain functional level based on
requirements. Establish trust relationships. Types of trust relationships might include external
trusts, shortcut trusts, and cross-forest trusts. Implement an Active Directory site topology.
Configure site links. Configure preferred bridgehead servers.
Managing and Maintaining an Active Directory Infrastructure
Manage an Active Directory forest and domain structure. Manage trust relationships. Manage
schema modifications. Add or remove a UPN suffix. Manage an Active Directory site.
Configure site boundaries. Configure replication schedules. Configure site link costs
Monitor Active Directory replication failures. Tools might include Replication Monitor, Event
Viewer, and support tools. Monitor Active Directory replication. Monitor File Replication
service (FRS) replication. Restore Active Directory services. Perform an authoritative restore
operation. Perform a non-authoritative restore operation. Troubleshoot Active Directory.
Diagnose and resolve issues related to Active Directory replication. Diagnose and resolve
issues related to operations master role failure. Diagnose and resolve issues related to the
Active Directory database.
Planning and Implementing User, Computer, and Group Strategies
Plan Group Policy strategy. Plan a Group Policy strategy by using Resultant Set of Policy
(RSoP) Planning mode. Plan a strategy for configuring the user environment by using Group
Policy. Plan a strategy for configuring the computer environment by using Group Policy.
Configure the user environment by using Group Policy. Distribute software by using Group
Policy. Automatically enroll user certificates by using Group Policy. Redirect folders by using
Group Policy. Configure user security settings by using Group Policy. Deploy a computer
470
473
CCNA
The following topics are general guidelines for the content likely to be included on the CCNA
exam. However, other related topics may also appear on any specific delivery of the exam.
Describe how a network works
Describe the purpose and functions of various network devices
Select the components required to meet a network specification
Use the OSI and TCP/IP models and their associated protocols to explain how data flows in a
network
Describe common networked applications including web applications
Describe the purpose and basic operation of the protocols in the OSI and TCP models
Describe the impact of applications (Voice Over IP and Video Over IP) on a network
Interpret network diagrams
Determine the path between two hosts across a network
Describe the components required for network and Internet communications
Identify and correct common network problems at layers 1, 2, 3 and 7 using a layered model
approach
Differentiate between LAN/WAN operation and features
Configure, verify and troubleshoot a switch with VLANs and interswitch communications
Select the appropriate media, cables, ports, and connectors to connect switches to other
network devices and hosts
Explain the technology and media access control method for Ethernet networks
Explain network segmentation and basic traffic management concepts
Explain basic switching concepts and the operation of Cisco switches
Perform and verify initial switch configuration tasks including remote access management
Verify network status and switch operation using basic utilities (including: ping, traceroute,
telnet, SSH, arp, ipconfig), SHOW & DEBUG commands
Identify, prescribe, and resolve common switched network media issues, configuration issues,
auto negotiation, and switch hardware failures
Describe enhanced switching technologies (including: VTP, RSTP, VLAN, PVSTP, 802.1q)
Describe how VLANs create logically separate networks and the need for routing between
them
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot VLANs
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot trunking on Cisco switches
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot interVLAN routing
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot VTP
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot RSTP operation
Interpret the output of various show and debug commands to verify the operational status of a
Cisco switched network.
Implement basic switch security (including: port security, trunk access, management vlan
other than vlan1, etc.)
474
Course Duration
210 sessions of 1 hr. each
Examination Fees
Examination Subject
Per Paper
IRS.
MCSE
2,500
CCNA
6,750
Per Paper
US$
No. of Papers
50
17,500
350
150
1 or 2
6,750
150
24,250
500
Total
475
Course Duration
330 sessions of 1 hr.
each
Installing
using permissions. Manage and troubleshoot Web server resources. Connect to local and network
print devices. Manage printers and print jobs. Control access to printers by using permissions.
Connect to an Internet printer. Connect to a local print device. Configure and manage file
systems. Convert from one file system to another file system. Configure NTFS, FAT32, or FAT
file systems. Manage and troubleshoot access to and synchronization of offline files
Implementing, Managing, Monitoring, and Troubleshooting Hardware Devices and Drivers
Implement, manage, and troubleshoot disk devices. Install, configure, and manage DVD and
CD-ROM devices. Monitor and configure disks. Monitor, configure, and troubleshoot volumes.
Monitor and configure removable media, such as tape devices. Implement, manage, and
troubleshoot display devices. Configure multiple-display support. Install, configure, and
troubleshoot a video adapter. Configure Advanced Configuration Power Interface (ACPI).
Implement, manage, and troubleshoot input and output (I/O) devices. Monitor, configure, and
troubleshoot I/O devices, such as printers, scanners, multimedia devices, mouse, keyboard, and
smart card reader. Monitor, configure, and troubleshoot multimedia hardware, such as cameras.
Install, configure, and manage modems. Install, configure, and manage Infrared Data Association
(IrDA) devices. Install, configure, and manage wireless devices. Install, configure, and manage
USB devices. Install, configure, and manage hand held devices.
Install, configure, and manage network adapters. Manage and troubleshoot drivers and driver
signing. Monitor and configure multiprocessor computers. Monitoring and Optimizing System
Performance and Reliability
Monitor, optimize, and troubleshoot performance of the Windows XP Professional desktop.
Optimize and troubleshoot memory performance. Optimize and troubleshoot processor
utilization. Optimize and troubleshoot disk performance. Optimize and troubleshoot application
performance Configure, manage, and troubleshoot Scheduled Tasks. Manage, monitor, and
optimize system performance for mobile users. Restore and back up the operating system,
System State data, and user data. Recover System State data and user data by using Windows
Backup. Troubleshoot system restoration by starting in safe mode. Recover System State data
and user data by using the Recovery console Implementing, Managing, and Troubleshooting
Network Protocol Services
Configure and troubleshoot the TCP/IP protocol. Connect to computers by using dial-up
networking. Connect to computers by using a virtual private network (VPN) connection. Create a
dial-up connection to connect to a remote access server. Connect to the Internet by using dial-up
networking. Configure and troubleshoot Internet Connection Sharing (ICS). Connect to resources
by using Internet Explorer. Configure, manage, and implement Internet Information Services
(IIS). Configure, manage, and troubleshoot Remote Desktop and Remote Assistance. Configure,
manage, and troubleshoot an Internet Connection Firewall (ICF). Managing Windows Server
Server (70-290)
anaging and Maintaining Physical and Logical Devices
Tools might include Device Manager, the Hardware Troubleshooting Wizard, and appropriate
Control Panel items.
Manage basic disks and dynamic disks.
Optimize server disk performance.
Implement a RAID solution
De-fragment volumes and partitions.
Monitor and Troubleshoot server hardware devices.
477
Plan a strategy to enforce system default security settings on new systems. Identify client
operating system default security settings. Identify all server operating system default security
settings. Plan security for servers that are assigned specific roles. Roles might include domain
controllers, Web servers, database servers, and mail servers. Deploy the security configuration
for servers that are assigned specific roles. Create custom security templates based on server
roles. Evaluate and select the operating system to install on computers in an enterprise. Identify
the minimum configuration to satisfy security requirements. Planning, Implementing, and
Maintaining a Network Infrastructure
Plan a TCP/IP network infrastructure strategy. Analyze IP addressing requirements. Plan an IP
routing solution. Create an IP subnet scheme. Plan and modify a network topology. Plan the
physical placement of network resources. Identify network protocols to be used. Plan an Internet
connectivity strategy. Troubleshoot connectivity to the Internet. Troubleshoot TCP/IP addressing.
Diagnose and resolve issues related to Network Address Translation (NAT). Diagnose and
resolve issues related to name resolution cache information Diagnose and resolve issues related
to client configuration. Diagnose and resolve issues related to client computer configuration.
Diagnose and resolve issues related to DHCP server address assignment. Plan a host name
resolution strategy. Plan a DNS namespace design. Plan zone replication requirements. Plan a
forwarding configuration. Plan for DNS security. Examine the interoperability of DNS with
third-party DNS solutions. Plan a NetBIOS name resolution strategy. Plan a WINS replication
strategy. Plan NetBIOS name resolution by using the Lmhosts file. Troubleshoot host name
resolution. Diagnose and resolve issues related to DNS services. Diagnose and resolve issues
related to client computer configuration
Planning, Implementing, and Maintaining Routing and Remote Access
Plan a routing strategy. Plan routing for IP multicast traffic. Identify routing protocols to use in a
specified environment. Plan security for remote access users. Plan remote access policies.
Analyze protocol security requirements. Plan authentication methods for remote access clients.
Implement secure access between private networks. Create and implement an IPSec policy.
Troubleshoot TCP/IP routing. Tools might include the route, tracert, ping, pathping, and netsh
commands and Network Monitor.
Planning, Implementing, and Maintaining Server Availability Configure Active Directory
service for certificate publication. Plan a public key infrastructure (PKI) that uses Certificate
Services. Identify the appropriate type of certificate authority to support certificate issuance
requirements. Plan the enrollment and distribution of certificates. Plan for the use of smart cards
for authentication. Plan a framework for planning and implementing security. Plan for security
monitoring. Plan a change and configuration management framework for security. Plan a security
update infrastructure. Tools might include Microsoft Baseline Security Analyzer and Microsoft
Software Update Services. Plan network traffic monitoring. Tools might include Network
Monitor and System Monitor. Planning & Implementing Active Directory Infrastructure (70294)
Planning and Implementing an Active Directory Infrastructure Plan a strategy for
placing global catalog servers. Evaluate network traffic considerations when placing global
catalog servers. Evaluate the need to enable universal group caching. Plan flexible operations
master role placement. Plan for business continuity of operations master roles. Identify
operations master role dependencies. Implement an Active Directory service forest and domain
structure. Create the forest root domain. Create a child domain. Create and configure Application
Data Partitions. Install and configure an Active Directory domain controller. Set an Active
Directory forest and domain functional level based on requirements. Establish trust relationships.
480
Types of trust relationships might include external trusts, shortcut trusts, and cross-forest trusts.
Implement an Active Directory site topology. Configure site links. Configure preferred
bridgehead servers. Managing and Maintaining an Active Directory Infrastructure
Manage an Active Directory forest and domain structure. Manage trust relationships. Manage
schema modifications. Add or remove a UPN suffix. Manage an Active Directory site. Configure
site boundaries. Configure replication schedules. Configure site link costs Monitor Active
Directory replication failures. Tools might include Replication Monitor, Event Viewer, and
support tools. Monitor Active Directory replication. Monitor File Replication service (FRS)
replication. Restore Active Directory services. Perform an authoritative restore operation.
Perform a non-authoritative restore operation. Troubleshoot Active Directory. Diagnose and
resolve issues related to Active Directory replication. Diagnose and resolve issues related to
operations master role failure. Diagnose and resolve issues related to the Active Directory
database.
Planning and Implementing User, Computer, and Group Strategies Plan Group Policy
strategy. Plan a Group Policy strategy by using Resultant Set of Policy (RSoP) Planning mode.
Plan a strategy for configuring the user environment by using Group Policy. Plan a strategy for
configuring the computer environment by using Group Policy. Configure the user environment
by using Group Policy. Distribute software by using Group Policy. Automatically enroll user
certificates by using Group Policy. Redirect folders by using Group Policy. Configure user
security settings by using Group Policy. Deploy a computer environment by using Group Policy.
Distribute software by using Group Policy. Automatically enroll computer certificates by using
Group Policy. Configure computer security settings by using Group Policy. Managing and
Maintaining Group Policy Troubleshoot issues related to Group Policy application deployment.
Tools might include RSoP and the gpresult command. Maintain installed software by using
Group Policy. Distribute updates to software distributed by Group Policy. Configure automatic
updates for network clients by using Group Policy. Troubleshoot the application of Group Policy
security settings. Tools might include RSoP and the gpresult command. Designing Active
Directory & Network Infrastructure (70-297) Creating the Conceptual Design by Gathering
and Analyzing Business and Technical Requirements
Environment. Analyze current network administration model. Analyze network requirements.
Analyze DNS for Active Directory service implementation. Analyze the current DNS
infrastructure. Analyze the current namespace. Analyze existing network operating system
implementation. Identify the existing domain model. Identify the number and location of domain
controllers on the network. Identify the configuration details of all servers on the network
Analyze security requirements for the Active Directory service. Analyze current security
policies, standards, and procedures. Identify the impact of Active Directory on the current
security infrastructure. Identify the existing trust relationships.
Identify constraints in the current network infrastructure. Interpret current baseline
performance requirements for each major subsystem. Analyze the impact of the infrastructure
design on the existing technical
Design the Active Directory and Network Services infrastructure to meet business and
technical requirements Create the conceptual design of the Active Directory forest structure.
Design the Active Directory replication strategy. Create the conceptual design of the
organizational unit (OU) structure. Create the conceptual design of the DNS infrastructure.
Create the conceptual design of the WINS infrastructure. Create the conceptual design of the
DHCP infrastructure. Creating the Logical Design for an Active Directory Infrastructure Design
481
an OU structure. Identify the Group Policy requirements for the OU structure. Design an OU
structure for the purpose of delegating authority. Design a security group strategy. Define the
scope of a security group to meet requirements. Define user roles. Design a user and computer
authentication strategy. Identify common authentication requirements. Select authentication
mechanisms. Design a user and computer account strategy. Specify account policy
requirements. Specify account requirements for users, computers, administrators, and services.
Design an Active Directory naming strategy. Identify NetBIOS naming requirements. Design
migration paths to Active Directory. Define whether the migration will include an in-place
upgrade, domain restructuring, or migration to a new Active Directory environment. Design the
administration of Group Policy objects (GPOs).
Creating the Logical Design for a Network Services Infrastructure
Design a DNS name resolution strategy. Create the namespace design. Identify DNS
interoperability with Active Directory, WINS, and DHCP. Specify zone requirements. Specify
DNS security. Design a DNS strategy for interoperability with UNIX Berkeley Internet Name
Domain (BIND) to support Active Directory. Design a NetBIOS name resolution strategy.
Design a WINS replication strategy
Design security for remote access users. Design remote access policies. Specify logging and
auditing settings. Design a DNS service implementation. Design a strategy for DNS zone
storage. Specify the use of DNS server options. Identify the registration requirements of specific
DNS records. Design a remote access strategy. Specify the remote access method. Specify the
authentication method for remote access. Design an IP address assignment strategy. Specify
DHCP integration with DNS infrastructure. Specify DHCP interoperability with client types.
Creating the Physical Design for an Active Directory and Network Infrastructure
Design DNS service placement. Design an Active Directory implementation plan. Design the
placement of domain controllers and global catalog servers. Plan the placement of flexible
operations master roles. Select the domain controller creation process. Specify the server
specifications to meet system requirements. Design Internet connectivity for a company. Design
a network and routing topology for a company. Design a TCP/IP addressing scheme through the
use of IP subnets. Specify the placement of routers. Design IP address assignment by using
DHCP. Design a perimeter network. Design the remote access infrastructure. Plan capacity.
Ascertain network settings required to access resources. Design for availability, redundancy, and
survivability.
Windows Server 2008 Configuration Training
Make the transition from MCSE: Windows Server 2003 to MCTS: Windows Server 2008
MCTS: Windows Server 2008 - Active Directory Configuration
MCTS: Windows Server 2008 - Network Infrastructure Configuration
MCTS: Windows Server 2008 - Application Platform Configuration
Exam 70-649: TS: Upgrading your MCSE on Windows Server 2003 to MCTS on Windows
Server 2008
Course 6415A: Updating your Network Infrastructure Technology Skills to Windows Server
2008 (three days)
482
Course 6416A: Updating your Active Directory Technology Skills to Windows Server 2008
(three days)
Course 6417A: Updating your Applications Platform Technology Skills to Windows Server
2008 (three days)
Make the transition from MCSA: Windows Server 2003 to MCTS: Windows Server 2008
Professionals with an MCSA on Windows Server 2003 must pass one exam to become an
MCTS on Windows Server 2008. If you are an MCSAand pass this exam, you will earn two
distinct MCTS certifications:
MCTS: Windows Server 2008 - Active Directory Configuration
MCTS: Windows Server 2008 - Network Infrastructure Configuration
Exam 70-648: TS: Upgrading your MCSA on Windows Server 2003 to MCTS on Windows
Server 2008
Course 6415A: Updating your Network Infrastructure Technology Skills to Windows Server
2008
Course 6416A: Updating your Active Directory Technology Skills to Windows Server 2008
CCNA
The following topics are general guidelines for the content likely to be included on the CCNA
exam. However, other related topics may also appear on any specific delivery of the exam.
Describe how a network works
Describe the purpose and functions of various network devices
Select the components required to meet a network specification
Use the OSI and TCP/IP models and their associated protocols to explain how data flows in a
network
Describe common networked applications including web applications
Describe the purpose and basic operation of the protocols in the OSI and TCP models
Describe the impact of applications (Voice Over IP and Video Over IP) on a network
Interpret network diagrams
Determine the path between two hosts across a network
Describe the components required for network and Internet communications
Identify and correct common network problems at layers 1, 2, 3 and 7 using a layered model
approach
Differentiate between LAN/WAN operation and features
Configure, verify and troubleshoot a switch with VLANs and interswitch communications
Select the appropriate media, cables, ports, and connectors to connect switches to other
483
Describe the operation and benefits of using private and public IP addressing
Explain the operation and benefits of using DHCP and DNS
Configure, verify and troubleshoot DHCP and DNS operation on a router.(including:
CLI/SDM)
Implement static and dynamic addressing services for hosts in a LAN environment
Calculate and apply an addressing scheme including VLSM IP addressing design to a
network
Determine the appropriate classless addressing scheme using VLSM and summarization to
satisfy addressing requirements in a LAN/WAN environment
Describe the technological requirements for running IPv6 in conjunction with IPv4
(including: protocols, dual stack, tunneling, etc).
Describe IPv6 addresses
Identify and correct common problems associated with IP addressing and host configurations
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot basic router operation and routing on Cisco devices
Describe basic routing concepts (including: packet forwarding, router lookup process)
Describe the operation of Cisco routers (including: router bootup process, POST, router
components)
484
Select the appropriate media, cables, ports, and connectors to connect routers to other
network devices and hosts
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot RIPv2
Access and utilize the router to set basic parameters.(including: CLI/SDM)
Connect, configure, and verify operation status of a device interface
Verify device configuration and network connectivity using ping, traceroute, telnet, SSH or
other utilities
Perform and verify routing configuration tasks for a static or default route given specific
routing requirements
Manage IOS configuration files. (including: save, edit, upgrade, restore)
Manage Cisco IOS.
Compare and contrast methods of routing and routing protocols
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot OSPF
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot EIGRP
Verify network connectivity (including: using ping, traceroute, and telnet or SSH)
Troubleshoot routing issues
Verify router hardware and software operation using SHOW & DEBUG commands.
Implement basic router security
Explain and select the appropriate administrative tasks required for a WLAN
Describe standards associated with wireless media (including: IEEE WI-FI Alliance,
ITU/FCC)
Identify and describe the purpose of the components in a small wireless network. (Including:
SSID, BSS, ESS)
Identify the basic parameters to configure on a wireless network to ensure that devices
connect to the correct access point
Compare and contrast wireless security features and capabilities of WPA security (including:
open, WEP, WPA-1/2)
Identify common issues with implementing wireless networks. (Including: Interface,
missconfiguration)
Identify security threats to a network and describe general methods to mitigate those
threats
Describe today's increasing network security threats and explain the need to implement a
comprehensive security policy to mitigate the threats
Explain general methods to mitigate common security threats to network devices, hosts, and
applications
Describe the functions of common security appliances and applications
Describe security recommended practices including initial steps to secure network devices
Implement, verify, and troubleshoot NAT and ACLs in a medium-size Enterprise branch
office network.
485
486
CCNP
Cisco Certified Network Associate (CCNA) certification is recommended for students to enroll
in the Cisco Certified Network Professional (CCNP) curriculum. This advanced curriculum
trains students to install, configure and operate local-and wide-area networks (LANs and
WANs), and dial access services for organizations with networks from 100 to more than 500
nodes with protocols and technologies such as: TCP/IP, OSPF, EIGRP, BGP, ISDN, Frame
Relay, STP, and VTP. The focus is on developing those skills that enable students to implement
scalable networks, build campus networks using multilayer switching technologies, create and
deploy a global intranet, and troubleshoot an environment using Cisco routers and switches for
multiprotocol client hosts and services.
CCNP features:
487
CCNP1Advanced Routing
CCNP2Remote Access
CCNP3Multilayer Switching
CCNP4Network Troubleshooting
CCNP1 Advanced Routing Competencies:
Upon completion of CCNP1, students will be able to perform advanced routing tasks including:
electing and configuring scalable IP addresses.
Implementing technologies to redistribute and support multiple, advanced, IP routing
protocols such as OSPF, EIGRP, and BGP.
Configuring access lists.
Designing and testing edge router connectivity into a BGP network.
CCNP2 Remote Access Competencies:
Upon completion of CCNP2, students will be able to perform advanced remote access tasks
including:
Configuring Asynchronous connections.
Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) architecture, protocol, callback, and compression.
ISDN architecture, protocol layers, BRI and DDR.
Configuring X.25, Frame Relay, and AAA.
CCNP3 Multilayer Switching Competencies:
Upon completion of CCNP3, students will be able to perform multilayer switching tasks
including
Fast Ethernet, Gigabit Ethernet.
VLAN basics, types, identification, and trunking protocol.
Spanning Tree Protocol.
MLS processes, and configuration.
Multicasting protocols, routing, and tasks.
CCNP4 Network Troubleshooting Competencies:
Upon completion of CCNP4, students will be able to perform network-troubleshooting tasks in
areas such as:
OSI Layers 1, 2, and 3.
TCP/IP, LAN switching, VLANs, Frame Relay, ISDN, Appletalk, Novell, EIGRP, OSPF,
BGP Industry-Recognized Certification
Cisco Certified Network Professional (CCNP) coursework prepares students for CCNP
488
certification.
A CCNP certified individual can perform the following tasks:
Implement appropriate technologies to build a scalable routed network
Build campus networks using multilayer switching technologies
Improve traffic flow, reliability, redundancy, and performance for campus LANs, routed and
switched WANs, and remote access networks
Create and deploy a global intranet
Troubleshoot an environment that uses Cisco routers and switches for multiprotocol client
hosts and services
Positions for a CCNP certified individual include:
Network administrator
Level 2 support engineer
Level 2 systems engineer
Network technician
Deployment engineer
Advance Your Career CCNP Certification
Expand Your Professional Options Gaining and Certifying Advanced Skills
The CCNP certification validates an individuals networking skills at the midcareer level.
Candidates who pass the required proctored exams will receive a CCNP certificate from Cisco
and may use the CCNP designation on their business cards.
CCNP forms the professional level of the Cisco Career Certification program.
Who is the course for?
Anyone with a good background in Computer Networks and the Internet and preferably CCNA
qualified.
What will the course give you?
Preparation for the CISCO Certified Network Professional Exams
Advanced networking skills to design, install and maintain large routed computer networks.
Increased professional credibility by gaining high standards of technical expertise.
Skills necessary to improve your opportunities within the workforce.
The knowledge and skills necessary to take the CCNP exams
What material is covered ?
Extending IP Addresses Using VLSMs
Configuring OFPF, Enhanced IGRP and BGP
489
Recommended Training
Building Scalable Cisco Internetworks (BSCI)
Building Cisco Multilayer Switched Networks
(BCMSN)
Implementing Secure Converged Wide Area
Networks (ISCW)
Optimizing Converged Cisco Networks (ONT)
US $
150
150
150
150
Required Exam(s)
Recommended Training
642-902 ROUTE
Implementing Cisco IP Routing
Implementing Cisco IP Switched
642-813 SWITCH
Networks
Troubleshooting and Maintaining
642-832 TSHOOT
Cisco IP Networks
Building Scalable Cisco Internetworks Exam (BSCI)(642-901)
The Building Scalable Cisco Internetworks (BSCI 642-901) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco
Certified Network Professional CCNP, Cisco Certified Design Professional CCDP, and Cisco
Certified Internetwork Professional CCIP certifications. The BSCI 642-901 exam will certify
that the successful candidate has important knowledge and skills necessary to use advanced IP
addressing and routing in implementing scalability for Cisco ISR routers connected to LANs
and WANs. The exam covers topics on Advanced IP Addressing, Routing Principles, Multicast
Routing, IPv6, Manipulating Routing Updates, Configuring basic BGP, Configuring EIGRP,
OSPF, and IS-IS.
Exam Topics
The following information provides general guidelines for the content likely to be included on
the exam. However, other related topics may also appear on any specific delivery of the exam.
In order to better reflect the contents of the exam and for clarity purposes the guidelines below
may change at any time without notice.
Implement VLANs.
490
Service).
Describe and mitigate Worm, Virus, and Trojan Horse attacks.
Describe and mitigate application-layer attacks (e.g., management protocols)
Implement Cisco Device Hardening
Describe, Configure, and verify AutoSecure/One-Step Lockdown implementations (i.e., CLI
and SDM).
Describe, configure, and verify AAA for Cisco Routers.
Describe and configure threat and attack mitigation using ACLs.
Describe and configure IOS secure management features (e.g., SSH, SNMP, SYSLOG, NTP,
Role-Based CLI, etc.)
Implement Cisco IOS firewall.
Describe the functions and operations of Cisco IOS Firewall (e.g., Stateful Firewall, CBAC,
etc.).
Configure Cisco IOS Firewall with SDM.
Verify Cisco IOS Firewall configurations (i.e., IOS CLI configurations, SDM Monitor).
Describe and configure Cisco IOS IPS.
Describe the functions and operations of IDS and IPS systems (e.g., IDS/IPS signatures, IPS
Alarms, etc.)
Configure Cisco IOS IPS using SD
Optimizing Converged Cisco Networks (ONT) (642-845)
The Optimizing Converged Cisco Networks (642-845 ONT) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco
Certified Network Professional CCNP. The ONT 642-845 exam will certify that the successful
candidate has important knowledge and skills in optimizing and providing effective QOS
techniques for converged networks. The exam topics include implementing a VOIP network,
implementing QoS on converged networks, specific IP QoS mechanisms for implementing the
DiffServ QoS model, AutoQoS, wireless security and basic wireless management.
Exam Topics
The following information provides general guidelines for the content likely to be included on
the exam. However, other related topics may also appear on any specific delivery of the exam.
In order to better reflect the contents of the exam and for clarity purposes the guidelines below
may change at any time without notice.
Describe Cisco VoIP implementations.
Describe the functions and operations of a VoIP network (e.g., packetization, bandwidth
considerations, CAC, etc.).
493
Describe and identify basic voice components in an enterprise network (e.g. Gatekeepers,
Gateways, etc.)
Describe QoS considerations.
Explain the necessity of QoS in converged networks (e.g., bandwidth, delay, loss, etc.).
Describe strategies for QoS implementations (e.g. QoS Policy, QoS Models, etc.).
Describe DiffServ QoS implementations.
Describe classification and marking (e.g., CoS, ToS, IP Precedence, DSCP, etc.).
Describe and configure NBAR for classification.
Explain congestion management and avoidance mechanisms (e.g., FIFO, PQ, WRR, WRED,
etc.).
Describe traffic policing and traffic shaping (i.e., traffic conditioners).
Describe Control Plane Policing.
Describe WAN link efficiency mechanisms (e.g., Payload/Header Compression, MLP with
interleaving, etc.).
Describe and configure QoS Pre-Classify.
Implement AutoQoS.
Explain the functions and operations of AutoQoS.
Describe the SDM QoS Wizard.
Configure, verify, and torubleshoot AutoQoS implementations (i.e., MQC).
Implement WLAN security and management.
Describe and Configure wireless security on Cisco Clients and APs (e.g., SSID, WEP, LEAP,
etc.).
Describe basic wireless management (e.g., WLSE and WCS). Configure and verify basic
WCS configuration (i.e., login, add/review controller/AP status, security, and import/review
maps).
Describe and configure WLAN QoS.
494
The CISCO Certified Network Professional exam (CCNP) will have four papers.
Course Fees does not include Examination Charges
Examination Fees : US $ 600 for four papers (CCNP) Examination Fees : US $ 350 for seven
paper (MCSE Course) Students can Complete CCNA+CCNP in 30 to 35 days. This duration
includes Completion of Course at Compufield premises, instruction, Practice, Practicals and
Offline examination test.
Course Duration
330 sessions of 1 hr. each
Examination Fees
Examination Subject
Per Paper
IRS.
Per Paper
US$
No. of Papers
MCSE
2,500
CCNA
6,750
50
17,500
350
150
1 or 2
6,750
CCNP
6,750
150
150
27,000
600
51,250
1100
Total
495
Divesh.I
(Ind)
Ammar.M
(Ind)
1
Akinsey.K
(Nigeria)
Course Duration
210 sessions of 1 hr.
each
Robert.K
(UK)
Sameer.R
(Afganistan)
6
Installing
(IIS). Configure, manage, and troubleshoot Remote Desktop and Remote Assistance. Configure,
manage, and troubleshoot an Internet Connection Firewall (ICF). Managing Windows Server
Server (70-290)
anaging and Maintaining Physical and Logical Devices
Tools might include Device Manager, the Hardware Troubleshooting Wizard, and appropriate
Control Panel items.
Manage basic disks and dynamic disks.
Optimize server disk performance.
Implement a RAID solution
De-fragment volumes and partitions.
Monitor and Troubleshoot server hardware devices.
Install and configure server hardware devices.
Configure driver-signing options.
Configure device properties and resource settings for a device.
Diagnose and resolve issues related to server hardware settings and hardware device driver
upgrades.
Managing Users, Computers, and Groups
Manage local, roaming, and mandatory user profiles.
Create and manage computer accounts in an Active Directory environment.
Create and manage groups. Identify and modify the scope of a group.
Find domain groups in which a user is a member. Manage group membership.
Create and modify groups by using the Active Directory Users and Computers Microsoft
Management Console (MMC) snap-in.
Create and modify groups by using automation.
Create and manage user accounts. Import user accounts.
Create and modify user accounts by using the Active Directory Users and Computers
Managing and Maintaining Access to Resources
Troubleshoot user authentication issues.
Troubleshoot Terminal Services.
Diagnose and resolve issues related to Terminal Services security.
Diagnose and resolve issues related to client access to Terminal Services.
Configure access to shared folders. Manage shared folder permissions.
Configure file system permissions.
Verify effective permissions when granting permissions.
Change ownership of files and folders.
Troubleshoot access to files and shared folders.
Troubleshoot print queues.
Manage a Web server. Manage Internet Information Services (IIS).
Manage security for IIS.
Managing and Maintaining a Server Environment
Monitor and analyze events. Tools might include Event Viewer and System Monitor.
Manage software update infrastructure. Manage software site licensing.
Manage servers remotely. Manage a server by using Remote Assistance.
Manage a server by using Terminal Services remote administration mode
Manage a server by using available support tools.
498
using security templates. Implement the principle of least privilege. Install and configure
software update infrastructure. Install and configure software update services. Install and
configure automatic client update settings. Configure software updates on earlier operating
systems. Monitor network protocol security. Tools might include the IP Security Monitor
Microsoft Management Console (MMC) snap-in and Kerberos support tools. Troubleshoot
network protocol security. Tools might include the IP Security Monitor MMC snap-in, Event
Viewer, and Network Monitor. Monitor network traffic. Tools might include Network Monitor
and System Monitor. Troubleshoot connectivity to the Internet. Troubleshoot server services.
Diagnose and resolve issues related to service dependency. Use service recovery options to
diagnose and resolve service-related issues Planning Windows 2003 Server Network
Infrastructure (70-293) Planning and Implementing Server Roles and Server Security
Configure security for servers that are assigned specific roles. Plan a secure baseline installation.
Plan a strategy to enforce system default security settings on new systems. Identify client
operating system default security settings. Identify all server operating system default security
settings. Plan security for servers that are assigned specific roles. Roles might include domain
controllers, Web servers, database servers, and mail servers. Deploy the security configuration
for servers that are assigned specific roles. Create custom security templates based on server
roles. Evaluate and select the operating system to install on computers in an enterprise. Identify
the minimum configuration to satisfy security requirements. Planning, Implementing, and
Maintaining a Network Infrastructure
Plan a TCP/IP network infrastructure strategy. Analyze IP addressing requirements. Plan an IP
routing solution. Create an IP subnet scheme. Plan and modify a network topology. Plan the
physical placement of network resources. Identify network protocols to be used. Plan an Internet
connectivity strategy. Troubleshoot connectivity to the Internet. Troubleshoot TCP/IP addressing.
Diagnose and resolve issues related to Network Address Translation (NAT). Diagnose and
resolve issues related to name resolution cache information Diagnose and resolve issues related
to client configuration. Diagnose and resolve issues related to client computer configuration.
Diagnose and resolve issues related to DHCP server address assignment. Plan a host name
resolution strategy. Plan a DNS namespace design. Plan zone replication requirements. Plan a
forwarding configuration. Plan for DNS security. Examine the interoperability of DNS with
third-party DNS solutions. Plan a NetBIOS name resolution strategy. Plan a WINS replication
strategy. Plan NetBIOS name resolution by using the Lmhosts file. Troubleshoot host name
resolution. Diagnose and resolve issues related to DNS services. Diagnose and resolve issues
related to client computer configuration
Planning, Implementing, and Maintaining Routing and Remote Access
Plan a routing strategy. Plan routing for IP multicast traffic. Identify routing protocols to use in a
specified environment. Plan security for remote access users. Plan remote access policies.
Analyze protocol security requirements. Plan authentication methods for remote access clients.
Implement secure access between private networks. Create and implement an IPSec policy.
Troubleshoot TCP/IP routing. Tools might include the route, tracert, ping, pathping, and netsh
commands and Network Monitor.
Planning, Implementing, and Maintaining Server Availability Configure Active Directory
service for certificate publication. Plan a public key infrastructure (PKI) that uses Certificate
Services. Identify the appropriate type of certificate authority to support certificate issuance
requirements. Plan the enrollment and distribution of certificates. Plan for the use of smart cards
for authentication. Plan a framework for planning and implementing security. Plan for security
500
monitoring. Plan a change and configuration management framework for security. Plan a security
update infrastructure. Tools might include Microsoft Baseline Security Analyzer and Microsoft
Software Update Services. Plan network traffic monitoring. Tools might include Network
Monitor and System Monitor. Planning & Implementing Active Directory Infrastructure (70294)
Planning and Implementing an Active Directory Infrastructure Plan a strategy for
placing global catalog servers. Evaluate network traffic considerations when placing global
catalog servers. Evaluate the need to enable universal group caching. Plan flexible operations
master role placement. Plan for business continuity of operations master roles. Identify
operations master role dependencies. Implement an Active Directory service forest and domain
structure. Create the forest root domain. Create a child domain. Create and configure Application
Data Partitions. Install and configure an Active Directory domain controller. Set an Active
Directory forest and domain functional level based on requirements. Establish trust relationships.
Types of trust relationships might include external trusts, shortcut trusts, and cross-forest trusts.
Implement an Active Directory site topology. Configure site links. Configure preferred
bridgehead servers. Managing and Maintaining an Active Directory Infrastructure
Manage an Active Directory forest and domain structure. Manage trust relationships. Manage
schema modifications. Add or remove a UPN suffix. Manage an Active Directory site. Configure
site boundaries. Configure replication schedules. Configure site link costs Monitor Active
Directory replication failures. Tools might include Replication Monitor, Event Viewer, and
support tools. Monitor Active Directory replication. Monitor File Replication service (FRS)
replication. Restore Active Directory services. Perform an authoritative restore operation.
Perform a non-authoritative restore operation. Troubleshoot Active Directory. Diagnose and
resolve issues related to Active Directory replication. Diagnose and resolve issues related to
operations master role failure. Diagnose and resolve issues related to the Active Directory
database.
Planning and Implementing User, Computer, and Group Strategies Plan Group Policy
strategy. Plan a Group Policy strategy by using Resultant Set of Policy (RSoP) Planning mode.
Plan a strategy for configuring the user environment by using Group Policy. Plan a strategy for
configuring the computer environment by using Group Policy. Configure the user environment
by using Group Policy. Distribute software by using Group Policy. Automatically enroll user
certificates by using Group Policy. Redirect folders by using Group Policy. Configure user
security settings by using Group Policy. Deploy a computer environment by using Group Policy.
Distribute software by using Group Policy. Automatically enroll computer certificates by using
Group Policy. Configure computer security settings by using Group Policy. Managing and
Maintaining Group Policy Troubleshoot issues related to Group Policy application deployment.
Tools might include RSoP and the gpresult command. Maintain installed software by using
Group Policy. Distribute updates to software distributed by Group Policy. Configure automatic
updates for network clients by using Group Policy. Troubleshoot the application of Group Policy
security settings. Tools might include RSoP and the gpresult command. Designing Active
Directory & Network Infrastructure (70-297) Creating the Conceptual Design by Gathering
and Analyzing Business and Technical Requirements
Environment. Analyze current network administration model. Analyze network requirements.
Analyze DNS for Active Directory service implementation. Analyze the current DNS
infrastructure. Analyze the current namespace. Analyze existing network operating system
implementation. Identify the existing domain model. Identify the number and location of domain
controllers on the network. Identify the configuration details of all servers on the network
501
Analyze security requirements for the Active Directory service. Analyze current security
policies, standards, and procedures. Identify the impact of Active Directory on the current
security infrastructure. Identify the existing trust relationships.
Identify constraints in the current network infrastructure. Interpret current baseline
performance requirements for each major subsystem. Analyze the impact of the infrastructure
design on the existing technical
Design the Active Directory and Network Services infrastructure to meet business and
technical requirements Create the conceptual design of the Active Directory forest structure.
Design the Active Directory replication strategy. Create the conceptual design of the
organizational unit (OU) structure. Create the conceptual design of the DNS infrastructure.
Create the conceptual design of the WINS infrastructure. Create the conceptual design of the
DHCP infrastructure. Creating the Logical Design for an Active Directory Infrastructure Design
an OU structure. Identify the Group Policy requirements for the OU structure. Design an OU
structure for the purpose of delegating authority. Design a security group strategy. Define the
scope of a security group to meet requirements. Define user roles. Design a user and computer
authentication strategy. Identify common authentication requirements. Select authentication
mechanisms. Design a user and computer account strategy. Specify account policy
requirements. Specify account requirements for users, computers, administrators, and services.
Design an Active Directory naming strategy. Identify NetBIOS naming requirements. Design
migration paths to Active Directory. Define whether the migration will include an in-place
upgrade, domain restructuring, or migration to a new Active Directory environment. Design the
administration of Group Policy objects (GPOs).
Creating the Logical Design for a Network Services Infrastructure
Design a DNS name resolution strategy. Create the namespace design. Identify DNS
interoperability with Active Directory, WINS, and DHCP. Specify zone requirements. Specify
DNS security. Design a DNS strategy for interoperability with UNIX Berkeley Internet Name
Domain (BIND) to support Active Directory. Design a NetBIOS name resolution strategy.
Design a WINS replication strategy
Design security for remote access users. Design remote access policies. Specify logging and
auditing settings. Design a DNS service implementation. Design a strategy for DNS zone
storage. Specify the use of DNS server options. Identify the registration requirements of specific
DNS records. Design a remote access strategy. Specify the remote access method. Specify the
authentication method for remote access. Design an IP address assignment strategy. Specify
DHCP integration with DNS infrastructure. Specify DHCP interoperability with client types.
Creating the Physical Design for an Active Directory and Network Infrastructure
Design DNS service placement. Design an Active Directory implementation plan. Design the
placement of domain controllers and global catalog servers. Plan the placement of flexible
operations master roles. Select the domain controller creation process. Specify the server
specifications to meet system requirements. Design Internet connectivity for a company. Design
a network and routing topology for a company. Design a TCP/IP addressing scheme through the
use of IP subnets. Specify the placement of routers. Design IP address assignment by using
DHCP. Design a perimeter network. Design the remote access infrastructure. Plan capacity.
Ascertain network settings required to access resources. Design for availability, redundancy, and
survivability.
Windows Server 2008 Configuration Training
502
Make the transition from MCSE: Windows Server 2003 to MCTS: Windows Server 2008
MCTS: Windows Server 2008 - Active Directory Configuration
MCTS: Windows Server 2008 - Network Infrastructure Configuration
MCTS: Windows Server 2008 - Application Platform Configuration
Exam 70-649: TS: Upgrading your MCSE on Windows Server 2003 to MCTS on Windows
Server 2008
Course 6415A: Updating your Network Infrastructure Technology Skills to Windows Server
2008 (three days)
Course 6416A: Updating your Active Directory Technology Skills to Windows Server 2008
(three days)
Course 6417A: Updating your Applications Platform Technology Skills to Windows Server
2008 (three days)
Make the transition from MCSA: Windows Server 2003 to MCTS: Windows Server 2008
Professionals with an MCSA on Windows Server 2003 must pass one exam to become an
MCTS on Windows Server 2008. If you are an MCSAand pass this exam, you will earn two
distinct MCTS certifications:
MCTS: Windows Server 2008 - Active Directory Configuration
MCTS: Windows Server 2008 - Network Infrastructure Configuration
Exam 70-648: TS: Upgrading your MCSA on Windows Server 2003 to MCTS on Windows
Server 2008
Course 6415A: Updating your Network Infrastructure Technology Skills to Windows Server
2008
Course 6416A: Updating your Active Directory Technology Skills to Windows Server 2008
CCNA
The following topics are general guidelines for the content likely to be included on the CCNA
exam. However, other related topics may also appear on any specific delivery of the exam.
Describe how a network works
Describe the purpose and functions of various network devices
Select the components required to meet a network specification
Use the OSI and TCP/IP models and their associated protocols to explain how data flows in a
network
Describe common networked applications including web applications
Describe the purpose and basic operation of the protocols in the OSI and TCP models
Describe the impact of applications (Voice Over IP and Video Over IP) on a network
Interpret network diagrams
503
Reviewer's Rating
Test
Information
Who Should take this exam?
(ICND)
This new exam will test your knowledge of basic router
troubleshooting, VLANs, IOS, commands, the OSI model
& subnetting
55 to 65 question, 60 minute time limit
Cost Irs 5,000/- (US $ 125) candidates for CCNA must
take in conjuction with #640-821 INTRO exam
Current CCNA may use this exam to recertify.
CCNA: Cisco Certified Network Associate Study Guide (3rd Edition) by Todd Lammle
LINUX
507
Basics of Linux
Linux System Administration
Linux Network Administration
Basics of Linux (2 Days - 16 Hours) (Level I)
Introduction to Red Hat Linux
Getting Started
Login in Linux (GUI & Console)
Directory Structure of Linux
Listing Files & Directories (ls)
Creating, Moving & Deleting Files and Directories
Searching for Files (locate & find)
Shells (Working effectively in the Command Line)
File System Basics & File Management
Pipes, Streams & Redirects
Processes Management
Finally the vi Editor
Course Audience:
The course is intended for those who want to learn the very basics of Linux Operating System or
those who want to go for System and Network Administration and don't have any prior
experience on Linux
Linux System Administration (3 Days - 24 Hours) (Level II)
Overview of System Administration
Installation of Linux
Command-line Interface
User and Group Management
File and Directory Basics
Device & Disk Management (Adding a New Disk, Creating Slices, formatting disks with
ext3/ext2 FS)
Filesystem Management (e2fsck and other utilities)
System Startup and Shutdown
Boot Processes
Creating a Startup Shell Script
Package Management (Using Kpackage and rpm commands)
Process Management
Printer Administration
Backup Administration
Course Audience:
508
The course is intended for those who want to learn, pursue a job as System Administrator and
Covers all aspects of System Administration.
Linux Network Administration (Approx 40 Hours) (Level III)
Networking Basics
Protocols (TCP/IP)
Configuring Ethernet Interface & TCP/IP
Networking Utilities & Remote Management
NFS (Sharing Directories on Linux)
PPP Configuration
DHCP Configuration & Management
Name service and resolver configuration
DNS Configuration & Management
Apache Web Server Configuration & Management
FTP Configuration
SAMBA (Integrating Linux in Windows Environment)
Linux System Security
Linux Optional Modules
AutoFS
NIS (Network Information Service)
Linux kernel (Fundamentals, building, installing, patching)
Modules (Listing, Adding and Removing Modules)
Firewalls
Squid Configuration
IP Masquerading
Sendmail (Configuring a Mail Server)
Examination Description RH - 302
The certification exam consists of three parts conducted in a single day. Two of the three sections
of the exam are performance-based, meaning that candidates must perform tasks on a live
system, rather than answering questions about how one might perform those tasks.
The RHCE Exam consists of three sections:
Section I: Troubleshooting (2.5 hours)
Section II: Multiple Choice (1.0 hour), and
Section III: Installation and Configuration (2.5 hours)
In order to pass the Red Hat Certified Engineer exam on Red Hat Linux 9 you must meet the
following requirements:
a) an average score of 80 or higher across all three sections, equally weighted; b) no section
score lower than 50 points;
c) 70 percent or more on the RHCT-level skills and 70 percent or more on the RHCE-level skills
in Section III. This last requirement is new, and enables RHCEs to demonstrate that they possess
509
both RHCT-level and RHCE-level skills, as well as enabling a person who only has RHCT level
skills to earn RHCT if they pass the required competencies.
Linux Study Material
Course Duration
210 sessions of 1 hr.
each
510
For Individual Training as per your schedule add 30% to the mentioned tution fees
MCSE 2003 / 2008
CCNA
CCNP
LINUX
Course Duration
450 sessions of 1 hr.
each
Installing
Installer packages. Configure Internet and Remote Access and VPN connectivity Implementing
and Conducting Administration of Resources Monitor, manage, and troubleshoot access to files
and folders. Configure, manage, and troubleshoot file compression. Control access to files and
folders by using permissions. Optimize access to files and folders. Manage and troubleshoot
access to shared folders. Create and remove shared folders. Control access to shared folders by
using permissions. Manage and troubleshoot Web server resources. Connect to local and network
print devices. Manage printers and print jobs. Control access to printers by using permissions.
Connect to an Internet printer. Connect to a local print device. Configure and manage file
systems. Convert from one file system to another file system. Configure NTFS, FAT32, or FAT
file systems. Manage and troubleshoot access to and synchronization of offline files
Implementing, Managing, Monitoring, and Troubleshooting Hardware Devices and Drivers
Implement, manage, and troubleshoot disk devices. Install, configure, and manage DVD and
CD-ROM devices. Monitor and configure disks. Monitor, configure, and troubleshoot volumes.
Monitor and configure removable media, such as tape devices. Implement, manage, and
troubleshoot display devices. Configure multiple-display support. Install, configure, and
troubleshoot a video adapter. Configure Advanced Configuration Power Interface (ACPI).
Implement, manage, and troubleshoot input and output (I/O) devices. Monitor, configure, and
troubleshoot I/O devices, such as printers, scanners, multimedia devices, mouse, keyboard, and
smart card reader. Monitor, configure, and troubleshoot multimedia hardware, such as cameras.
Install, configure, and manage modems. Install, configure, and manage Infrared Data Association
(IrDA) devices. Install, configure, and manage wireless devices. Install, configure, and manage
USB devices. Install, configure, and manage hand held devices.
Install, configure, and manage network adapters. Manage and troubleshoot drivers and driver
signing. Monitor and configure multiprocessor computers. Monitoring and Optimizing System
Performance and Reliability
Monitor, optimize, and troubleshoot performance of the Windows XP Professional desktop.
Optimize and troubleshoot memory performance. Optimize and troubleshoot processor
utilization. Optimize and troubleshoot disk performance. Optimize and troubleshoot application
performance Configure, manage, and troubleshoot Scheduled Tasks. Manage, monitor, and
optimize system performance for mobile users. Restore and back up the operating system,
System State data, and user data. Recover System State data and user data by using Windows
Backup. Troubleshoot system restoration by starting in safe mode. Recover System State data
and user data by using the Recovery console Implementing, Managing, and Troubleshooting
Network Protocol Services
Configure and troubleshoot the TCP/IP protocol. Connect to computers by using dial-up
networking. Connect to computers by using a virtual private network (VPN) connection. Create a
dial-up connection to connect to a remote access server. Connect to the Internet by using dial-up
networking. Configure and troubleshoot Internet Connection Sharing (ICS). Connect to resources
by using Internet Explorer. Configure, manage, and implement Internet Information Services
(IIS). Configure, manage, and troubleshoot Remote Desktop and Remote Assistance. Configure,
manage, and troubleshoot an Internet Connection Firewall (ICF). Managing Windows Server
Server (70-290)
anaging and Maintaining Physical and Logical Devices
Tools might include Device Manager, the Hardware Troubleshooting Wizard, and appropriate
Control Panel items.
512
and System Monitor. Troubleshoot connectivity to the Internet. Troubleshoot server services.
Diagnose and resolve issues related to service dependency. Use service recovery options to
diagnose and resolve service-related issues Planning Windows 2003 Server Network
Infrastructure (70-293) Planning and Implementing Server Roles and Server Security
Configure security for servers that are assigned specific roles. Plan a secure baseline installation.
Plan a strategy to enforce system default security settings on new systems. Identify client
operating system default security settings. Identify all server operating system default security
settings. Plan security for servers that are assigned specific roles. Roles might include domain
controllers, Web servers, database servers, and mail servers. Deploy the security configuration
for servers that are assigned specific roles. Create custom security templates based on server
roles. Evaluate and select the operating system to install on computers in an enterprise. Identify
the minimum configuration to satisfy security requirements. Planning, Implementing, and
Maintaining a Network Infrastructure
Plan a TCP/IP network infrastructure strategy. Analyze IP addressing requirements. Plan an IP
routing solution. Create an IP subnet scheme. Plan and modify a network topology. Plan the
physical placement of network resources. Identify network protocols to be used. Plan an Internet
connectivity strategy. Troubleshoot connectivity to the Internet. Troubleshoot TCP/IP addressing.
Diagnose and resolve issues related to Network Address Translation (NAT). Diagnose and
resolve issues related to name resolution cache information Diagnose and resolve issues related
to client configuration. Diagnose and resolve issues related to client computer configuration.
Diagnose and resolve issues related to DHCP server address assignment. Plan a host name
resolution strategy. Plan a DNS namespace design. Plan zone replication requirements. Plan a
forwarding configuration. Plan for DNS security. Examine the interoperability of DNS with
third-party DNS solutions. Plan a NetBIOS name resolution strategy. Plan a WINS replication
strategy. Plan NetBIOS name resolution by using the Lmhosts file. Troubleshoot host name
resolution. Diagnose and resolve issues related to DNS services. Diagnose and resolve issues
related to client computer configuration
Planning, Implementing, and Maintaining Routing and Remote Access
Plan a routing strategy. Plan routing for IP multicast traffic. Identify routing protocols to use in a
specified environment. Plan security for remote access users. Plan remote access policies.
Analyze protocol security requirements. Plan authentication methods for remote access clients.
Implement secure access between private networks. Create and implement an IPSec policy.
Troubleshoot TCP/IP routing. Tools might include the route, tracert, ping, pathping, and netsh
commands and Network Monitor.
Planning, Implementing, and Maintaining Server Availability Configure Active Directory
service for certificate publication. Plan a public key infrastructure (PKI) that uses Certificate
Services. Identify the appropriate type of certificate authority to support certificate issuance
requirements. Plan the enrollment and distribution of certificates. Plan for the use of smart cards
for authentication. Plan a framework for planning and implementing security. Plan for security
monitoring. Plan a change and configuration management framework for security. Plan a security
update infrastructure. Tools might include Microsoft Baseline Security Analyzer and Microsoft
Software Update Services. Plan network traffic monitoring. Tools might include Network
Monitor and System Monitor. Planning & Implementing Active Directory Infrastructure (70294)
Planning and Implementing an Active Directory Infrastructure Plan a strategy for
placing global catalog servers. Evaluate network traffic considerations when placing global
catalog servers. Evaluate the need to enable universal group caching. Plan flexible operations
515
master role placement. Plan for business continuity of operations master roles. Identify
operations master role dependencies. Implement an Active Directory service forest and domain
structure. Create the forest root domain. Create a child domain. Create and configure Application
Data Partitions. Install and configure an Active Directory domain controller. Set an Active
Directory forest and domain functional level based on requirements. Establish trust relationships.
Types of trust relationships might include external trusts, shortcut trusts, and cross-forest trusts.
Implement an Active Directory site topology. Configure site links. Configure preferred
bridgehead servers. Managing and Maintaining an Active Directory Infrastructure
Manage an Active Directory forest and domain structure. Manage trust relationships. Manage
schema modifications. Add or remove a UPN suffix. Manage an Active Directory site. Configure
site boundaries. Configure replication schedules. Configure site link costs Monitor Active
Directory replication failures. Tools might include Replication Monitor, Event Viewer, and
support tools. Monitor Active Directory replication. Monitor File Replication service (FRS)
replication. Restore Active Directory services. Perform an authoritative restore operation.
Perform a non-authoritative restore operation. Troubleshoot Active Directory. Diagnose and
resolve issues related to Active Directory replication. Diagnose and resolve issues related to
operations master role failure. Diagnose and resolve issues related to the Active Directory
database.
Planning and Implementing User, Computer, and Group Strategies Plan Group Policy
strategy. Plan a Group Policy strategy by using Resultant Set of Policy (RSoP) Planning mode.
Plan a strategy for configuring the user environment by using Group Policy. Plan a strategy for
configuring the computer environment by using Group Policy. Configure the user environment
by using Group Policy. Distribute software by using Group Policy. Automatically enroll user
certificates by using Group Policy. Redirect folders by using Group Policy. Configure user
security settings by using Group Policy. Deploy a computer environment by using Group Policy.
Distribute software by using Group Policy. Automatically enroll computer certificates by using
Group Policy. Configure computer security settings by using Group Policy. Managing and
Maintaining Group Policy Troubleshoot issues related to Group Policy application deployment.
Tools might include RSoP and the gpresult command. Maintain installed software by using
Group Policy. Distribute updates to software distributed by Group Policy. Configure automatic
updates for network clients by using Group Policy. Troubleshoot the application of Group Policy
security settings. Tools might include RSoP and the gpresult command. Designing Active
Directory & Network Infrastructure (70-297) Creating the Conceptual Design by Gathering
and Analyzing Business and Technical Requirements
Environment. Analyze current network administration model. Analyze network requirements.
Analyze DNS for Active Directory service implementation. Analyze the current DNS
infrastructure. Analyze the current namespace. Analyze existing network operating system
implementation. Identify the existing domain model. Identify the number and location of domain
controllers on the network. Identify the configuration details of all servers on the network
Analyze security requirements for the Active Directory service. Analyze current security
policies, standards, and procedures. Identify the impact of Active Directory on the current
security infrastructure. Identify the existing trust relationships.
Identify constraints in the current network infrastructure. Interpret current baseline
performance requirements for each major subsystem. Analyze the impact of the infrastructure
design on the existing technical
Design the Active Directory and Network Services infrastructure to meet business and
516
technical requirements Create the conceptual design of the Active Directory forest structure.
Design the Active Directory replication strategy. Create the conceptual design of the
organizational unit (OU) structure. Create the conceptual design of the DNS infrastructure.
Create the conceptual design of the WINS infrastructure. Create the conceptual design of the
DHCP infrastructure. Creating the Logical Design for an Active Directory Infrastructure Design
an OU structure. Identify the Group Policy requirements for the OU structure. Design an OU
structure for the purpose of delegating authority. Design a security group strategy. Define the
scope of a security group to meet requirements. Define user roles. Design a user and computer
authentication strategy. Identify common authentication requirements. Select authentication
mechanisms. Design a user and computer account strategy. Specify account policy
requirements. Specify account requirements for users, computers, administrators, and services.
Design an Active Directory naming strategy. Identify NetBIOS naming requirements. Design
migration paths to Active Directory. Define whether the migration will include an in-place
upgrade, domain restructuring, or migration to a new Active Directory environment. Design the
administration of Group Policy objects (GPOs).
Creating the Logical Design for a Network Services Infrastructure
Design a DNS name resolution strategy. Create the namespace design. Identify DNS
interoperability with Active Directory, WINS, and DHCP. Specify zone requirements. Specify
DNS security. Design a DNS strategy for interoperability with UNIX Berkeley Internet Name
Domain (BIND) to support Active Directory. Design a NetBIOS name resolution strategy.
Design a WINS replication strategy
Design security for remote access users. Design remote access policies. Specify logging and
auditing settings. Design a DNS service implementation. Design a strategy for DNS zone
storage. Specify the use of DNS server options. Identify the registration requirements of specific
DNS records. Design a remote access strategy. Specify the remote access method. Specify the
authentication method for remote access. Design an IP address assignment strategy. Specify
DHCP integration with DNS infrastructure. Specify DHCP interoperability with client types.
Creating the Physical Design for an Active Directory and Network Infrastructure
Design DNS service placement. Design an Active Directory implementation plan. Design the
placement of domain controllers and global catalog servers. Plan the placement of flexible
operations master roles. Select the domain controller creation process. Specify the server
specifications to meet system requirements. Design Internet connectivity for a company. Design
a network and routing topology for a company. Design a TCP/IP addressing scheme through the
use of IP subnets. Specify the placement of routers. Design IP address assignment by using
DHCP. Design a perimeter network. Design the remote access infrastructure. Plan capacity.
Ascertain network settings required to access resources. Design for availability, redundancy, and
survivability.
Windows Server 2008 Configuration Training
Make the transition from MCSE: Windows Server 2003 to MCTS: Windows Server 2008
MCTS: Windows Server 2008 - Active Directory Configuration
MCTS: Windows Server 2008 - Network Infrastructure Configuration
MCTS: Windows Server 2008 - Application Platform Configuration
517
Exam 70-649: TS: Upgrading your MCSE on Windows Server 2003 to MCTS on Windows
Server 2008
Course 6415A: Updating your Network Infrastructure Technology Skills to Windows Server
2008 (three days)
Course 6416A: Updating your Active Directory Technology Skills to Windows Server 2008
(three days)
Course 6417A: Updating your Applications Platform Technology Skills to Windows Server
2008 (three days)
Make the transition from MCSA: Windows Server 2003 to MCTS: Windows Server 2008
Professionals with an MCSA on Windows Server 2003 must pass one exam to become an
MCTS on Windows Server 2008. If you are an MCSAand pass this exam, you will earn two
distinct MCTS certifications:
MCTS: Windows Server 2008 - Active Directory Configuration
MCTS: Windows Server 2008 - Network Infrastructure Configuration
Exam 70-648: TS: Upgrading your MCSA on Windows Server 2003 to MCTS on Windows
Server 2008
Course 6415A: Updating your Network Infrastructure Technology Skills to Windows Server
2008
Course 6416A: Updating your Active Directory Technology Skills to Windows Server 2008
CCNA
The following topics are general guidelines for the content likely to be included on the CCNA
exam. However, other related topics may also appear on any specific delivery of the exam.
Describe how a network works
Describe the purpose and functions of various network devices
Select the components required to meet a network specification
Use the OSI and TCP/IP models and their associated protocols to explain how data flows in a
network
Describe common networked applications including web applications
Describe the purpose and basic operation of the protocols in the OSI and TCP models
Describe the impact of applications (Voice Over IP and Video Over IP) on a network
Interpret network diagrams
Determine the path between two hosts across a network
Describe the components required for network and Internet communications
Identify and correct common network problems at layers 1, 2, 3 and 7 using a layered model
approach
518
Describe the operation and benefits of using private and public IP addressing
Explain the operation and benefits of using DHCP and DNS
Configure, verify and troubleshoot DHCP and DNS operation on a router.(including:
CLI/SDM)
Implement static and dynamic addressing services for hosts in a LAN environment
Calculate and apply an addressing scheme including VLSM IP addressing design to a
network
Determine the appropriate classless addressing scheme using VLSM and summarization to
satisfy addressing requirements in a LAN/WAN environment
Describe the technological requirements for running IPv6 in conjunction with IPv4
(including: protocols, dual stack, tunneling, etc).
Describe IPv6 addresses
Identify and correct common problems associated with IP addressing and host configurations
519
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot basic router operation and routing on Cisco devices
Describe basic routing concepts (including: packet forwarding, router lookup process)
Describe the operation of Cisco routers (including: router bootup process, POST, router
components)
Select the appropriate media, cables, ports, and connectors to connect routers to other
network devices and hosts
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot RIPv2
Access and utilize the router to set basic parameters.(including: CLI/SDM)
Connect, configure, and verify operation status of a device interface
Verify device configuration and network connectivity using ping, traceroute, telnet, SSH or
other utilities
Perform and verify routing configuration tasks for a static or default route given specific
routing requirements
Manage IOS configuration files. (including: save, edit, upgrade, restore)
Manage Cisco IOS.
Compare and contrast methods of routing and routing protocols
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot OSPF
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot EIGRP
Verify network connectivity (including: using ping, traceroute, and telnet or SSH)
Troubleshoot routing issues
Verify router hardware and software operation using SHOW & DEBUG commands.
Implement basic router security
Explain and select the appropriate administrative tasks required for a WLAN
Describe standards associated with wireless media (including: IEEE WI-FI Alliance,
ITU/FCC)
Identify and describe the purpose of the components in a small wireless network. (Including:
SSID, BSS, ESS)
Identify the basic parameters to configure on a wireless network to ensure that devices
connect to the correct access point
Compare and contrast wireless security features and capabilities of WPA security (including:
open, WEP, WPA-1/2)
Identify common issues with implementing wireless networks. (Including: Interface,
missconfiguration)
Identify security threats to a network and describe general methods to mitigate those
threats
Describe today's increasing network security threats and explain the need to implement a
comprehensive security policy to mitigate the threats
Explain general methods to mitigate common security threats to network devices, hosts, and
applications
520
Test
Information
Who Should take this exam?
CCNP
Cisco Certified Network Associate (CCNA) certification is recommended for students to enroll
in the Cisco Certified Network Professional (CCNP) curriculum. This advanced curriculum
trains students to install, configure and operate local-and wide-area networks (LANs and
WANs), and dial access services for organizations with networks from 100 to more than 500
nodes with protocols and technologies such as: TCP/IP, OSPF, EIGRP, BGP, ISDN, Frame
Relay, STP, and VTP. The focus is on developing those skills that enable students to implement
522
scalable networks, build campus networks using multilayer switching technologies, create and
deploy a global intranet, and troubleshoot an environment using Cisco routers and switches for
multiprotocol client hosts and services.
CCNP features:
CCNP1Advanced Routing
CCNP2Remote Access
CCNP3Multilayer Switching
CCNP4Network Troubleshooting
CCNP1 Advanced Routing Competencies:
Upon completion of CCNP1, students will be able to perform advanced routing tasks including:
electing and configuring scalable IP addresses.
Implementing technologies to redistribute and support multiple, advanced, IP routing
protocols such as OSPF, EIGRP, and BGP.
Configuring access lists.
Designing and testing edge router connectivity into a BGP network.
CCNP2 Remote Access Competencies:
Upon completion of CCNP2, students will be able to perform advanced remote access tasks
including:
Configuring Asynchronous connections.
Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) architecture, protocol, callback, and compression.
ISDN architecture, protocol layers, BRI and DDR.
Configuring X.25, Frame Relay, and AAA.
CCNP3 Multilayer Switching Competencies:
Upon completion of CCNP3, students will be able to perform multilayer switching tasks
including
Fast Ethernet, Gigabit Ethernet.
VLAN basics, types, identification, and trunking protocol.
Spanning Tree Protocol.
MLS processes, and configuration.
Multicasting protocols, routing, and tasks.
CCNP4 Network Troubleshooting Competencies:
Upon completion of CCNP4, students will be able to perform network-troubleshooting tasks in
areas such as:
523
Recommended Training
Building Scalable Cisco Internetworks (BSCI)
Building Cisco Multilayer Switched Networks
(BCMSN)
Implementing Secure Converged Wide Area
Networks (ISCW)
Optimizing Converged Cisco Networks (ONT)
US $
150
150
150
150
Required Exam(s)
Recommended Training
642-902 ROUTE
Implementing Cisco IP Routing
Implementing Cisco IP Switched
642-813 SWITCH
Networks
Troubleshooting and Maintaining
642-832 TSHOOT
Cisco IP Networks
Building Scalable Cisco Internetworks Exam (BSCI)(642-901)
The Building Scalable Cisco Internetworks (BSCI 642-901) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco
Certified Network Professional CCNP, Cisco Certified Design Professional CCDP, and Cisco
Certified Internetwork Professional CCIP certifications. The BSCI 642-901 exam will certify
that the successful candidate has important knowledge and skills necessary to use advanced IP
addressing and routing in implementing scalability for Cisco ISR routers connected to LANs
and WANs. The exam covers topics on Advanced IP Addressing, Routing Principles, Multicast
Routing, IPv6, Manipulating Routing Updates, Configuring basic BGP, Configuring EIGRP,
OSPF, and IS-IS.
Exam Topics
525
The following information provides general guidelines for the content likely to be included on
the exam. However, other related topics may also appear on any specific delivery of the exam.
In order to better reflect the contents of the exam and for clarity purposes the guidelines below
may change at any time without notice.
Implement VLANs.
Explain the functions of VLANs in a hierarchical network.
Configure VLANs (e.g., Native, Default, Static and Access).
Explain and configure VLAN trunking (i.e., IEEE 802.1Q and ISL).
Explain and configure VTP.
Verify or troubleshoot VLAN configurations.
Conduct the operation of Spanning Tree protocols in a hierarchical network.
Explain the functions and operations of the Spanning Tree protocols (i.e., RSTP, PVRST,
MISTP).
Configure RSTP (PVRST) and MISTP.
Describe and configure STP security mechanisms (i.e., BPDU Guard, BPDU Filtering, Root
Guard).
Configure and Verify UDLD and Loop Guard.
Verify or troubleshoot Spanning Tree protocol operations.
Configure and verify link aggregation using PAgP or LACP.
Implement Inter-VLAN routing.
Explain and configure Inter-VLAN routing (i.e., SVI and routed ports).
Explain and enable CEF operation.
Verify or troubleshoot InterVLAN routing configurations.
Implement gateway redundancy technologies.
Explain the functions and operations of gateway redundancy protocols (i.e., HSRP, VRRP,
and GLBP).
Configure HSRP, VRRP, and GLBP.
Verify High Availability configurations.
Describe and configure wireless client access.
Describe the components and operations of WLAN topologies (i.e., AP and Bridge).
Describe the features of Client Devices, Network Unification, and Mobility Platforms (i.e.,
CCX, LWAPP).
Configure a wireless client (i.e., ADU).
Describe and configure security features in a switched network.
526
Describe common Layer 2 network attacks (e.g., MAC Flooding, Rogue Devices, VLAN
Hopping, DHCP Spoofing, etc.)
Explain and configure Port Security,802.1x, VACLs, Private VLANs, DHCP Snooping, and
DAI.
Verify Catalyst switch (IOS-based) security configurations (i.e., Port Security, 802.1x,
VACLs, Private VLANs, DHCP Snooping, and DAI).
Configure support for voice.
Describe the characteristics of voice in the campus network.
Describe the functions of Voice VLANs and trust boundaries.
Configure and verify basic IP Phone support (i.e. Voice VLAN, Trust and CoS options,
AutoQoS for voice)
Implementing Secure Converged Wide Area Networks (ISCW) (642-825)
In the Building Cisco Remote Access Networks course, students learn how to build, configure
and troubleshoot a remote access network to interconnect central sites to branch offices and
home offices. Students also learn how to control access to the central site, as well as to
maximize bandwidth utilization over the remote links.
Exam Topics
The following information provides general guidelines for the content likely to be included on
the exam. However, other related topics may also appear on any specific delivery of the exam.
In order to better reflect the contents of the exam and for clarity purposes the guidelines below
may change at any time without notice.
Implement basic teleworker services.
Describe Cable (HFC) technologies.
Describe xDSL technologies.
Configure ADSL (i.e., PPPoE or PPPoA).
Verify basic teleworker configurations.
Implement Frame-Mode MPLS.
Describe the components and operation of Frame-Mode MPLS (e.g., packet-based MPLS
VPNs).
Configure and verify Frame-Mode MPLS.
Implement a site-to-site IPSec VPN
Describe the components and operations of IPSec VPNs and GRE Tunnels.
Configure a site-to-site IPSec VPN/GRE Tunnel with SDM (i.e., preshared key).
Verify IPSec/GRE Tunnel configurations (i.e., IOS CLI configurations).
527
529
The CISCO Certified Network Professional exam (CCNP) will have four papers.
Course Fees does not include Examination Charges
Examination Fees : US $ 600 for four papers Students can Complete CCNA+CCNP in 30 to 35
days. This duration includes Completion of Course at Compufield premises, instruction, Practice,
Practicals and Offline examination test. LINUX
Basics of Linux
Linux System Administration
Linux Network AdministrationBasics of Linux (2 Days - 16 Hours) (Level I)
Introduction to Red Hat Linux
Getting Started
Login in Linux (GUI & Console)
Directory Structure of Linux
530
PPP Configuration
DHCP Configuration & Management
Name service and resolver configuration
DNS Configuration & Management
Apache Web Server Configuration & Management
FTP Configuration
SAMBA (Integrating Linux in Windows Environment)
Linux System Security
Linux Optional Modules
AutoFS
NIS (Network Information Service)
Linux kernel (Fundamentals, building, installing, patching)
Modules (Listing, Adding and Removing Modules)
Firewalls
Squid Configuration
IP Masquerading
Sendmail (Configuring a Mail Server)
Examination Description RH - 302
The certification exam consists of three parts conducted in a single day. Two of the three sections
of the exam are performance-based, meaning that candidates must perform tasks on a live
system, rather than answering questions about how one might perform those tasks.
The RHCE Exam consists of three sections:
Section I: Troubleshooting (2.5 hours)
Section II: Multiple Choice (1.0 hour), and
Section III: Installation and Configuration (2.5 hours)
In order to pass the Red Hat Certified Engineer exam on Red Hat Linux 9 you must meet the
following requirements:
a) an average score of 80 or higher across all three sections, equally weighted; b) no section
score lower than 50 points;
c) 70 percent or more on the RHCT-level skills and 70 percent or more on the RHCE-level skills
in Section III. This last requirement is new, and enables RHCEs to demonstrate that they possess
both RHCT-level and RHCE-level skills, as well as enabling a person who only has RHCT level
skills to earn RHCT if they pass the required competencies.
Linux Study Material
532
Course Duration
450 sessions of 1 hr.
each
533
r. CCNA+ CCNP
For Individual Training as per your schedule add 30% to the mentioned tution fees
CCNA
CCNP
Divesh.I
(Ind)
Ammar.M
(Ind)
Akinsey.K
(Nigeria)
Sameer.R
(Afganistan)
Course Duration
210 sessions of 1 hr.
each
Robert.K
(UK)
CCNA
The following topics are general guidelines for the content likely to be included on the CCNA
exam. However, other related topics may also appear on any specific delivery of the exam.
Describe how a network works
Describe the purpose and functions of various network devices
Select the components required to meet a network specification
Use the OSI and TCP/IP models and their associated protocols to explain how data flows in a
network
Describe common networked applications including web applications
Describe the purpose and basic operation of the protocols in the OSI and TCP models
Describe the impact of applications (Voice Over IP and Video Over IP) on a network
Interpret network diagrams
Determine the path between two hosts across a network
Describe the components required for network and Internet communications
Identify and correct common network problems at layers 1, 2, 3 and 7 using a layered model
approach
Differentiate between LAN/WAN operation and features
Configure, verify and troubleshoot a switch with VLANs and interswitch communications
534
Select the appropriate media, cables, ports, and connectors to connect switches to other
network devices and hosts
Explain the technology and media access control method for Ethernet networks
Explain network segmentation and basic traffic management concepts
Explain basic switching concepts and the operation of Cisco switches
Perform and verify initial switch configuration tasks including remote access management
Verify network status and switch operation using basic utilities (including: ping, traceroute,
telnet, SSH, arp, ipconfig), SHOW & DEBUG commands
Identify, prescribe, and resolve common switched network media issues, configuration issues,
auto negotiation, and switch hardware failures
Describe enhanced switching technologies (including: VTP, RSTP, VLAN, PVSTP, 802.1q)
Describe how VLANs create logically separate networks and the need for routing between
them
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot VLANs
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot trunking on Cisco switches
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot interVLAN routing
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot VTP
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot RSTP operation
Interpret the output of various show and debug commands to verify the operational status of a
Cisco switched network.
Implement basic switch security (including: port security, trunk access, management vlan
other than vlan1, etc.)
Implement an IP addressing scheme and IP Services to meet network requirements in a
medium-size Enterprise branch office network.
Describe the operation and benefits of using private and public IP addressing
Explain the operation and benefits of using DHCP and DNS
Configure, verify and troubleshoot DHCP and DNS operation on a router.(including:
CLI/SDM)
Implement static and dynamic addressing services for hosts in a LAN environment
Calculate and apply an addressing scheme including VLSM IP addressing design to a network
Determine the appropriate classless addressing scheme using VLSM and summarization to
satisfy addressing requirements in a LAN/WAN environment
Describe the technological requirements for running IPv6 in conjunction with IPv4
(including: protocols, dual stack, tunneling, etc).
Describe IPv6 addresses
Identify and correct common problems associated with IP addressing and host configurations
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot basic router operation and routing on Cisco devices
Describe basic routing concepts (including: packet forwarding, router lookup process)
Describe the operation of Cisco routers (including: router bootup process, POST, router
components)
535
Select the appropriate media, cables, ports, and connectors to connect routers to other network
devices and hosts
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot RIPv2
Access and utilize the router to set basic parameters.(including: CLI/SDM)
Connect, configure, and verify operation status of a device interface
Verify device configuration and network connectivity using ping, traceroute, telnet, SSH or
other utilities
Perform and verify routing configuration tasks for a static or default route given specific
routing requirements
Manage IOS configuration files. (including: save, edit, upgrade, restore)
Manage Cisco IOS.
Compare and contrast methods of routing and routing protocols
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot OSPF
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot EIGRP
Verify network connectivity (including: using ping, traceroute, and telnet or SSH)
Troubleshoot routing issues
Verify router hardware and software operation using SHOW & DEBUG commands.
Implement basic router security
Explain and select the appropriate administrative tasks required for a WLAN
Describe standards associated with wireless media (including: IEEE WI-FI Alliance,
ITU/FCC)
Identify and describe the purpose of the components in a small wireless network. (Including:
SSID, BSS, ESS)
Identify the basic parameters to configure on a wireless network to ensure that devices
connect to the correct access point
Compare and contrast wireless security features and capabilities of WPA security (including:
open, WEP, WPA-1/2)
Identify common issues with implementing wireless networks. (Including: Interface,
missconfiguration)
Identify security threats to a network and describe general methods to mitigate those
threats
Describe today's increasing network security threats and explain the need to implement a
comprehensive security policy to mitigate the threats
Explain general methods to mitigate common security threats to network devices, hosts, and
applications
Describe the functions of common security appliances and applications
Describe security recommended practices including initial steps to secure network devices
Implement, verify, and troubleshoot NAT and ACLs in a medium-size Enterprise branch
office network.
536
537
CCNP
Cisco Certified Network Associate (CCNA) certification is recommended for students to enroll
in the Cisco Certified Network Professional (CCNP) curriculum. This advanced curriculum
trains students to install, configure and operate local-and wide-area networks (LANs and WANs),
and dial access services for organizations with networks from 100 to more than 500 nodes with
protocols and technologies such as: TCP/IP, OSPF, EIGRP, BGP, ISDN, Frame Relay, STP, and
VTP. The focus is on developing those skills that enable students to implement scalable
networks, build campus networks using multilayer switching technologies, create and deploy a
global intranet, and troubleshoot an environment using Cisco routers and switches for
multiprotocol client hosts and services.
CCNP features:
538
CCNP1Advanced Routing
CCNP2Remote Access
CCNP3Multilayer Switching
CCNP4Network Troubleshooting
CCNP1 Advanced Routing Competencies:
Upon completion of CCNP1, students will be able to perform advanced routing tasks including:
electing and configuring scalable IP addresses.
Implementing technologies to redistribute and support multiple, advanced, IP routing
protocols such as OSPF, EIGRP, and BGP.
Configuring access lists.
Designing and testing edge router connectivity into a BGP network.
CCNP2 Remote Access Competencies:
Upon completion of CCNP2, students will be able to perform advanced remote access tasks
including:
Configuring Asynchronous connections.
Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) architecture, protocol, callback, and compression.
ISDN architecture, protocol layers, BRI and DDR.
Configuring X.25, Frame Relay, and AAA.
CCNP3 Multilayer Switching Competencies:
Upon completion of CCNP3, students will be able to perform multilayer switching tasks
including
Fast Ethernet, Gigabit Ethernet.
VLAN basics, types, identification, and trunking protocol.
Spanning Tree Protocol.
MLS processes, and configuration.
Multicasting protocols, routing, and tasks.
CCNP4 Network Troubleshooting Competencies:
Upon completion of CCNP4, students will be able to perform network-troubleshooting tasks in
areas such as:
OSI Layers 1, 2, and 3.
TCP/IP, LAN switching, VLANs, Frame Relay, ISDN, Appletalk, Novell, EIGRP, OSPF, BGP
Industry-Recognized Certification
Cisco Certified Network Professional (CCNP) coursework prepares students for CCNP
539
certification.
A CCNP certified individual can perform the following tasks:
Implement appropriate technologies to build a scalable routed network
Build campus networks using multilayer switching technologies
Improve traffic flow, reliability, redundancy, and performance for campus LANs, routed and
switched WANs, and remote access networks
Create and deploy a global intranet
Troubleshoot an environment that uses Cisco routers and switches for multiprotocol client
hosts and services
Positions for a CCNP certified individual include:
Network administrator
Level 2 support engineer
Level 2 systems engineer
Network technician
Deployment engineer
Advance Your Career CCNP Certification
Expand Your Professional Options Gaining and Certifying Advanced Skills
The CCNP certification validates an individuals networking skills at the midcareer level.
Candidates who pass the required proctored exams will receive a CCNP certificate from Cisco
and may use the CCNP designation on their business cards.
CCNP forms the professional level of the Cisco Career Certification program.
Who is the course for?
Anyone with a good background in Computer Networks and the Internet and preferably CCNA
qualified.
What will the course give you?
Preparation for the CISCO Certified Network Professional Exams
Advanced networking skills to design, install and maintain large routed computer networks.
Increased professional credibility by gaining high standards of technical expertise.
Skills necessary to improve your opportunities within the workforce.
The knowledge and skills necessary to take the CCNP exams
What material is covered ?
Extending IP Addresses Using VLSMs
Configuring OFPF, Enhanced IGRP and BGP
Assembling and Cabling WAN Components
540
Recommended Training
Building Scalable Cisco Internetworks (BSCI)
Building Cisco Multilayer Switched Networks
(BCMSN)
Implementing Secure Converged Wide Area
Networks (ISCW)
Optimizing Converged Cisco Networks (ONT)
US $
150
150
150
150
Required Exam(s)
Recommended Training
642-902 ROUTE
Implementing Cisco IP Routing
Implementing Cisco IP Switched
642-813 SWITCH
Networks
Troubleshooting and Maintaining
642-832 TSHOOT
Cisco IP Networks
Building Scalable Cisco Internetworks Exam (BSCI)(642-901)
The Building Scalable Cisco Internetworks (BSCI 642-901) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco
Certified Network Professional CCNP, Cisco Certified Design Professional CCDP, and Cisco
Certified Internetwork Professional CCIP certifications. The BSCI 642-901 exam will certify that
the successful candidate has important knowledge and skills necessary to use advanced IP
addressing and routing in implementing scalability for Cisco ISR routers connected to LANs and
WANs. The exam covers topics on Advanced IP Addressing, Routing Principles, Multicast
Routing, IPv6, Manipulating Routing Updates, Configuring basic BGP, Configuring EIGRP,
OSPF, and IS-IS.
Exam Topics
The following information provides general guidelines for the content likely to be included on
the exam. However, other related topics may also appear on any specific delivery of the exam. In
order to better reflect the contents of the exam and for clarity purposes the guidelines below may
change at any time without notice.
Implement VLANs.
541
542
Gateways, etc.)
Describe QoS considerations.
Explain the necessity of QoS in converged networks (e.g., bandwidth, delay, loss, etc.).
Describe strategies for QoS implementations (e.g. QoS Policy, QoS Models, etc.).
Describe DiffServ QoS implementations.
Describe classification and marking (e.g., CoS, ToS, IP Precedence, DSCP, etc.).
Describe and configure NBAR for classification.
Explain congestion management and avoidance mechanisms (e.g., FIFO, PQ, WRR, WRED,
etc.).
Describe traffic policing and traffic shaping (i.e., traffic conditioners).
Describe Control Plane Policing.
Describe WAN link efficiency mechanisms (e.g., Payload/Header Compression, MLP with
interleaving, etc.).
Describe and configure QoS Pre-Classify.
Implement AutoQoS.
Explain the functions and operations of AutoQoS.
Describe the SDM QoS Wizard.
Configure, verify, and torubleshoot AutoQoS implementations (i.e., MQC).
Implement WLAN security and management.
Describe and Configure wireless security on Cisco Clients and APs (e.g., SSID, WEP, LEAP,
etc.).
Describe basic wireless management (e.g., WLSE and WCS). Configure and verify basic
WCS configuration (i.e., login, add/review controller/AP status, security, and import/review
maps).
Describe and configure WLAN QoS.
545
The CISCO Certified Network Professional exam (CCNP) will have four papers.
Students can Complete CCNA+CCNP in 30 to 35 days. This duration includes Completion of
Course at Compufield premises, instruction, Practice, Practicals and Offline examination test.
Course Duration
210 sessions of 1 hr. each
Examination Fees
Examination Subject
Per Paper
IRS.
Per Paper
US$
No. of Papers
CCNA
6,750
150
CCNP
6,750
150
1 or 2
6,750
150
27,000
600
33,750
750
Total
546
Andrew.K
(Uganda)
Jamaldeen.N
(Sri Lanka)
Steve.S
(Scotland)
Alan.H
(British)
Course Duration
290 sessions of 1 hr.
each
S.C.Simon
(UK)
CCNA
The following topics are general guidelines for the content likely to be included on the CCNA
exam. However, other related topics may also appear on any specific delivery of the exam.
Describe how a network works
Describe the purpose and functions of various network devices
Select the components required to meet a network specification
Use the OSI and TCP/IP models and their associated protocols to explain how data flows in
a network
Describe common networked applications including web applications
Describe the purpose and basic operation of the protocols in the OSI and TCP models
Describe the impact of applications (Voice Over IP and Video Over IP) on a network
Interpret network diagrams
Determine the path between two hosts across a network
Describe the components required for network and Internet communications
Identify and correct common network problems at layers 1, 2, 3 and 7 using a layered model
approach
Differentiate between LAN/WAN operation and features
Configure, verify and troubleshoot a switch with VLANs and interswitch
547
communications
Select the appropriate media, cables, ports, and connectors to connect switches to other
network devices and hosts
Explain the technology and media access control method for Ethernet networks
Explain network segmentation and basic traffic management concepts
Explain basic switching concepts and the operation of Cisco switches
Perform and verify initial switch configuration tasks including remote access management
Verify network status and switch operation using basic utilities (including: ping, traceroute,
telnet, SSH, arp, ipconfig), SHOW & DEBUG commands
Identify, prescribe, and resolve common switched network media issues, configuration
issues, auto negotiation, and switch hardware failures
Describe enhanced switching technologies (including: VTP, RSTP, VLAN, PVSTP, 802.1q)
Describe how VLANs create logically separate networks and the need for routing between
them
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot VLANs
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot trunking on Cisco switches
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot interVLAN routing
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot VTP
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot RSTP operation
Interpret the output of various show and debug commands to verify the operational status of
a Cisco switched network.
Implement basic switch security (including: port security, trunk access, management vlan
other than vlan1, etc.)
Implement an IP addressing scheme and IP Services to meet network requirements in a
medium-size Enterprise branch office network.
Describe the operation and benefits of using private and public IP addressing
Explain the operation and benefits of using DHCP and DNS
Configure, verify and troubleshoot DHCP and DNS operation on a router.(including:
CLI/SDM)
Implement static and dynamic addressing services for hosts in a LAN environment
Calculate and apply an addressing scheme including VLSM IP addressing design to a
network
Determine the appropriate classless addressing scheme using VLSM and summarization to
satisfy addressing requirements in a LAN/WAN environment
Describe the technological requirements for running IPv6 in conjunction with IPv4
(including: protocols, dual stack, tunneling, etc).
Describe IPv6 addresses
Identify and correct common problems associated with IP addressing and host
configurations
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot basic router operation and routing on Cisco devices
548
Describe basic routing concepts (including: packet forwarding, router lookup process)
Describe the operation of Cisco routers (including: router bootup process, POST, router
components)
Select the appropriate media, cables, ports, and connectors to connect routers to other
network devices and hosts
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot RIPv2
Access and utilize the router to set basic parameters.(including: CLI/SDM)
Connect, configure, and verify operation status of a device interface
Verify device configuration and network connectivity using ping, traceroute, telnet, SSH or
other utilities
Perform and verify routing configuration tasks for a static or default route given specific
routing requirements
Manage IOS configuration files. (including: save, edit, upgrade, restore)
Manage Cisco IOS.
Compare and contrast methods of routing and routing protocols
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot OSPF
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot EIGRP
Verify network connectivity (including: using ping, traceroute, and telnet or SSH)
Troubleshoot routing issues
Verify router hardware and software operation using SHOW & DEBUG commands.
Implement basic router security
Explain and select the appropriate administrative tasks required for a WLAN
Describe standards associated with wireless media (including: IEEE WI-FI Alliance,
ITU/FCC)
Identify and describe the purpose of the components in a small wireless network. (Including:
SSID, BSS, ESS)
Identify the basic parameters to configure on a wireless network to ensure that devices
connect to the correct access point
Compare and contrast wireless security features and capabilities of WPA security (including:
open, WEP, WPA-1/2)
Identify common issues with implementing wireless networks. (Including: Interface,
missconfiguration)
Identify security threats to a network and describe general methods to mitigate those
threats
Describe today's increasing network security threats and explain the need to implement a
comprehensive security policy to mitigate the threats
Explain general methods to mitigate common security threats to network devices, hosts, and
applications
Describe the functions of common security appliances and applications
Describe security recommended practices including initial steps to secure network devices
549
Implement, verify, and troubleshoot NAT and ACLs in a medium-size Enterprise branch
office network.
Describe the purpose and types of ACLs
Configure and apply ACLs based on network filtering requirements.(including: CLI/SDM)
Configure and apply an ACLs to limit telnet and SSH access to the router using (including:
SDM/CLI)
Verify and monitor ACLs in a network environment
Troubleshoot ACL issues
Explain the basic operation of NAT
Configure NAT for given network requirements using (including: CLI/SDM)
Troubleshoot NAT issues
Implement and verify WAN links
Describe different methods for connecting to a WAN
Configure and verify a basic WAN serial connection
Configure and verify Frame Relay on Cisco routers
Troubleshoot WAN implementation issues
Describe VPN technology (including: importance, benefits, role, impact, components)
Configure and verify a PPP connection between Cisco routerss
Exam Spotlight
640 - 821 CCNA Two Part Harmony
Exam
# 640-821 Introduction to Cisco Technology (INTRO)
This new exam will test your knowledge of basic router
Reviewer's Rating
configuration, cable type, IOS commands, the OSI
model & subnetting
Test
55 to 65 question, 60 minute time limit
Cost Irs 2,500/- (US $ 65) candidates for CCNA must
Information
take in conjuction with #640-811 ICND exam
Who Should take this exam?
640 - 811 CCNA Second Test
Exam
Reviewer's Rating
Test
Information
Who Should take this exam?
CCNP
Cisco Certified Network Associate (CCNA) certification is recommended for students to enroll
in the Cisco Certified Network Professional (CCNP) curriculum. This advanced curriculum
trains students to install, configure and operate local-and wide-area networks (LANs and
WANs), and dial access services for organizations with networks from 100 to more than 500
nodes with protocols and technologies such as: TCP/IP, OSPF, EIGRP, BGP, ISDN, Frame
Relay, STP, and VTP. The focus is on developing those skills that enable students to implement
scalable networks, build campus networks using multilayer switching technologies, create and
551
deploy a global intranet, and troubleshoot an environment using Cisco routers and switches for
multiprotocol client hosts and services.
CCNP features:
CCNP1Advanced Routing
CCNP2Remote Access
CCNP3Multilayer Switching
CCNP4Network Troubleshooting
CCNP1 Advanced Routing Competencies:
Upon completion of CCNP1, students will be able to perform advanced routing tasks
including:
electing and configuring scalable IP addresses.
Implementing technologies to redistribute and support multiple, advanced, IP routing
protocols such as OSPF, EIGRP, and BGP.
Configuring access lists.
Designing and testing edge router connectivity into a BGP network.
CCNP2 Remote Access Competencies:
Upon completion of CCNP2, students will be able to perform advanced remote access tasks
including:
Configuring Asynchronous connections.
Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) architecture, protocol, callback, and compression.
ISDN architecture, protocol layers, BRI and DDR.
Configuring X.25, Frame Relay, and AAA.
CCNP3 Multilayer Switching Competencies:
Upon completion of CCNP3, students will be able to perform multilayer switching tasks
including
Fast Ethernet, Gigabit Ethernet.
VLAN basics, types, identification, and trunking protocol.
Spanning Tree Protocol.
MLS processes, and configuration.
Multicasting protocols, routing, and tasks.
CCNP4 Network Troubleshooting Competencies:
Upon completion of CCNP4, students will be able to perform network-troubleshooting tasks in
areas such as:
552
Recommended Training
Building Scalable Cisco Internetworks (BSCI)
Building Cisco Multilayer Switched Networks
(BCMSN)
Implementing Secure Converged Wide Area
Networks (ISCW)
Optimizing Converged Cisco Networks (ONT)
US $
150
150
150
150
Required Exam(s)
Recommended Training
642-902 ROUTE
Implementing Cisco IP Routing
Implementing Cisco IP Switched
642-813 SWITCH
Networks
Troubleshooting and Maintaining
642-832 TSHOOT
Cisco IP Networks
Building Scalable Cisco Internetworks Exam (BSCI)(642-901)
The Building Scalable Cisco Internetworks (BSCI 642-901) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco
Certified Network Professional CCNP, Cisco Certified Design Professional CCDP, and Cisco
Certified Internetwork Professional CCIP certifications. The BSCI 642-901 exam will certify
that the successful candidate has important knowledge and skills necessary to use advanced IP
addressing and routing in implementing scalability for Cisco ISR routers connected to LANs
and WANs. The exam covers topics on Advanced IP Addressing, Routing Principles, Multicast
Routing, IPv6, Manipulating Routing Updates, Configuring basic BGP, Configuring EIGRP,
OSPF, and IS-IS.
Exam Topics
554
The following information provides general guidelines for the content likely to be included on
the exam. However, other related topics may also appear on any specific delivery of the exam.
In order to better reflect the contents of the exam and for clarity purposes the guidelines below
may change at any time without notice.
Implement VLANs.
Explain the functions of VLANs in a hierarchical network.
Configure VLANs (e.g., Native, Default, Static and Access).
Explain and configure VLAN trunking (i.e., IEEE 802.1Q and ISL).
Explain and configure VTP.
Verify or troubleshoot VLAN configurations.
Conduct the operation of Spanning Tree protocols in a hierarchical network.
Explain the functions and operations of the Spanning Tree protocols (i.e., RSTP, PVRST,
MISTP).
Configure RSTP (PVRST) and MISTP.
Describe and configure STP security mechanisms (i.e., BPDU Guard, BPDU Filtering, Root
Guard).
Configure and Verify UDLD and Loop Guard.
Verify or troubleshoot Spanning Tree protocol operations.
Configure and verify link aggregation using PAgP or LACP.
Implement Inter-VLAN routing.
Explain and configure Inter-VLAN routing (i.e., SVI and routed ports).
Explain and enable CEF operation.
Verify or troubleshoot InterVLAN routing configurations.
Implement gateway redundancy technologies.
Explain the functions and operations of gateway redundancy protocols (i.e., HSRP, VRRP,
and GLBP).
Configure HSRP, VRRP, and GLBP.
Verify High Availability configurations.
Describe and configure wireless client access.
Describe the components and operations of WLAN topologies (i.e., AP and Bridge).
Describe the features of Client Devices, Network Unification, and Mobility Platforms (i.e.,
CCX, LWAPP).
Configure a wireless client (i.e., ADU).
Describe and configure security features in a switched network.
555
Describe common Layer 2 network attacks (e.g., MAC Flooding, Rogue Devices, VLAN
Hopping, DHCP Spoofing, etc.)
Explain and configure Port Security,802.1x, VACLs, Private VLANs, DHCP Snooping, and
DAI.
Verify Catalyst switch (IOS-based) security configurations (i.e., Port Security, 802.1x,
VACLs, Private VLANs, DHCP Snooping, and DAI).
Configure support for voice.
Describe the characteristics of voice in the campus network.
Describe the functions of Voice VLANs and trust boundaries.
Configure and verify basic IP Phone support (i.e. Voice VLAN, Trust and CoS options,
AutoQoS for voice)
Implementing Secure Converged Wide Area Networks (ISCW) (642-825)
In the Building Cisco Remote Access Networks course, students learn how to build, configure
and troubleshoot a remote access network to interconnect central sites to branch offices and
home offices. Students also learn how to control access to the central site, as well as to
maximize bandwidth utilization over the remote links.
Exam Topics
The following information provides general guidelines for the content likely to be included on
the exam. However, other related topics may also appear on any specific delivery of the exam.
In order to better reflect the contents of the exam and for clarity purposes the guidelines below
may change at any time without notice.
Implement basic teleworker services.
Describe Cable (HFC) technologies.
Describe xDSL technologies.
Configure ADSL (i.e., PPPoE or PPPoA).
Verify basic teleworker configurations.
Implement Frame-Mode MPLS.
Describe the components and operation of Frame-Mode MPLS (e.g., packet-based MPLS
VPNs).
Configure and verify Frame-Mode MPLS.
Implement a site-to-site IPSec VPN
Describe the components and operations of IPSec VPNs and GRE Tunnels.
Configure a site-to-site IPSec VPN/GRE Tunnel with SDM (i.e., preshared key).
556
In order to better reflect the contents of the exam and for clarity purposes the guidelines below
may change at any time without notice.
Describe Cisco VoIP implementations.
Describe the functions and operations of a VoIP network (e.g., packetization, bandwidth
considerations, CAC, etc.).
Describe and identify basic voice components in an enterprise network (e.g. Gatekeepers,
Gateways, etc.)
Describe QoS considerations.
Explain the necessity of QoS in converged networks (e.g., bandwidth, delay, loss, etc.).
Describe strategies for QoS implementations (e.g. QoS Policy, QoS Models, etc.).
Describe DiffServ QoS implementations.
Describe classification and marking (e.g., CoS, ToS, IP Precedence, DSCP, etc.).
Describe and configure NBAR for classification.
Explain congestion management and avoidance mechanisms (e.g., FIFO, PQ, WRR,
WRED, etc.).
Describe traffic policing and traffic shaping (i.e., traffic conditioners).
Describe Control Plane Policing.
Describe WAN link efficiency mechanisms (e.g., Payload/Header Compression, MLP with
interleaving, etc.).
Describe and configure QoS Pre-Classify.
Implement AutoQoS.
Explain the functions and operations of AutoQoS.
Describe the SDM QoS Wizard.
Configure, verify, and torubleshoot AutoQoS implementations (i.e., MQC).
Implement WLAN security and management.
Describe and Configure wireless security on Cisco Clients and APs (e.g., SSID, WEP,
LEAP, etc.).
Describe basic wireless management (e.g., WLSE and WCS). Configure and verify basic
WCS configuration (i.e., login, add/review controller/AP status, security, and import/review
maps).
Describe and configure WLAN QoS.
558
The CISCO Certified Network Professional exam (CCNP) will have four papers.
Course Fees does not include Examination Charges
Examination Fees : US $ 600 for four papers Students can Complete CCNA+CCNP in 30 to
35 days. This duration includes Completion of Course at Compufield premises, instruction,
Practice, Practicals and Offline examination test. LINUX
Basics of Linux
Linux System Administration
Linux Network AdministrationBasics of Linux (2 Days - 16 Hours) (Level I)
Introduction to Red Hat Linux
Getting Started
Login in Linux (GUI & Console)
Directory Structure of Linux
Listing Files & Directories (ls)
Creating, Moving & Deleting Files and Directories
Searching for Files (locate & find)
Shells (Working effectively in the Command Line)
File System Basics & File Management
Pipes, Streams & Redirects
Processes Management
Finally the vi Editor
Course Audience:
The course is intended for those who want to learn the very basics of Linux Operating System or
those who want to go for System and Network Administration and don't have any prior
experience on Linux
Linux System Administration (3 Days - 24 Hours) (Level II)
Overview of System Administration
Installation of Linux
Command-line Interface
559
The certification exam consists of three parts conducted in a single day. Two of the three sections
of the exam are performance-based, meaning that candidates must perform tasks on a live
system, rather than answering questions about how one might perform those tasks.
The RHCE Exam consists of three sections:
Section I: Troubleshooting (2.5 hours)
Section II: Multiple Choice (1.0 hour), and
Section III: Installation and Configuration (2.5 hours)
In order to pass the Red Hat Certified Engineer exam on Red Hat Linux 9 you must meet the
following requirements:
a) an average score of 80 or higher across all three sections, equally weighted; b) no section
score lower than 50 points;
c) 70 percent or more on the RHCT-level skills and 70 percent or more on the RHCE-level skills
in Section III. This last requirement is new, and enables RHCEs to demonstrate that they possess
both RHCT-level and RHCE-level skills, as well as enabling a person who only has RHCT level
skills to earn RHCT if they pass the required competencies.
Linux Study Material
561
Divesh.I
(Ind)
Ammar.M
(Ind)
Akinsey.K
(Nigeria)
Sameer.R
(Afganistan)
Course Duration
370 sessions of 1 hr.
each
Robert.K
(UK)
CCNA
The following topics are general guidelines for the content likely to be included on the CCNA
exam. However, other related topics may also appear on any specific delivery of the exam.
Describe how a network works
Describe the purpose and functions of various network devices
Select the components required to meet a network specification
Use the OSI and TCP/IP models and their associated protocols to explain how data flows in a
network
Describe common networked applications including web applications
Describe the purpose and basic operation of the protocols in the OSI and TCP models
Describe the impact of applications (Voice Over IP and Video Over IP) on a network
Interpret network diagrams
Determine the path between two hosts across a network
Describe the components required for network and Internet communications
Identify and correct common network problems at layers 1, 2, 3 and 7 using a layered model
approach
Differentiate between LAN/WAN operation and features
Configure, verify and troubleshoot a switch with VLANs and interswitch communications
562
Select the appropriate media, cables, ports, and connectors to connect switches to other
network devices and hosts
Explain the technology and media access control method for Ethernet networks
Explain network segmentation and basic traffic management concepts
Explain basic switching concepts and the operation of Cisco switches
Perform and verify initial switch configuration tasks including remote access management
Verify network status and switch operation using basic utilities (including: ping, traceroute,
telnet, SSH, arp, ipconfig), SHOW & DEBUG commands
Identify, prescribe, and resolve common switched network media issues, configuration issues,
auto negotiation, and switch hardware failures
Describe enhanced switching technologies (including: VTP, RSTP, VLAN, PVSTP, 802.1q)
Describe how VLANs create logically separate networks and the need for routing between
them
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot VLANs
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot trunking on Cisco switches
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot interVLAN routing
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot VTP
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot RSTP operation
Interpret the output of various show and debug commands to verify the operational status of a
Cisco switched network.
Implement basic switch security (including: port security, trunk access, management vlan
other than vlan1, etc.)
Implement an IP addressing scheme and IP Services to meet network requirements in a
medium-size Enterprise branch office network.
Describe the operation and benefits of using private and public IP addressing
Explain the operation and benefits of using DHCP and DNS
Configure, verify and troubleshoot DHCP and DNS operation on a router.(including:
CLI/SDM)
Implement static and dynamic addressing services for hosts in a LAN environment
Calculate and apply an addressing scheme including VLSM IP addressing design to a network
Determine the appropriate classless addressing scheme using VLSM and summarization to
satisfy addressing requirements in a LAN/WAN environment
Describe the technological requirements for running IPv6 in conjunction with IPv4
(including: protocols, dual stack, tunneling, etc).
Describe IPv6 addresses
Identify and correct common problems associated with IP addressing and host configurations
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot basic router operation and routing on Cisco devices
Describe basic routing concepts (including: packet forwarding, router lookup process)
563
Describe the operation of Cisco routers (including: router bootup process, POST, router
components)
Select the appropriate media, cables, ports, and connectors to connect routers to other network
devices and hosts
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot RIPv2
Access and utilize the router to set basic parameters.(including: CLI/SDM)
Connect, configure, and verify operation status of a device interface
Verify device configuration and network connectivity using ping, traceroute, telnet, SSH or
other utilities
Perform and verify routing configuration tasks for a static or default route given specific
routing requirements
Manage IOS configuration files. (including: save, edit, upgrade, restore)
Manage Cisco IOS.
Compare and contrast methods of routing and routing protocols
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot OSPF
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot EIGRP
Verify network connectivity (including: using ping, traceroute, and telnet or SSH)
Troubleshoot routing issues
Verify router hardware and software operation using SHOW & DEBUG commands.
Implement basic router security
Explain and select the appropriate administrative tasks required for a WLAN
Describe standards associated with wireless media (including: IEEE WI-FI Alliance,
ITU/FCC)
Identify and describe the purpose of the components in a small wireless network. (Including:
SSID, BSS, ESS)
Identify the basic parameters to configure on a wireless network to ensure that devices
connect to the correct access point
Compare and contrast wireless security features and capabilities of WPA security (including:
open, WEP, WPA-1/2)
Identify common issues with implementing wireless networks. (Including: Interface,
missconfiguration)
Identify security threats to a network and describe general methods to mitigate those
threats
Describe today's increasing network security threats and explain the need to implement a
comprehensive security policy to mitigate the threats
Explain general methods to mitigate common security threats to network devices, hosts, and
applications
Describe the functions of common security appliances and applications
Describe security recommended practices including initial steps to secure network devices
Implement, verify, and troubleshoot NAT and ACLs in a medium-size Enterprise branch
564
office network.
Describe the purpose and types of ACLs
Configure and apply ACLs based on network filtering requirements.(including: CLI/SDM)
Configure and apply an ACLs to limit telnet and SSH access to the router using (including:
SDM/CLI)
Verify and monitor ACLs in a network environment
Troubleshoot ACL issues
Explain the basic operation of NAT
Configure NAT for given network requirements using (including: CLI/SDM)
Troubleshoot NAT issues
Implement and verify WAN links
Describe different methods for connecting to a WAN
Configure and verify a basic WAN serial connection
Configure and verify Frame Relay on Cisco routers
Troubleshoot WAN implementation issues
Describe VPN technology (including: importance, benefits, role, impact, components)
Configure and verify a PPP connection between Cisco routerss
Exam Spotlight
640 - 821 CCNA Two Part Harmony
Exam
# 640-821 Introduction to Cisco Technology (INTRO)
This new exam will test your knowledge of basic router
Reviewer's Rating
configuration, cable type, IOS commands, the OSI model
& subnetting
Test
55 to 65 question, 60 minute time limit
Cost Irs 2,500/- (US $ 65) candidates for CCNA must
Information
take in conjuction with #640-811 ICND exam
Who Should take this exam?
640 - 811 CCNA Second Test
Exam
Reviewer's Rating
Test
Information
Who Should take this exam?
CCNP
Cisco Certified Network Associate (CCNA) certification is recommended for students to enroll in the
Cisco Certified Network Professional (CCNP) curriculum. This advanced curriculum trains students to
install, configure and operate local-and wide-area networks (LANs and WANs), and dial access services
for organizations with networks from 100 to more than 500 nodes with protocols and technologies such
as: TCP/IP, OSPF, EIGRP, BGP, ISDN, Frame Relay, STP, and VTP. The focus is on developing those
skills that enable students to implement scalable networks, build campus networks using multilayer
switching technologies, create and deploy a global intranet, and troubleshoot an environment using Cisco
routers and switches for multiprotocol client hosts and services.
CCNP features:
CCNP1Advanced Routing
CCNP2Remote Access
566
CCNP3Multilayer Switching
CCNP4Network Troubleshooting
CCNP1 Advanced Routing Competencies:
Upon completion of CCNP1, students will be able to perform advanced routing tasks including:
electing and configuring scalable IP addresses.
Implementing technologies to redistribute and support multiple, advanced, IP routing protocols such as
OSPF, EIGRP, and BGP.
Configuring access lists.
Designing and testing edge router connectivity into a BGP network.
CCNP2 Remote Access Competencies:
Upon completion of CCNP2, students will be able to perform advanced remote access tasks including:
Configuring Asynchronous connections.
Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) architecture, protocol, callback, and compression.
ISDN architecture, protocol layers, BRI and DDR.
Configuring X.25, Frame Relay, and AAA.
CCNP3 Multilayer Switching Competencies:
Upon completion of CCNP3, students will be able to perform multilayer switching tasks including
Fast Ethernet, Gigabit Ethernet.
VLAN basics, types, identification, and trunking protocol.
Spanning Tree Protocol.
MLS processes, and configuration.
Multicasting protocols, routing, and tasks.
CCNP4 Network Troubleshooting Competencies:
Upon completion of CCNP4, students will be able to perform network-troubleshooting tasks in areas such
as:
OSI Layers 1, 2, and 3.
TCP/IP, LAN switching, VLANs, Frame Relay, ISDN, Appletalk, Novell, EIGRP, OSPF, BGP
Industry-Recognized Certification
Cisco Certified Network Professional (CCNP) coursework prepares students for CCNP certification.
A CCNP certified individual can perform the following tasks:
Implement appropriate technologies to build a scalable routed network
Build campus networks using multilayer switching technologies
Improve traffic flow, reliability, redundancy, and performance for campus LANs, routed and switched
WANs, and remote access networks
Create and deploy a global intranet
Troubleshoot an environment that uses Cisco routers and switches for multiprotocol client hosts and
567
services
Positions for a CCNP certified individual include:
Network administrator
Level 2 support engineer
Level 2 systems engineer
Network technician
Deployment engineer
Advance Your Career CCNP Certification
Expand Your Professional Options Gaining and Certifying Advanced Skills
The CCNP certification validates an individuals networking skills at the midcareer level. Candidates who
pass the required proctored exams will receive a CCNP certificate from Cisco and may use the CCNP
designation on their business cards.
CCNP forms the professional level of the Cisco Career Certification program.
Who is the course for?
Anyone with a good background in Computer Networks and the Internet and preferably CCNA qualified.
What will the course give you?
Preparation for the CISCO Certified Network Professional Exams
Advanced networking skills to design, install and maintain large routed computer networks.
Increased professional credibility by gaining high standards of technical expertise.
Skills necessary to improve your opportunities within the workforce.
The knowledge and skills necessary to take the CCNP exams
What material is covered ?
Extending IP Addresses Using VLSMs
Configuring OFPF, Enhanced IGRP and BGP
Assembling and Cabling WAN Components
Using ISDN and DDR to Enhance Remote Connectivity
Scaling IP Addresses with PAT and NAT
Introduction to Switching Concepts and Virtual LANs
Support Resources for Troubleshooting
Workgroup Discovery Lab and CCO
Documenting Symptoms, Actions and Results
Tracking Log-ins and Connections
Troubleshooting VLANs on Routers and Switches
Exam
642-901 BSCI
642-812 BCMSN
642-825 ISCW
Recommended Training
US $
Building Scalable Cisco Internetworks (BSCI)
150
Building Cisco Multilayer Switched Networks (BCMSN)
150
Implementing Secure Converged Wide Area Networks
150
(ISCW)
568
642-845 ONT
150
Recommended Training
Implementing Cisco IP Routing
Implementing Cisco IP Switched
Networks
Troubleshooting and Maintaining Cisco
IP Networks
networks, specific IP QoS mechanisms for implementing the DiffServ QoS model, AutoQoS, wireless
security and basic wireless management.
Exam Topics
The following information provides general guidelines for the content likely to be included on the exam.
However, other related topics may also appear on any specific delivery of the exam. In order to better
reflect the contents of the exam and for clarity purposes the guidelines below may change at any time
without notice.
Describe Cisco VoIP implementations.
Describe the functions and operations of a VoIP network (e.g., packetization, bandwidth
considerations, CAC, etc.).
Describe and identify basic voice components in an enterprise network (e.g. Gatekeepers, Gateways,
etc.)
Describe QoS considerations.
Explain the necessity of QoS in converged networks (e.g., bandwidth, delay, loss, etc.).
Describe strategies for QoS implementations (e.g. QoS Policy, QoS Models, etc.).
Describe DiffServ QoS implementations.
Describe classification and marking (e.g., CoS, ToS, IP Precedence, DSCP, etc.).
Describe and configure NBAR for classification.
Explain congestion management and avoidance mechanisms (e.g., FIFO, PQ, WRR, WRED, etc.).
Describe traffic policing and traffic shaping (i.e., traffic conditioners).
Describe Control Plane Policing.
Describe WAN link efficiency mechanisms (e.g., Payload/Header Compression, MLP with
interleaving, etc.).
Describe and configure QoS Pre-Classify.
Implement AutoQoS.
Explain the functions and operations of AutoQoS.
Describe the SDM QoS Wizard.
Configure, verify, and torubleshoot AutoQoS implementations (i.e., MQC).
Implement WLAN security and management.
Describe and Configure wireless security on Cisco Clients and APs (e.g., SSID, WEP, LEAP, etc.).
Describe basic wireless management (e.g., WLSE and WCS). Configure and verify basic WCS
configuration (i.e., login, add/review controller/AP status, security, and import/review maps).
Describe and configure WLAN QoS.
572
CCIE
Exams are the core of the CCIE program.Training is not the CCIE program objective. Rather, the focus is
on identifying those experts capable of understanding and navigating the subtleties, intricacies and
potential pitfalls inherent to end-to-end networking. To become certified as a CCIE you must pass BOTH
a written qualification exam AND the corresponding hands-on lab exam in one of the CCIE tracks.
Written Exams are two-hour, multiple choice, computer-based exams available at authorized testing
centers worldwide.
Lab exams are eight-hour, hands on exams that test the ability to configure and troubleshoot equipment
and are offered at selected Cisco locations.
Check Scheduling links below for more information.
Routing and Switching
Our most popular track identifies experts in WAN, LAN and dial access networking.
Course Contents
573
575
Examination Fees
Examination Subject
Per Paper
IRS.
Per Paper
US$
No. of Papers
CCNA
6,750
150
CCNP
6,750
150
1 or 2
6,750
150
27,000
600
33,750
750
Total
s For Individual Training as per your schedule add 30% to the mentioned tution fees
CCNA
CCNP
CCIE
Divesh.I
(Ind)
Ammar.M
(Ind)
Akinsey.K
(Nigeria)
Sameer.R
(Afganistan)
Course Duration
370 sessions of 1 hr.
each
Robert.K
(UK)
CCNA
The following topics are general guidelines for the content likely to be included on the CCNA
exam. However, other related topics may also appear on any specific delivery of the exam.
Describe how a network works
Describe the purpose and functions of various network devices
Select the components required to meet a network specification
Use the OSI and TCP/IP models and their associated protocols to explain how data flows in a
576
network
Describe common networked applications including web applications
Describe the purpose and basic operation of the protocols in the OSI and TCP models
Describe the impact of applications (Voice Over IP and Video Over IP) on a network
Interpret network diagrams
Determine the path between two hosts across a network
Describe the components required for network and Internet communications
Identify and correct common network problems at layers 1, 2, 3 and 7 using a layered model
approach
Differentiate between LAN/WAN operation and features
Configure, verify and troubleshoot a switch with VLANs and interswitch communications
Select the appropriate media, cables, ports, and connectors to connect switches to other
network devices and hosts
Explain the technology and media access control method for Ethernet networks
Explain network segmentation and basic traffic management concepts
Explain basic switching concepts and the operation of Cisco switches
Perform and verify initial switch configuration tasks including remote access management
Verify network status and switch operation using basic utilities (including: ping, traceroute,
telnet, SSH, arp, ipconfig), SHOW & DEBUG commands
Identify, prescribe, and resolve common switched network media issues, configuration issues,
auto negotiation, and switch hardware failures
Describe enhanced switching technologies (including: VTP, RSTP, VLAN, PVSTP, 802.1q)
Describe how VLANs create logically separate networks and the need for routing between
them
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot VLANs
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot trunking on Cisco switches
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot interVLAN routing
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot VTP
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot RSTP operation
Interpret the output of various show and debug commands to verify the operational status of a
Cisco switched network.
Implement basic switch security (including: port security, trunk access, management vlan
other than vlan1, etc.)
Implement an IP addressing scheme and IP Services to meet network requirements in a
medium-size Enterprise branch office network.
Describe the operation and benefits of using private and public IP addressing
Explain the operation and benefits of using DHCP and DNS
Configure, verify and troubleshoot DHCP and DNS operation on a router.(including:
CLI/SDM)
Implement static and dynamic addressing services for hosts in a LAN environment
577
Calculate and apply an addressing scheme including VLSM IP addressing design to a network
Determine the appropriate classless addressing scheme using VLSM and summarization to
satisfy addressing requirements in a LAN/WAN environment
Describe the technological requirements for running IPv6 in conjunction with IPv4
(including: protocols, dual stack, tunneling, etc).
Describe IPv6 addresses
Identify and correct common problems associated with IP addressing and host configurations
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot basic router operation and routing on Cisco devices
Describe basic routing concepts (including: packet forwarding, router lookup process)
Describe the operation of Cisco routers (including: router bootup process, POST, router
components)
Select the appropriate media, cables, ports, and connectors to connect routers to other network
devices and hosts
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot RIPv2
Access and utilize the router to set basic parameters.(including: CLI/SDM)
Connect, configure, and verify operation status of a device interface
Verify device configuration and network connectivity using ping, traceroute, telnet, SSH or
other utilities
Perform and verify routing configuration tasks for a static or default route given specific
routing requirements
Manage IOS configuration files. (including: save, edit, upgrade, restore)
Manage Cisco IOS.
Compare and contrast methods of routing and routing protocols
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot OSPF
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot EIGRP
Verify network connectivity (including: using ping, traceroute, and telnet or SSH)
Troubleshoot routing issues
Verify router hardware and software operation using SHOW & DEBUG commands.
Implement basic router security
Explain and select the appropriate administrative tasks required for a WLAN
Describe standards associated with wireless media (including: IEEE WI-FI Alliance,
ITU/FCC)
Identify and describe the purpose of the components in a small wireless network. (Including:
SSID, BSS, ESS)
Identify the basic parameters to configure on a wireless network to ensure that devices
connect to the correct access point
Compare and contrast wireless security features and capabilities of WPA security (including:
open, WEP, WPA-1/2)
Identify common issues with implementing wireless networks. (Including: Interface,
missconfiguration)
578
Identify security threats to a network and describe general methods to mitigate those
threats
Describe today's increasing network security threats and explain the need to implement a
comprehensive security policy to mitigate the threats
Explain general methods to mitigate common security threats to network devices, hosts, and
applications
Describe the functions of common security appliances and applications
Describe security recommended practices including initial steps to secure network devices
Implement, verify, and troubleshoot NAT and ACLs in a medium-size Enterprise branch
office network.
Describe the purpose and types of ACLs
Configure and apply ACLs based on network filtering requirements.(including: CLI/SDM)
Configure and apply an ACLs to limit telnet and SSH access to the router using (including:
SDM/CLI)
Verify and monitor ACLs in a network environment
Troubleshoot ACL issues
Explain the basic operation of NAT
Configure NAT for given network requirements using (including: CLI/SDM)
Troubleshoot NAT issues
Implement and verify WAN links
Describe different methods for connecting to a WAN
Configure and verify a basic WAN serial connection
Configure and verify Frame Relay on Cisco routers
Troubleshoot WAN implementation issues
Describe VPN technology (including: importance, benefits, role, impact, components)
Configure and verify a PPP connection between Cisco routerss
Exam Spotlight
640 - 821 CCNA Two Part Harmony
Exam
# 640-821 Introduction to Cisco Technology (INTRO)
This new exam will test your knowledge of basic router
Reviewer's Rating
configuration, cable type, IOS commands, the OSI model
& subnetting
Test
55 to 65 question, 60 minute time limit
Cost Irs 2,500/- (US $ 65) candidates for CCNA must
Information
take in conjuction with #640-811 ICND exam
Who Should take this exam?
579
CCNP
580
Cisco Certified Network Associate (CCNA) certification is recommended for students to enroll
in the Cisco Certified Network Professional (CCNP) curriculum. This advanced curriculum
trains students to install, configure and operate local-and wide-area networks (LANs and WANs),
and dial access services for organizations with networks from 100 to more than 500 nodes with
protocols and technologies such as: TCP/IP, OSPF, EIGRP, BGP, ISDN, Frame Relay, STP, and
VTP. The focus is on developing those skills that enable students to implement scalable
networks, build campus networks using multilayer switching technologies, create and deploy a
global intranet, and troubleshoot an environment using Cisco routers and switches for
multiprotocol client hosts and services.
CCNP features:
CCNP1Advanced Routing
CCNP2Remote Access
CCNP3Multilayer Switching
CCNP4Network Troubleshooting
CCNP1 Advanced Routing Competencies:
Upon completion of CCNP1, students will be able to perform advanced routing tasks including:
electing and configuring scalable IP addresses.
Implementing technologies to redistribute and support multiple, advanced, IP routing
protocols such as OSPF, EIGRP, and BGP.
Configuring access lists.
Designing and testing edge router connectivity into a BGP network.
CCNP2 Remote Access Competencies:
Upon completion of CCNP2, students will be able to perform advanced remote access tasks
including:
Configuring Asynchronous connections.
Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) architecture, protocol, callback, and compression.
ISDN architecture, protocol layers, BRI and DDR.
Configuring X.25, Frame Relay, and AAA.
CCNP3 Multilayer Switching Competencies:
Upon completion of CCNP3, students will be able to perform multilayer switching tasks
including
Fast Ethernet, Gigabit Ethernet.
VLAN basics, types, identification, and trunking protocol.
Spanning Tree Protocol.
581
582
Recommended Training
Building Scalable Cisco Internetworks (BSCI)
Building Cisco Multilayer Switched Networks
(BCMSN)
Implementing Secure Converged Wide Area
Networks (ISCW)
Optimizing Converged Cisco Networks (ONT)
US $
150
150
150
150
Required Exam(s)
Recommended Training
642-902 ROUTE
Implementing Cisco IP Routing
Implementing Cisco IP Switched
642-813 SWITCH
Networks
Troubleshooting and Maintaining
642-832 TSHOOT
Cisco IP Networks
Building Scalable Cisco Internetworks Exam (BSCI)(642-901)
The Building Scalable Cisco Internetworks (BSCI 642-901) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco
Certified Network Professional CCNP, Cisco Certified Design Professional CCDP, and Cisco
Certified Internetwork Professional CCIP certifications. The BSCI 642-901 exam will certify that
the successful candidate has important knowledge and skills necessary to use advanced IP
583
addressing and routing in implementing scalability for Cisco ISR routers connected to LANs and
WANs. The exam covers topics on Advanced IP Addressing, Routing Principles, Multicast
Routing, IPv6, Manipulating Routing Updates, Configuring basic BGP, Configuring EIGRP,
OSPF, and IS-IS.
Exam Topics
The following information provides general guidelines for the content likely to be included on
the exam. However, other related topics may also appear on any specific delivery of the exam. In
order to better reflect the contents of the exam and for clarity purposes the guidelines below may
change at any time without notice.
Implement VLANs.
Explain the functions of VLANs in a hierarchical network.
Configure VLANs (e.g., Native, Default, Static and Access).
Explain and configure VLAN trunking (i.e., IEEE 802.1Q and ISL).
Explain and configure VTP.
Verify or troubleshoot VLAN configurations.
Conduct the operation of Spanning Tree protocols in a hierarchical network.
Explain the functions and operations of the Spanning Tree protocols (i.e., RSTP, PVRST,
MISTP).
Configure RSTP (PVRST) and MISTP.
Describe and configure STP security mechanisms (i.e., BPDU Guard, BPDU Filtering, Root
Guard).
Configure and Verify UDLD and Loop Guard.
Verify or troubleshoot Spanning Tree protocol operations.
Configure and verify link aggregation using PAgP or LACP.
Implement Inter-VLAN routing.
Explain and configure Inter-VLAN routing (i.e., SVI and routed ports).
Explain and enable CEF operation.
Verify or troubleshoot InterVLAN routing configurations.
Implement gateway redundancy technologies.
Explain the functions and operations of gateway redundancy protocols (i.e., HSRP, VRRP,
and GLBP).
Configure HSRP, VRRP, and GLBP.
Verify High Availability configurations.
Describe and configure wireless client access.
584
Describe the components and operations of WLAN topologies (i.e., AP and Bridge).
Describe the features of Client Devices, Network Unification, and Mobility Platforms (i.e.,
CCX, LWAPP).
Configure a wireless client (i.e., ADU).
Describe and configure security features in a switched network.
Describe common Layer 2 network attacks (e.g., MAC Flooding, Rogue Devices, VLAN
Hopping, DHCP Spoofing, etc.)
Explain and configure Port Security,802.1x, VACLs, Private VLANs, DHCP Snooping, and
DAI.
Verify Catalyst switch (IOS-based) security configurations (i.e., Port Security, 802.1x,
VACLs, Private VLANs, DHCP Snooping, and DAI).
Configure support for voice.
Describe the characteristics of voice in the campus network.
Describe the functions of Voice VLANs and trust boundaries.
Configure and verify basic IP Phone support (i.e. Voice VLAN, Trust and CoS options,
AutoQoS for voice)
Implementing Secure Converged Wide Area Networks (ISCW) (642-825)
In the Building Cisco Remote Access Networks course, students learn how to build, configure
and troubleshoot a remote access network to interconnect central sites to branch offices and
home offices. Students also learn how to control access to the central site, as well as to maximize
bandwidth utilization over the remote links.
Exam Topics
The following information provides general guidelines for the content likely to be included on
the exam. However, other related topics may also appear on any specific delivery of the exam. In
order to better reflect the contents of the exam and for clarity purposes the guidelines below may
change at any time without notice.
Implement basic teleworker services.
Describe Cable (HFC) technologies.
Describe xDSL technologies.
Configure ADSL (i.e., PPPoE or PPPoA).
Verify basic teleworker configurations.
Implement Frame-Mode MPLS.
Describe the components and operation of Frame-Mode MPLS (e.g., packet-based MPLS
VPNs).
585
DiffServ QoS model, AutoQoS, wireless security and basic wireless management.
Exam Topics
The following information provides general guidelines for the content likely to be included on
the exam. However, other related topics may also appear on any specific delivery of the exam. In
order to better reflect the contents of the exam and for clarity purposes the guidelines below may
change at any time without notice.
Describe Cisco VoIP implementations.
Describe the functions and operations of a VoIP network (e.g., packetization, bandwidth
considerations, CAC, etc.).
Describe and identify basic voice components in an enterprise network (e.g. Gatekeepers,
Gateways, etc.)
Describe QoS considerations.
Explain the necessity of QoS in converged networks (e.g., bandwidth, delay, loss, etc.).
Describe strategies for QoS implementations (e.g. QoS Policy, QoS Models, etc.).
Describe DiffServ QoS implementations.
Describe classification and marking (e.g., CoS, ToS, IP Precedence, DSCP, etc.).
Describe and configure NBAR for classification.
Explain congestion management and avoidance mechanisms (e.g., FIFO, PQ, WRR, WRED,
etc.).
Describe traffic policing and traffic shaping (i.e., traffic conditioners).
Describe Control Plane Policing.
Describe WAN link efficiency mechanisms (e.g., Payload/Header Compression, MLP with
interleaving, etc.).
Describe and configure QoS Pre-Classify.
Implement AutoQoS.
Explain the functions and operations of AutoQoS.
Describe the SDM QoS Wizard.
Configure, verify, and torubleshoot AutoQoS implementations (i.e., MQC).
Implement WLAN security and management.
Describe and Configure wireless security on Cisco Clients and APs (e.g., SSID, WEP, LEAP,
etc.).
Describe basic wireless management (e.g., WLSE and WCS). Configure and verify basic
WCS configuration (i.e., login, add/review controller/AP status, security, and import/review
maps).
587
CCIE
Exams are the core of the CCIE program.Training is not the CCIE program objective. Rather, the
focus is on identifying those experts capable of understanding and navigating the subtleties,
intricacies and potential pitfalls inherent to end-to-end networking. To become certified as a
CCIE you must pass BOTH a written qualification exam AND the corresponding hands-on lab
exam in one of the CCIE tracks.
Written Exams are two-hour, multiple choice, computer-based exams available at authorized
testing centers worldwide.
Lab exams are eight-hour, hands on exams that test the ability to configure and troubleshoot
equipment and are offered at selected Cisco locations.
Check Scheduling links below for more information.
Routing and Switching
588
Our most popular track identifies experts in WAN, LAN and dial access networking.
Course Contents
Bridging and Switching
Configuring a Primary Root Switch Configuring InterVLAN Routing Configuring VLANs
Configuring Access Control Configuring SPAN and RSPAN Configuring ISL Trunking DLSw+
Ethernet Redundancy Feature Configuring EtherChannel Unidirectional Link Detection Protocol
Feature IEEE 802.1 LAN/MAN Bridging & Management Configuring Fast EtherChannel and
Gigabit EtherChannel Configuring Transparent Bridging Transparent Bridging Commands
Cisco Device Operations
TCP and UDP Small Servers PCMCIA Filesystem Compatibility Matrix and Filesystem
Information Routers Troubleshooting Cisco Catalyst Switches
IP
Cisco IOS Network Address Translation (NAT) Deploying Network Address Translation Proxy
ARP Ping and Traceroute Commands FTP Active or Passive GRE Tunnel Access Control Lists
and IP Fragments
IP Routing
Enhanced IGRP Stub Routing
Multicast
Multicast Quick-Start Configuration Guide
LAN
1000BASE-T GBIC Installation Notes Preparing for Installation Troubleshooting Cisco Catalyst
Switches Troubleshooting Connectivity in a Wireless LAN Network Configuring FDDI/CDDI
Switching Access Point Fibre Channel and Ethernet/IP Unite Tagging Scheme IEEE 802.2 Logic
Link Control IEEE 802.3 CSMA/CD Access Method IEEE 802.5 Token-Ring Access Method
IEEE 802.11 Wireless Troubleshooting Cisco Router Token Ring Interfaces Token Ring/IEEE
802.5 Troubleshooting Ethernet Fast Ethernet 100-Mbps Solutions
Multiservice
Cisco IOS Voice, Video, and Fax Commands
589
QoS
Quality of Service Solutions Configuration Guide Introduction to Frame Relay Network-Based
Application Recognition Quality of Service Commands Configuring RSVP
WAN
Capabilities of Typical ISDN Switches Configuring ISDN BRI for Leased-Line Service MSCHAP Support T1 Layer 1 Troubleshooting Asynchronous Transfer Mode Switching ATM
Routing with IISP and PNNI PPPoA Baseline Architecture Voice over ATM with AAL2
Trunking Interface Commands Configuring Serial Interfaces Introduction to WAN Technologies
Configuring Frame Relay
Security Identifies experts in configuring and maintaining secure networks.
Course Contents
Cisco Documentation Cisco - Internet Security Advisories Increasing Security on IP Networks
Security Technologies Improving Security on Cisco Routers Cisco Service & Support Technical
Tips Frame Relay Routing Protocols Configuring IP Routing Protocols OSPF Design Guide BGP
Tech Tips EIGRP IGRP Router Management
Service Provider
(formerly Communications and Services)
Certifies expert level knowledge of networking in service provider environments.
Course Contents
Blueprint: Optical
Blueprint: Revised Optical (beta version)
Blueprint: DSL
Blueprint: Cable
Blueprint: WAN Switching
Blueprint: IP Telephony
Blueprint: Dial
Blueprint: Content Networking (beta version)
Voice
Certifies expert level knowledge of voice over IP networks in the enterprise.
Course Contents
590
Per Paper
IRS.
Per Paper
US$
CCNA
CCNP
6,750
6,750
150
150
Total
Total Exam Fees
No. of Papers Exam Fees
US $
IRS.
1 or 2
6,750
150
4
27,000
600
Total 33,750
750
591
592
Andrew.K
(Uganda)
Jamaldeen.N
(Sri Lanka)
1
Steve.S
(Scotland)
Course Duration
450 sessions of 1 hr.
each
S.C.Simon
(UK)
Alan.H
(British)
6
CCNA
The following topics are general guidelines for the content likely to be included on the CCNA
exam. However, other related topics may also appear on any specific delivery of the exam.
Describe how a network works
Describe the purpose and functions of various network devices
Select the components required to meet a network specification
Use the OSI and TCP/IP models and their associated protocols to explain how data flows in a
network
Describe common networked applications including web applications
Describe the purpose and basic operation of the protocols in the OSI and TCP models
Describe the impact of applications (Voice Over IP and Video Over IP) on a network
Interpret network diagrams
Determine the path between two hosts across a network
Describe the components required for network and Internet communications
Identify and correct common network problems at layers 1, 2, 3 and 7 using a layered model
593
approach
Differentiate between LAN/WAN operation and features
Configure, verify and troubleshoot a switch with VLANs and interswitch communications
Select the appropriate media, cables, ports, and connectors to connect switches to other
network devices and hosts
Explain the technology and media access control method for Ethernet networks
Explain network segmentation and basic traffic management concepts
Explain basic switching concepts and the operation of Cisco switches
Perform and verify initial switch configuration tasks including remote access management
Verify network status and switch operation using basic utilities (including: ping, traceroute,
telnet, SSH, arp, ipconfig), SHOW & DEBUG commands
Identify, prescribe, and resolve common switched network media issues, configuration issues,
auto negotiation, and switch hardware failures
Describe enhanced switching technologies (including: VTP, RSTP, VLAN, PVSTP, 802.1q)
Describe how VLANs create logically separate networks and the need for routing between
them
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot VLANs
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot trunking on Cisco switches
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot interVLAN routing
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot VTP
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot RSTP operation
Interpret the output of various show and debug commands to verify the operational status of a
Cisco switched network.
Implement basic switch security (including: port security, trunk access, management vlan
other than vlan1, etc.)
Implement an IP addressing scheme and IP Services to meet network requirements in a mediumsize Enterprise branch office network.
Describe the operation and benefits of using private and public IP addressing
Explain the operation and benefits of using DHCP and DNS
Configure, verify and troubleshoot DHCP and DNS operation on a router.(including:
CLI/SDM)
Implement static and dynamic addressing services for hosts in a LAN environment
Calculate and apply an addressing scheme including VLSM IP addressing design to a network
Determine the appropriate classless addressing scheme using VLSM and summarization to
satisfy addressing requirements in a LAN/WAN environment
Describe the technological requirements for running IPv6 in conjunction with IPv4
(including: protocols, dual stack, tunneling, etc).
Describe IPv6 addresses
594
Identify and correct common problems associated with IP addressing and host configurations
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot basic router operation and routing on Cisco devices
Describe basic routing concepts (including: packet forwarding, router lookup process)
Describe the operation of Cisco routers (including: router bootup process, POST, router
components)
Select the appropriate media, cables, ports, and connectors to connect routers to other network
devices and hosts
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot RIPv2
Access and utilize the router to set basic parameters.(including: CLI/SDM)
Connect, configure, and verify operation status of a device interface
Verify device configuration and network connectivity using ping, traceroute, telnet, SSH or
other utilities
Perform and verify routing configuration tasks for a static or default route given specific
routing requirements
Manage IOS configuration files. (including: save, edit, upgrade, restore)
Manage Cisco IOS.
Compare and contrast methods of routing and routing protocols
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot OSPF
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot EIGRP
Verify network connectivity (including: using ping, traceroute, and telnet or SSH)
Troubleshoot routing issues
Verify router hardware and software operation using SHOW & DEBUG commands.
Implement basic router security
Explain and select the appropriate administrative tasks required for a WLAN
Describe standards associated with wireless media (including: IEEE WI-FI Alliance,
ITU/FCC)
Identify and describe the purpose of the components in a small wireless network. (Including:
SSID, BSS, ESS)
Identify the basic parameters to configure on a wireless network to ensure that devices
connect to the correct access point
Compare and contrast wireless security features and capabilities of WPA security (including:
open, WEP, WPA-1/2)
Identify common issues with implementing wireless networks. (Including: Interface,
missconfiguration)
Identify security threats to a network and describe general methods to mitigate those threats
Describe today's increasing network security threats and explain the need to implement a
comprehensive security policy to mitigate the threats
Explain general methods to mitigate common security threats to network devices, hosts, and
applications
595
Test
Information
Who Should take this exam?
& subnetting
55 to 65 question, 60 minute time limit
Cost Irs 5,000/- (US $ 125) candidates for CCNA must
take in conjuction with #640-821 INTRO exam
Current CCNA may use this exam to recertify.
CCNP
Cisco Certified Network Associate (CCNA) certification is recommended for students to enroll
in the Cisco Certified Network Professional (CCNP) curriculum. This advanced curriculum
trains students to install, configure and operate local-and wide-area networks (LANs and WANs),
and dial access services for organizations with networks from 100 to more than 500 nodes with
protocols and technologies such as: TCP/IP, OSPF, EIGRP, BGP, ISDN, Frame Relay, STP, and
VTP. The focus is on developing those skills that enable students to implement scalable
597
networks, build campus networks using multilayer switching technologies, create and deploy a
global intranet, and troubleshoot an environment using Cisco routers and switches for
multiprotocol client hosts and services.
CCNP features:
CCNP1Advanced Routing
CCNP2Remote Access
CCNP3Multilayer Switching
CCNP4Network Troubleshooting
CCNP1 Advanced Routing Competencies:
Upon completion of CCNP1, students will be able to perform advanced routing tasks including:
electing and configuring scalable IP addresses.
Implementing technologies to redistribute and support multiple, advanced, IP routing
protocols such as OSPF, EIGRP, and BGP.
Configuring access lists.
Designing and testing edge router connectivity into a BGP network.
CCNP2 Remote Access Competencies:
Upon completion of CCNP2, students will be able to perform advanced remote access tasks
including:
Configuring Asynchronous connections.
Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) architecture, protocol, callback, and compression.
ISDN architecture, protocol layers, BRI and DDR.
Configuring X.25, Frame Relay, and AAA.
CCNP3 Multilayer Switching Competencies:
Upon completion of CCNP3, students will be able to perform multilayer switching tasks
including
Fast Ethernet, Gigabit Ethernet.
VLAN basics, types, identification, and trunking protocol.
Spanning Tree Protocol.
MLS processes, and configuration.
Multicasting protocols, routing, and tasks.
CCNP4 Network Troubleshooting Competencies:
Upon completion of CCNP4, students will be able to perform network-troubleshooting tasks in
areas such as:
598
Recommended Training
Building Scalable Cisco Internetworks (BSCI)
Building Cisco Multilayer Switched Networks
(BCMSN)
Implementing Secure Converged Wide Area
Networks (ISCW)
Optimizing Converged Cisco Networks (ONT)
US $
150
150
150
150
Required Exam(s)
Recommended Training
642-902 ROUTE
Implementing Cisco IP Routing
Implementing Cisco IP Switched
642-813 SWITCH
Networks
Troubleshooting and Maintaining
642-832 TSHOOT
Cisco IP Networks
Building Scalable Cisco Internetworks Exam (BSCI)(642-901)
The Building Scalable Cisco Internetworks (BSCI 642-901) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco
Certified Network Professional CCNP, Cisco Certified Design Professional CCDP, and Cisco
Certified Internetwork Professional CCIP certifications. The BSCI 642-901 exam will certify that
the successful candidate has important knowledge and skills necessary to use advanced IP
addressing and routing in implementing scalability for Cisco ISR routers connected to LANs and
WANs. The exam covers topics on Advanced IP Addressing, Routing Principles, Multicast
Routing, IPv6, Manipulating Routing Updates, Configuring basic BGP, Configuring EIGRP,
OSPF, and IS-IS.
Exam Topics
The following information provides general guidelines for the content likely to be included on
600
the exam. However, other related topics may also appear on any specific delivery of the exam. In
order to better reflect the contents of the exam and for clarity purposes the guidelines below may
change at any time without notice.
Implement VLANs.
Explain the functions of VLANs in a hierarchical network.
Configure VLANs (e.g., Native, Default, Static and Access).
Explain and configure VLAN trunking (i.e., IEEE 802.1Q and ISL).
Explain and configure VTP.
Verify or troubleshoot VLAN configurations.
Conduct the operation of Spanning Tree protocols in a hierarchical network.
Explain the functions and operations of the Spanning Tree protocols (i.e., RSTP, PVRST,
MISTP).
Configure RSTP (PVRST) and MISTP.
Describe and configure STP security mechanisms (i.e., BPDU Guard, BPDU Filtering, Root
Guard).
Configure and Verify UDLD and Loop Guard.
Verify or troubleshoot Spanning Tree protocol operations.
Configure and verify link aggregation using PAgP or LACP.
Implement Inter-VLAN routing.
Explain and configure Inter-VLAN routing (i.e., SVI and routed ports).
Explain and enable CEF operation.
Verify or troubleshoot InterVLAN routing configurations.
Implement gateway redundancy technologies.
Explain the functions and operations of gateway redundancy protocols (i.e., HSRP, VRRP,
and GLBP).
Configure HSRP, VRRP, and GLBP.
Verify High Availability configurations.
Describe and configure wireless client access.
Describe the components and operations of WLAN topologies (i.e., AP and Bridge).
Describe the features of Client Devices, Network Unification, and Mobility Platforms (i.e.,
CCX, LWAPP).
Configure a wireless client (i.e., ADU).
Describe and configure security features in a switched network.
Describe common Layer 2 network attacks (e.g., MAC Flooding, Rogue Devices, VLAN
601
604
CCIE
Exams are the core of the CCIE program.Training is not the CCIE program objective. Rather, the
focus is on identifying those experts capable of understanding and navigating the subtleties,
intricacies and potential pitfalls inherent to end-to-end networking. To become certified as a
CCIE you must pass BOTH a written qualification exam AND the corresponding hands-on lab
exam in one of the CCIE tracks.
Written Exams are two-hour, multiple choice, computer-based exams available at authorized
testing centers worldwide.
Lab exams are eight-hour, hands on exams that test the ability to configure and troubleshoot
equipment and are offered at selected Cisco locations.
Check Scheduling links below for more information.
Routing and Switching
Our most popular track identifies experts in WAN, LAN and dial access networking.
605
Course Contents
Bridging and Switching
Configuring a Primary Root Switch Configuring InterVLAN Routing Configuring VLANs
Configuring Access Control Configuring SPAN and RSPAN Configuring ISL Trunking DLSw+
Ethernet Redundancy Feature Configuring EtherChannel Unidirectional Link Detection Protocol
Feature IEEE 802.1 LAN/MAN Bridging & Management Configuring Fast EtherChannel and
Gigabit EtherChannel Configuring Transparent Bridging Transparent Bridging Commands
Cisco Device Operations
TCP and UDP Small Servers PCMCIA Filesystem Compatibility Matrix and Filesystem
Information Routers Troubleshooting Cisco Catalyst Switches
IP
Cisco IOS Network Address Translation (NAT) Deploying Network Address Translation Proxy
ARP Ping and Traceroute Commands FTP Active or Passive GRE Tunnel Access Control Lists
and IP Fragments
IP Routing
Enhanced IGRP Stub Routing
Multicast
Multicast Quick-Start Configuration Guide
LAN
1000BASE-T GBIC Installation Notes Preparing for Installation Troubleshooting Cisco Catalyst
Switches Troubleshooting Connectivity in a Wireless LAN Network Configuring FDDI/CDDI
Switching Access Point Fibre Channel and Ethernet/IP Unite Tagging Scheme IEEE 802.2 Logic
Link Control IEEE 802.3 CSMA/CD Access Method IEEE 802.5 Token-Ring Access Method
IEEE 802.11 Wireless Troubleshooting Cisco Router Token Ring Interfaces Token Ring/IEEE
802.5 Troubleshooting Ethernet Fast Ethernet 100-Mbps Solutions
Multiservice
Cisco IOS Voice, Video, and Fax Commands
QoS
606
Troubleshooting Echo Problems Cisco SIP Proxy Server Introduction Voicemail Integration
Cisco CallManager Introduction
CCIE Study Material
LINUX
Basics of Linux
Linux System Administration
Linux Network AdministrationBasics of Linux (2 Days - 16 Hours) (Level I)
Introduction to Red Hat Linux
Getting Started
Login in Linux (GUI & Console)
Directory Structure of Linux
Listing Files & Directories (ls)
Creating, Moving & Deleting Files and Directories
Searching for Files (locate & find)
Shells (Working effectively in the Command Line)
File System Basics & File Management
Pipes, Streams & Redirects
608
Processes Management
Finally the vi Editor
Course Audience:
The course is intended for those who want to learn the very basics of Linux Operating System or
those who want to go for System and Network Administration and don't have any prior
experience on Linux
Linux System Administration (3 Days - 24 Hours) (Level II)
Overview of System Administration
Installation of Linux
Command-line Interface
User and Group Management
File and Directory Basics
Device & Disk Management (Adding a New Disk, Creating Slices, formatting disks with
ext3/ext2 FS)
Filesystem Management (e2fsck and other utilities)
System Startup and Shutdown
Boot Processes
Creating a Startup Shell Script
Package Management (Using Kpackage and rpm commands)
Process Management
Printer Administration
Backup Administration
Course Audience:
The course is intended for those who want to learn, pursue a job as System Administrator and
Covers all aspects of System Administration.
Linux Network Administration (Approx 40 Hours) (Level III)
Networking Basics
Protocols (TCP/IP)
Configuring Ethernet Interface & TCP/IP
Networking Utilities & Remote Management
NFS (Sharing Directories on Linux)
PPP Configuration
DHCP Configuration & Management
Name service and resolver configuration
DNS Configuration & Management
Apache Web Server Configuration & Management
FTP Configuration
609
610
For Individual Training as per your schedule add 30% to the mentioned tution fees
MCSE 2003 / 2008
CCNA
CCNP
LINUX
Course Duration
450 sessions of 1 hr.
each
Installing
networking. Configure and troubleshoot Internet Connection Sharing (ICS). Connect to resources
by using Internet Explorer. Configure, manage, and implement Internet Information Services
(IIS). Configure, manage, and troubleshoot Remote Desktop and Remote Assistance. Configure,
manage, and troubleshoot an Internet Connection Firewall (ICF). Managing Windows Server
Server (70-290)
anaging and Maintaining Physical and Logical Devices
Tools might include Device Manager, the Hardware Troubleshooting Wizard, and appropriate
Control Panel items.
Manage basic disks and dynamic disks.
Optimize server disk performance.
Implement a RAID solution
De-fragment volumes and partitions.
Monitor and Troubleshoot server hardware devices.
Install and configure server hardware devices.
Configure driver-signing options.
Configure device properties and resource settings for a device.
Diagnose and resolve issues related to server hardware settings and hardware device driver
upgrades.
Managing Users, Computers, and Groups
Manage local, roaming, and mandatory user profiles.
Create and manage computer accounts in an Active Directory environment.
Create and manage groups. Identify and modify the scope of a group.
Find domain groups in which a user is a member. Manage group membership.
Create and modify groups by using the Active Directory Users and Computers Microsoft
Management Console (MMC) snap-in.
Create and modify groups by using automation.
Create and manage user accounts. Import user accounts.
Create and modify user accounts by using the Active Directory Users and Computers
Managing and Maintaining Access to Resources
Troubleshoot user authentication issues.
Troubleshoot Terminal Services.
Diagnose and resolve issues related to Terminal Services security.
Diagnose and resolve issues related to client access to Terminal Services.
Configure access to shared folders. Manage shared folder permissions.
Configure file system permissions.
Verify effective permissions when granting permissions.
Change ownership of files and folders.
Troubleshoot access to files and shared folders.
Troubleshoot print queues.
Manage a Web server. Manage Internet Information Services (IIS).
Manage security for IIS.
Managing and Maintaining a Server Environment
Monitor and analyze events. Tools might include Event Viewer and System Monitor.
Manage software update infrastructure. Manage software site licensing.
613
Services. Identify the appropriate type of certificate authority to support certificate issuance
requirements. Plan the enrollment and distribution of certificates. Plan for the use of smart cards
for authentication. Plan a framework for planning and implementing security. Plan for security
monitoring. Plan a change and configuration management framework for security. Plan a security
update infrastructure. Tools might include Microsoft Baseline Security Analyzer and Microsoft
Software Update Services. Plan network traffic monitoring. Tools might include Network
Monitor and System Monitor. Planning & Implementing Active Directory Infrastructure (70294)
Planning and Implementing an Active Directory Infrastructure Plan a strategy for
placing global catalog servers. Evaluate network traffic considerations when placing global
catalog servers. Evaluate the need to enable universal group caching. Plan flexible operations
master role placement. Plan for business continuity of operations master roles. Identify
operations master role dependencies. Implement an Active Directory service forest and domain
structure. Create the forest root domain. Create a child domain. Create and configure Application
Data Partitions. Install and configure an Active Directory domain controller. Set an Active
Directory forest and domain functional level based on requirements. Establish trust relationships.
Types of trust relationships might include external trusts, shortcut trusts, and cross-forest trusts.
Implement an Active Directory site topology. Configure site links. Configure preferred
bridgehead servers. Managing and Maintaining an Active Directory Infrastructure
Manage an Active Directory forest and domain structure. Manage trust relationships. Manage
schema modifications. Add or remove a UPN suffix. Manage an Active Directory site. Configure
site boundaries. Configure replication schedules. Configure site link costs Monitor Active
Directory replication failures. Tools might include Replication Monitor, Event Viewer, and
support tools. Monitor Active Directory replication. Monitor File Replication service (FRS)
replication. Restore Active Directory services. Perform an authoritative restore operation.
Perform a non-authoritative restore operation. Troubleshoot Active Directory. Diagnose and
resolve issues related to Active Directory replication. Diagnose and resolve issues related to
operations master role failure. Diagnose and resolve issues related to the Active Directory
database.
Planning and Implementing User, Computer, and Group Strategies Plan Group Policy
strategy. Plan a Group Policy strategy by using Resultant Set of Policy (RSoP) Planning mode.
Plan a strategy for configuring the user environment by using Group Policy. Plan a strategy for
configuring the computer environment by using Group Policy. Configure the user environment
by using Group Policy. Distribute software by using Group Policy. Automatically enroll user
certificates by using Group Policy. Redirect folders by using Group Policy. Configure user
security settings by using Group Policy. Deploy a computer environment by using Group Policy.
Distribute software by using Group Policy. Automatically enroll computer certificates by using
Group Policy. Configure computer security settings by using Group Policy. Managing and
Maintaining Group Policy Troubleshoot issues related to Group Policy application deployment.
Tools might include RSoP and the gpresult command. Maintain installed software by using
Group Policy. Distribute updates to software distributed by Group Policy. Configure automatic
updates for network clients by using Group Policy. Troubleshoot the application of Group Policy
security settings. Tools might include RSoP and the gpresult command. Designing Active
Directory & Network Infrastructure (70-297) Creating the Conceptual Design by Gathering
and Analyzing Business and Technical Requirements
Environment. Analyze current network administration model. Analyze network requirements.
Analyze DNS for Active Directory service implementation. Analyze the current DNS
616
infrastructure. Analyze the current namespace. Analyze existing network operating system
implementation. Identify the existing domain model. Identify the number and location of domain
controllers on the network. Identify the configuration details of all servers on the network
Analyze security requirements for the Active Directory service. Analyze current security
policies, standards, and procedures. Identify the impact of Active Directory on the current
security infrastructure. Identify the existing trust relationships.
Identify constraints in the current network infrastructure. Interpret current baseline
performance requirements for each major subsystem. Analyze the impact of the infrastructure
design on the existing technical
Design the Active Directory and Network Services infrastructure to meet business and
technical requirements Create the conceptual design of the Active Directory forest structure.
Design the Active Directory replication strategy. Create the conceptual design of the
organizational unit (OU) structure. Create the conceptual design of the DNS infrastructure.
Create the conceptual design of the WINS infrastructure. Create the conceptual design of the
DHCP infrastructure. Creating the Logical Design for an Active Directory Infrastructure Design
an OU structure. Identify the Group Policy requirements for the OU structure. Design an OU
structure for the purpose of delegating authority. Design a security group strategy. Define the
scope of a security group to meet requirements. Define user roles. Design a user and computer
authentication strategy. Identify common authentication requirements. Select authentication
mechanisms. Design a user and computer account strategy. Specify account policy
requirements. Specify account requirements for users, computers, administrators, and services.
Design an Active Directory naming strategy. Identify NetBIOS naming requirements. Design
migration paths to Active Directory. Define whether the migration will include an in-place
upgrade, domain restructuring, or migration to a new Active Directory environment. Design the
administration of Group Policy objects (GPOs).
Creating the Logical Design for a Network Services Infrastructure
Design a DNS name resolution strategy. Create the namespace design. Identify DNS
interoperability with Active Directory, WINS, and DHCP. Specify zone requirements. Specify
DNS security. Design a DNS strategy for interoperability with UNIX Berkeley Internet Name
Domain (BIND) to support Active Directory. Design a NetBIOS name resolution strategy.
Design a WINS replication strategy
Design security for remote access users. Design remote access policies. Specify logging and
auditing settings. Design a DNS service implementation. Design a strategy for DNS zone
storage. Specify the use of DNS server options. Identify the registration requirements of specific
DNS records. Design a remote access strategy. Specify the remote access method. Specify the
authentication method for remote access. Design an IP address assignment strategy. Specify
DHCP integration with DNS infrastructure. Specify DHCP interoperability with client types.
Creating the Physical Design for an Active Directory and Network Infrastructure
Design DNS service placement. Design an Active Directory implementation plan. Design the
placement of domain controllers and global catalog servers. Plan the placement of flexible
operations master roles. Select the domain controller creation process. Specify the server
specifications to meet system requirements. Design Internet connectivity for a company. Design
a network and routing topology for a company. Design a TCP/IP addressing scheme through the
use of IP subnets. Specify the placement of routers. Design IP address assignment by using
DHCP. Design a perimeter network. Design the remote access infrastructure. Plan capacity.
617
Ascertain network settings required to access resources. Design for availability, redundancy, and
survivability.
Windows Server 2008 Configuration Training
Make the transition from MCSE: Windows Server 2003 to MCTS: Windows Server 2008
MCTS: Windows Server 2008 - Active Directory Configuration
MCTS: Windows Server 2008 - Network Infrastructure Configuration
MCTS: Windows Server 2008 - Application Platform Configuration
Exam 70-649: TS: Upgrading your MCSE on Windows Server 2003 to MCTS on Windows
Server 2008
Course 6415A: Updating your Network Infrastructure Technology Skills to Windows Server
2008 (three days)
Course 6416A: Updating your Active Directory Technology Skills to Windows Server 2008
(three days)
Course 6417A: Updating your Applications Platform Technology Skills to Windows Server
2008 (three days)
Make the transition from MCSA: Windows Server 2003 to MCTS: Windows Server 2008
Professionals with an MCSA on Windows Server 2003 must pass one exam to become an
MCTS on Windows Server 2008. If you are an MCSAand pass this exam, you will earn two
distinct MCTS certifications:
MCTS: Windows Server 2008 - Active Directory Configuration
MCTS: Windows Server 2008 - Network Infrastructure Configuration
Exam 70-648: TS: Upgrading your MCSA on Windows Server 2003 to MCTS on Windows
Server 2008
Course 6415A: Updating your Network Infrastructure Technology Skills to Windows Server
2008
Course 6416A: Updating your Active Directory Technology Skills to Windows Server 2008
CCNA
The following topics are general guidelines for the content likely to be included on the CCNA
exam. However, other related topics may also appear on any specific delivery of the exam.
Describe how a network works
Describe the purpose and functions of various network devices
618
CLI/SDM)
Implement static and dynamic addressing services for hosts in a LAN environment
Calculate and apply an addressing scheme including VLSM IP addressing design to a
network
Determine the appropriate classless addressing scheme using VLSM and summarization to
satisfy addressing requirements in a LAN/WAN environment
Describe the technological requirements for running IPv6 in conjunction with IPv4
(including: protocols, dual stack, tunneling, etc).
Describe IPv6 addresses
Identify and correct common problems associated with IP addressing and host configurations
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot basic router operation and routing on Cisco devices
Describe basic routing concepts (including: packet forwarding, router lookup process)
Describe the operation of Cisco routers (including: router bootup process, POST, router
components)
Select the appropriate media, cables, ports, and connectors to connect routers to other
network devices and hosts
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot RIPv2
Access and utilize the router to set basic parameters.(including: CLI/SDM)
Connect, configure, and verify operation status of a device interface
Verify device configuration and network connectivity using ping, traceroute, telnet, SSH or
other utilities
Perform and verify routing configuration tasks for a static or default route given specific
routing requirements
Manage IOS configuration files. (including: save, edit, upgrade, restore)
Manage Cisco IOS.
Compare and contrast methods of routing and routing protocols
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot OSPF
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot EIGRP
Verify network connectivity (including: using ping, traceroute, and telnet or SSH)
Troubleshoot routing issues
Verify router hardware and software operation using SHOW & DEBUG commands.
Implement basic router security
Explain and select the appropriate administrative tasks required for a WLAN
Describe standards associated with wireless media (including: IEEE WI-FI Alliance,
ITU/FCC)
Identify and describe the purpose of the components in a small wireless network. (Including:
SSID, BSS, ESS)
Identify the basic parameters to configure on a wireless network to ensure that devices
connect to the correct access point
Compare and contrast wireless security features and capabilities of WPA security (including:
open, WEP, WPA-1/2)
620
Information
622
CCNP
Cisco Certified Network Associate (CCNA) certification is recommended for students to enroll
in the Cisco Certified Network Professional (CCNP) curriculum. This advanced curriculum
trains students to install, configure and operate local-and wide-area networks (LANs and
WANs), and dial access services for organizations with networks from 100 to more than 500
nodes with protocols and technologies such as: TCP/IP, OSPF, EIGRP, BGP, ISDN, Frame
Relay, STP, and VTP. The focus is on developing those skills that enable students to implement
scalable networks, build campus networks using multilayer switching technologies, create and
deploy a global intranet, and troubleshoot an environment using Cisco routers and switches for
multiprotocol client hosts and services.
CCNP features:
CCNP1Advanced Routing
CCNP2Remote Access
CCNP3Multilayer Switching
CCNP4Network Troubleshooting
CCNP1 Advanced Routing Competencies:
Upon completion of CCNP1, students will be able to perform advanced routing tasks including:
electing and configuring scalable IP addresses.
Implementing technologies to redistribute and support multiple, advanced, IP routing
protocols such as OSPF, EIGRP, and BGP.
Configuring access lists.
Designing and testing edge router connectivity into a BGP network.
CCNP2 Remote Access Competencies:
623
Upon completion of CCNP2, students will be able to perform advanced remote access tasks
including:
Configuring Asynchronous connections.
Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) architecture, protocol, callback, and compression.
ISDN architecture, protocol layers, BRI and DDR.
Configuring X.25, Frame Relay, and AAA.
CCNP3 Multilayer Switching Competencies:
Upon completion of CCNP3, students will be able to perform multilayer switching tasks
including
Fast Ethernet, Gigabit Ethernet.
VLAN basics, types, identification, and trunking protocol.
Spanning Tree Protocol.
MLS processes, and configuration.
Multicasting protocols, routing, and tasks.
CCNP4 Network Troubleshooting Competencies:
Upon completion of CCNP4, students will be able to perform network-troubleshooting tasks in
areas such as:
OSI Layers 1, 2, and 3.
TCP/IP, LAN switching, VLANs, Frame Relay, ISDN, Appletalk, Novell, EIGRP, OSPF,
BGP Industry-Recognized Certification
Cisco Certified Network Professional (CCNP) coursework prepares students for CCNP
certification.
A CCNP certified individual can perform the following tasks:
Implement appropriate technologies to build a scalable routed network
Build campus networks using multilayer switching technologies
Improve traffic flow, reliability, redundancy, and performance for campus LANs, routed and
switched WANs, and remote access networks
Create and deploy a global intranet
Troubleshoot an environment that uses Cisco routers and switches for multiprotocol client
hosts and services
Positions for a CCNP certified individual include:
Network administrator
Level 2 support engineer
624
Recommended Training
Building Scalable Cisco Internetworks (BSCI)
Building Cisco Multilayer Switched Networks
(BCMSN)
Implementing Secure Converged Wide Area
US $
150
150
150
625
Networks (ISCW)
Optimizing Converged Cisco Networks (ONT)
642-845 ONT
150
Required Exam(s)
Recommended Training
642-902 ROUTE
Implementing Cisco IP Routing
Implementing Cisco IP Switched
642-813 SWITCH
Networks
Troubleshooting and Maintaining
642-832 TSHOOT
Cisco IP Networks
Building Scalable Cisco Internetworks Exam (BSCI)(642-901)
The Building Scalable Cisco Internetworks (BSCI 642-901) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco
Certified Network Professional CCNP, Cisco Certified Design Professional CCDP, and Cisco
Certified Internetwork Professional CCIP certifications. The BSCI 642-901 exam will certify
that the successful candidate has important knowledge and skills necessary to use advanced IP
addressing and routing in implementing scalability for Cisco ISR routers connected to LANs
and WANs. The exam covers topics on Advanced IP Addressing, Routing Principles, Multicast
Routing, IPv6, Manipulating Routing Updates, Configuring basic BGP, Configuring EIGRP,
OSPF, and IS-IS.
Exam Topics
The following information provides general guidelines for the content likely to be included on
the exam. However, other related topics may also appear on any specific delivery of the exam.
In order to better reflect the contents of the exam and for clarity purposes the guidelines below
may change at any time without notice.
Implement VLANs.
Explain the functions of VLANs in a hierarchical network.
Configure VLANs (e.g., Native, Default, Static and Access).
Explain and configure VLAN trunking (i.e., IEEE 802.1Q and ISL).
Explain and configure VTP.
Verify or troubleshoot VLAN configurations.
Conduct the operation of Spanning Tree protocols in a hierarchical network.
Explain the functions and operations of the Spanning Tree protocols (i.e., RSTP, PVRST,
MISTP).
Configure RSTP (PVRST) and MISTP.
Describe and configure STP security mechanisms (i.e., BPDU Guard, BPDU Filtering, Root
Guard).
Configure and Verify UDLD and Loop Guard.
626
627
Exam Topics
The following information provides general guidelines for the content likely to be included on
the exam. However, other related topics may also appear on any specific delivery of the exam.
In order to better reflect the contents of the exam and for clarity purposes the guidelines below
may change at any time without notice.
Implement basic teleworker services.
Describe Cable (HFC) technologies.
Describe xDSL technologies.
Configure ADSL (i.e., PPPoE or PPPoA).
Verify basic teleworker configurations.
Implement Frame-Mode MPLS.
Describe the components and operation of Frame-Mode MPLS (e.g., packet-based MPLS
VPNs).
Configure and verify Frame-Mode MPLS.
Implement a site-to-site IPSec VPN
Describe the components and operations of IPSec VPNs and GRE Tunnels.
Configure a site-to-site IPSec VPN/GRE Tunnel with SDM (i.e., preshared key).
Verify IPSec/GRE Tunnel configurations (i.e., IOS CLI configurations).
Describe, configure, and verify VPN backup interfaces.
Describe and configure Cisco Easy VPN solutions using SDM.
Describe network security strategies.
Describe and mitigate common network attacks (i.e., Reconnaissance, Access, and Denial of
Service).
Describe and mitigate Worm, Virus, and Trojan Horse attacks.
Describe and mitigate application-layer attacks (e.g., management protocols)
Implement Cisco Device Hardening
Describe, Configure, and verify AutoSecure/One-Step Lockdown implementations (i.e., CLI
and SDM).
Describe, configure, and verify AAA for Cisco Routers.
Describe and configure threat and attack mitigation using ACLs.
Describe and configure IOS secure management features (e.g., SSH, SNMP, SYSLOG, NTP,
Role-Based CLI, etc.)
Implement Cisco IOS firewall.
628
Describe the functions and operations of Cisco IOS Firewall (e.g., Stateful Firewall, CBAC,
etc.).
Configure Cisco IOS Firewall with SDM.
Verify Cisco IOS Firewall configurations (i.e., IOS CLI configurations, SDM Monitor).
Describe and configure Cisco IOS IPS.
Describe the functions and operations of IDS and IPS systems (e.g., IDS/IPS signatures, IPS
Alarms, etc.)
Configure Cisco IOS IPS using SD
Optimizing Converged Cisco Networks (ONT) (642-845)
The Optimizing Converged Cisco Networks (642-845 ONT) is a qualifying exam for the Cisco
Certified Network Professional CCNP. The ONT 642-845 exam will certify that the successful
candidate has important knowledge and skills in optimizing and providing effective QOS
techniques for converged networks. The exam topics include implementing a VOIP network,
implementing QoS on converged networks, specific IP QoS mechanisms for implementing the
DiffServ QoS model, AutoQoS, wireless security and basic wireless management.
Exam Topics
The following information provides general guidelines for the content likely to be included on
the exam. However, other related topics may also appear on any specific delivery of the exam.
In order to better reflect the contents of the exam and for clarity purposes the guidelines below
may change at any time without notice.
Describe Cisco VoIP implementations.
Describe the functions and operations of a VoIP network (e.g., packetization, bandwidth
considerations, CAC, etc.).
Describe and identify basic voice components in an enterprise network (e.g. Gatekeepers,
Gateways, etc.)
Describe QoS considerations.
Explain the necessity of QoS in converged networks (e.g., bandwidth, delay, loss, etc.).
Describe strategies for QoS implementations (e.g. QoS Policy, QoS Models, etc.).
Describe DiffServ QoS implementations.
Describe classification and marking (e.g., CoS, ToS, IP Precedence, DSCP, etc.).
Describe and configure NBAR for classification.
Explain congestion management and avoidance mechanisms (e.g., FIFO, PQ, WRR, WRED,
etc.).
629
630
The CISCO Certified Network Professional exam (CCNP) will have four papers.
Course Fees does not include Examination Charges
Examination Fees : US $ 600 for four papers Students can Complete CCNA+CCNP in 30 to 35
days. This duration includes Completion of Course at Compufield premises, instruction, Practice,
Practicals and Offline examination test. LINUX
Basics of Linux
Linux System Administration
Linux Network AdministrationBasics of Linux (2 Days - 16 Hours) (Level I)
Introduction to Red Hat Linux
Getting Started
Login in Linux (GUI & Console)
Directory Structure of Linux
Listing Files & Directories (ls)
Creating, Moving & Deleting Files and Directories
Searching for Files (locate & find)
Shells (Working effectively in the Command Line)
File System Basics & File Management
Pipes, Streams & Redirects
Processes Management
Finally the vi Editor
Course Audience:
The course is intended for those who want to learn the very basics of Linux Operating System or
those who want to go for System and Network Administration and don't have any prior
experience on Linux
631
Firewalls
Squid Configuration
IP Masquerading
Sendmail (Configuring a Mail Server)
Examination Description RH - 302
The certification exam consists of three parts conducted in a single day. Two of the three sections
of the exam are performance-based, meaning that candidates must perform tasks on a live
system, rather than answering questions about how one might perform those tasks.
The RHCE Exam consists of three sections:
Section I: Troubleshooting (2.5 hours)
Section II: Multiple Choice (1.0 hour), and
Section III: Installation and Configuration (2.5 hours)
In order to pass the Red Hat Certified Engineer exam on Red Hat Linux 9 you must meet the
following requirements:
a) an average score of 80 or higher across all three sections, equally weighted; b) no section
score lower than 50 points;
c) 70 percent or more on the RHCT-level skills and 70 percent or more on the RHCE-level skills
in Section III. This last requirement is new, and enables RHCEs to demonstrate that they possess
both RHCT-level and RHCE-level skills, as well as enabling a person who only has RHCT level
skills to earn RHCT if they pass the required competencies.
Linux Study Material
Course Duration
450 sessions of 1 hr.
each
633
2. Network Security
a. Pix Firewall Advanced
Course Duration
Enquire About this
course
PIX Firewall Advanced The Cisco Secure PIX Firewall Advanced exam (CSPFA 642-521) is
one of the exams associated with the Cisco Certified Security Professional and the Cisco
Firewall Specialist certifications. This course includes simulations and builds a candidate's
knowledge and ability to describe, configure, verify and manage the PIX Firewall product
family.
Firewalls
PIX Firewall models
Cisco PIX Firewall Family
PIX Firewall models
PIX services module
PIX Firewall licensing
Getting Started with the Cisco PIX Firewall
User interface
Examining the PIX Firewall status
ASA security levels
Basic PIX Firewall configuration
Syslog configuration
DHCP server configuration
PPPoE and the PIX Firewall
Translations and Connections
Transport Protocols
Network Address Translation
Configuring DNS Support
Port Address Translations
Access Control Lists and Content Filtering
ACLS
Converting Conduits to ACLS
Using ACLS
Object Grouping
Overview of object grouping
Getting started with object groups
Configuring object groups
Nested object groups
Advanced Protocol Handling
Advanced protocols
Multimedia support
Attack Guards, Intrusion Detection, and Shunning
Attack guards
50 sessions of 1 hr. each
634
Intrusion detection
Authentication, Authorization, and Accounting
Introduction
Installation of CSACS for Windows NT
Authentication configuration
Downloadable ACLS
Failover
Understanding failover
Serial failover configuration
LAN-based failover configuration
Virtual Private Networks
PIX Firewall enables a secure VPN
Prepare to configure VPN support
Configure IKE parameter
Configure IPSec parameters
Test and verify VPN configuration
Cisco VPN Client
Scale PIX Firewall VPNs
System Maintenance
Remote access
Command authorization
Cisco PIX Device Manager
PDM overview
Prepare for PDM
Using PDM to configure the PIX Firewall
Using PDM to create a site-to-site VPN
Using PDM to create a remote access VPN
Enterprise PIX Firewall Management
Configuring access and translation rules
Reporting, tools, and administration
Enterprise PIX Firewall Maintenance
Introduction to the auto update server
PIX Firewall and AUS communication settings
Devices, images, and assignments
Reports and administration
Firewall Services Module
FWSM overview
Using PDM with the FWSM
Course Duration
50 sessions of 1 hr. each
635
b. COMPITIA Security +
Course Duration
Enquire About this
course
Introduction The skills and knowledge measured by the Security+ examination were derived
and validated though input from a committee and over 1,000 subject matter experts
representative of industry. A job task analysis (JTA), global survey, beta examination and beta
results review were each milestones in the development process. The results of these milestones
were used in weighing the domains and ensuring that the weighting assigned to each domain is
representative of the relative importance of the content.
The Security+ certification is an internationally recognized validation of the technical
knowledge required of foundation-level security practitioners. A Security+ certified individual
has successfully proven holding a foundation-level of skill and knowledge in General Security
Concepts, Communication Security, Infrastructure Security, Basics of Cryptography and
Operational / Organizational Security. Candidates are ecommended to have two years experience
in a networking role with preexisting knowledge of TCP/IP, experience in a security related role,
Network+ or equivalent certification, and adequate training and self-study materials.
All candidates are encouraged to review the Security+ objectives thoroughly prior to
attempting the exam. This examination includes blueprint weighting, test objectives and example
content. Example concepts are included to clarify the test objectives and should not be construed
as a comprehensive listing of the content of the examination.
50 sessions of 1 hr. each
The table below lists the domains measured by this examination and the extent to which they are
represented in the
examination.
CompTIA Security+ Certification Domains
% of Exam*
1.0 General Security Concepts
30%
2.0 Communication Security
20%
3.0 Infrastructure Security
20%
4.0 Basics of Cryptography
15%
5.0 Operational / Organizational Security
15%
Chapter 1. General Security Concepts Understanding Information Security
Securing the Physical Environment
Examining Operational Security
Working with Management and Policies
Understanding the Goals of Information Security
Comprehending the Security Process
Appreciating Antivirus Software
Implementing Access Control
Understanding Authentication
Understanding Networking Services and Protocols
Distinguishing Between Security Topologies
636
Calculating Attack
Exam Essentials
Hands-on Labs
Lab 2.1: Identify Running Processes
On a Windows-Based Machine
Lab 2.2: Identify Running Processes
On a Linux-Based Machine
Review Questions
Answers to Review Questions
Chapter 3. Infrastructure and Connectivity
Infrastructure Security
Working with Hardware Components
Working with Software Components
Understanding
637
638
Understanding
Exam Essentials
Hands-On Lab
Lab 6.1: Test Social Engineering
Review Questions
Answers to Review Questions
Chapter 7. Cryptography Basics, Methods, and Standards
An Overview of Cryptography
Understanding Physical Cryptography
Understanding Mathematical Cryptography
Understanding Quantum Cryptography
640
Destroying Keys
Key Usage
Summary
Exam Essentials
Hands-On Labs
Lab 7.1: Hash Rules in Windows Server
Lab 7.2: SSL Settings in Windows Server
Lab 7.3: Encrypting a File System in Linux
Lab 7.4: Look for Errors in IPSec Performance Statistics
Review Questions
Answers to Review Questions Chapter 8. Security Policies Procedures
Business Continuity
Utilities
High Availability
Disaster Recovery
Reinforcing Vendor Support
Service-Level Agreements (SLAs)
Code Escrow
Generating Policies and Procedures
Human Recource Policies
Business Policies
Certificate Policies
Incident-Response Policies
Enforcing Privilege Management
User and Group Role Management
Privilege Escalation
Single Sign On Privilege Decision Making
Auditing
Access Control
Summary
Exam Essential
Hand-On Labs
Lab 8.1: Use Automated System Recovery in Windows Server
Lab 8.2: Create a Rescue Disk in Linux
Lab 8.3: Create a Backup with SuSE Linux
Review Questions
Answers to Review Questions Chapter 9. Security Management
Forensics
Methodology of a Forensic Investigation
Enforcing the Chain of Custody
Preserving Evidence
Collecting Evidence
Understanding Security Management
Drafting Best Practices and Documentation
Understanding
Understanding Computer
642
Key Managements
Operational /Organizational Security
Physical Security
Backups
Disaster Planning
Personnel Management
Incident Handling
Documentation
Course Duration
50 sessions of 1 hr. each
644
c. Checkpoint
Course Duration
30 sessions of 1 hr. each
Checkpoint
Overview:
Check Point Security Administration I is a foundation course for Check Point' s flagship product,
VPN-1. This course provides an understanding of basic concepts and skills necessary to
configure VPN-1. During this course, students will configure a Security Policy, and learn about
managing and monitoring a secure network.
Prerequisite:
Basic networking knowledge, knowledge of Windows Serverand/or UNIX, and experience with
TCP/IP and the Internet
Features:
How to use NGX tools to upgrade to VPN-1 NGX, from VPN-1/FireWall-1 NG or VPN-1 NG
with Application Intelligence
How to use NGX tools to install VPN-1 NGX onWindows Server 2003 and SecurePlatform
How to work with Security Policy rules and NGX objects, using NGX object cloning and
Database Revision Control features
How to use VPN-1 SecuRemote/SecureClient to configure remote access
How to use monitoring tools to track, monitor, and account for all connections logged by
Check Point components
How to implement LDAP, and integrate it with an NGX SmartCenter Server
How to allocate bandwidth, given a variety of Check Point QoS configurations
How to identify the features and limitations of Check Point High Availability solutions
Course Duration
30 sessions of 1 hr. each
645
d. CCSA
Course Duration
30 sessions of 1 hr. each
Checkpoint
Overview:
Check Point Security Administration I is a foundation course for Check Point' s flagship product,
VPN-1. This course provides an understanding of basic concepts and skills necessary to
configure VPN-1. During this course, students will configure a Security Policy, and learn about
managing and monitoring a secure network.
Prerequisite:
Basic networking knowledge, knowledge of Windows Serverand/or UNIX, and experience with
TCP/IP and the Internet
Features:
How to use NGX tools to upgrade to VPN-1 NGX, from VPN-1/FireWall-1 NG or VPN-1 NG
with Application Intelligence
How to use NGX tools to install VPN-1 NGX onWindows Server 2003 and SecurePlatform
How to work with Security Policy rules and NGX objects, using NGX object cloning and
Database Revision Control features
How to use VPN-1 SecuRemote/SecureClient to configure remote access
How to use monitoring tools to track, monitor, and account for all connections logged by
Check Point components
How to implement LDAP, and integrate it with an NGX SmartCenter Server
How to allocate bandwidth, given a variety of Check Point QoS configurations
How to identify the features and limitations of Check Point High Availability solutions
Course Duration
30 sessions of 1 hr. each
646
Financial application
a. Certificate in Advance MS Excel
ADVANCE Excel
Course Title: Microsoft Excel, Level 2 (2003, XP, 2003/2007) This program is designed for
executives who are already familiar with the basics of Microsoft Excel, and who would like to
work with more advanced features of Microsoft Excel that help in improving their efficiency of
working with worksheets, analyzing data, creating MIS reports, and automating various tasks.
Program Objectives
This Advanced Excel training program will empower the participants to be able to do the
following:
Performing complex calculations more efficiently, using various Excel functions.
Organizing and analyzing large volumes of data.
Creating MIS reports.
Designing and using templates.
Consolidating and managing data from multiple workbooks. Audience Executives and
managers who have already been using Microsoft Excel, but now feel the need for learning more
powerful features and options of Excel, to manage their worksheet-related tasks more efficiently.
Prerequisites Participants attending this training should be familiar with the basic operations in
Microsoft Excel, such as simple calculations, formatting and printing. For Advance Excel
Topics Covered
Course Duration
Fees (Indian RS.)
Fees (US $)
20 sessions of 1 hr. each
5,500
155
647
Excel - Level I
Advance Excel II
TALLY (Financial Accounting) Maintain Accounts using different Currencies other then the
home currency. Forecasting using Budgets feature of tally. You can make Departmental Budget,
Financial Budget and Marketing Budget. Budget features are used to compare against actual to
Display Variance. How to handle and maintain Accounts of a Manufacturing ompany. Cost
Centers: - Allocating EXP and Income (Revenue) to the different branches of the company inside
Bombay or all Over India. Maintaining Accounts related to Cost Centers
Using Tallys Advance features of TDS (Tax Deducted at Source). Using Tallys Advance
features of VAT (Value Added Tax) How to Import and Export Tally Data Ratio Analysis.
(Explained in Detail):- Reports showing you the state of the companies financial health and
where it is going in short term. (Ratio Format). Using E-capabilities. (Email) features of Tally.
Cash and Fund Flow statement:How to ascertain
Cash Flow summary- Cash Movement- Inflow and Outflow of cash only.
Fund Flow summary- Movement of entire Working Capital.
Recall source of fund and how they are applied
Scenario Management:- Useful in reports with
provisional figures without actually putting the entries through the main books and for
forecasting purposes, by passing necessary Vouchers
Exploring the QUERY features of Tally Salient Features
Saves time.
Accuracy.
Various accounting books are created within seconds i.e. cash book, ledger book, purchase book,
sales purchase.
Financial statements within minutes i.e. Trading A/C, Profit and loss A/C, Balancesheet.
Application
Tally is used by all type of business houses like Proprietor firm, Partnership firm, Non-profit
making Organizations, Mnc companies. For Tally Topics Covered
MICROSOFT
EXCEL Microsoft Excel for Windows is a powerful electronics spreadsheet application that can
be used for managing, analyzing and presenting data in graphical manner. Salient Features
Excel has three components that perform in three different manners:
1. The Spreadsheet.
2. The Data sheet.
3. The Chart.
Create formulas on worksheets. It's easy and fast.
Enhanced formatting and layout features help you get the printed report or online form with the
look you want.
You can quickly find the information you need and create automatic subtotals of your data.
Increased capacity, high-end formatting options, and a mapping feature give you powerful ways
648
649
MACROS VBA
Course Title: Microsoft Excel VBA , Level 3 (2003, XP, 2003/2007) This course will help to
write macros in Excel using programming language Visual Basic Application (VBA). Recorded
macro can edited to customize it to fulfill our requirement and one can directly go for coding to
accomplish the required tasks. One can write his own functions and procedures, design forms
and working with add-ins. Program Objectives
After completion of this program, the participants will be able to the following
Write macros to automate routine work.
Create functions and procedures
Design and use forms for data entry
Create add-ins to deploy at client machines
Create simple reports Audience Program is scheduled for Advanced Microsoft Excel users.
VBA is a programming language, requires aptitude for programming. Prerequisites
Participants attending this training should be familiar with the advanced operations in Microsoft
Excel & Programming (Basics of C) For Macros VBA Topics Covered
Course Duration
Fees (Indian RS.)
Fees (US $)
30 sessions of 1 hr. each
7,500
215
650
d. Certificate in MS excel
Excel - Level I
Advance Excel II
TALLY (Financial Accounting) Maintain Accounts using different Currencies other then the
home currency. Forecasting using Budgets feature of tally. You can make Departmental Budget,
Financial Budget and Marketing Budget. Budget features are used to compare against actual to
Display Variance. How to handle and maintain Accounts of a Manufacturing ompany. Cost
Centers: - Allocating EXP and Income (Revenue) to the different branches of the company inside
Bombay or all Over India. Maintaining Accounts related to Cost Centers
Using Tallys Advance features of TDS (Tax Deducted at Source). Using Tallys Advance
features of VAT (Value Added Tax) How to Import and Export Tally Data Ratio Analysis.
(Explained in Detail):- Reports showing you the state of the companies financial health and
where it is going in short term. (Ratio Format). Using E-capabilities. (Email) features of Tally.
Cash and Fund Flow statement:How to ascertain
Cash Flow summary- Cash Movement- Inflow and Outflow of cash only.
Fund Flow summary- Movement of entire Working Capital.
Recall source of fund and how they are applied
Scenario Management:- Useful in reports with
provisional figures without actually putting the entries through the main books and for
forecasting purposes, by passing necessary Vouchers
Exploring the QUERY features of Tally Salient Features
Saves time.
Accuracy.
Various accounting books are created within seconds i.e. cash book, ledger book, purchase book,
sales purchase.
Financial statements within minutes i.e. Trading A/C, Profit and loss A/C, Balancesheet.
Application
Tally is used by all type of business houses like Proprietor firm, Partnership firm, Non-profit
making Organizations, Mnc companies. For Tally Topics Covered
MICROSOFT
EXCEL Microsoft Excel for Windows is a powerful electronics spreadsheet application that can
be used for managing, analyzing and presenting data in graphical manner. Salient Features
Excel has three components that perform in three different manners:
1. The Spreadsheet.
2. The Data sheet.
3. The Chart.
Create formulas on worksheets. It's easy and fast.
Enhanced formatting and layout features help you get the printed report or online form with the
look you want.
You can quickly find the information you need and create automatic subtotals of your data.
Increased capacity, high-end formatting options, and a mapping feature give you powerful ways
651
652
Oracle - SQL
Advance Excel
Microsoft SQL-Server 2005
MYSQL
ORACLE - SQL
Oracle is a Relational Database Management System (RDBMS).Oracle's latest technology,
today's systems designers and Developers can build 21st century enabled application ranging
from critical on-line transaction processing systems supporting thousand of users to multiterabyte data warehouses for decision support and also World Wide Web-based applications.
Salient Features
Oracle has sophisticated security mechanisms control access to sensitive data by an assortment
of privileges
Oracle provides sophisticated backup & recovery routines. Backup creates a second copy of
Oracle Data, recovery restores a copy of data from back up.
Oracle provides flexible space management. It has special abilities that are capable of handling
very large databases.
Oracle provides open connectivity to & from other vendors software
Oracle server supports a wide range of Development tools, end user query tools, off the shelf
applications & office wide information tools.
Application
Critical on-line transaction processing systems supporting thousands of users to multi-terabyte
data warehouses for decision support and also World Wide Web based applications.
For Oracle Sql Topics Covered
ADVANCE Excel
Course Title: Microsoft Excel, Level 2 (2003, XP, 2003/2007)
653
This program is designed for executives who are already familiar with the basics of Microsoft
Excel, and who would like to work with more advanced features of Microsoft Excel that help in
improving their efficiency of working with worksheets, analyzing data, creating MIS reports, and
automating various tasks.
Program Objectives
This Advanced Excel training program will empower the participants to be able to do the
following:
Performing complex calculations more efficiently, using various Excel functions.
Organizing and analyzing large volumes of data.
Creating MIS reports.
Designing and using templates.
Consolidating and managing data from multiple workbooks.
Audience
Executives and managers who have already been using Microsoft Excel, but now feel the need
for learning more powerful features and options of Excel, to manage their worksheet-related
tasks more efficiently.
Prerequisites
Participants attending this training should be familiar with the basic operations in Microsoft
Excel, such as simple calculations, formatting and printing.
For Advance Excel Topics Covered
Microsoft SQL Server
SQL Server, the Relational Database Management System(RDBMS) allows to store huge
Database and manage the same easily. It is an enterprise database management and analysis
system.
Salient Features
XML Support: Simplify the integration of your back-end systems and data transfer across
firewalls using XML.
High Availability : Maximize the availability of your business applications with log shipping,
online backups.
Automated Tuning : Automatic tuning and maintenance features enable administrators to focus
on other critical tasks
Improved Developer Productivity : User-defined functions, cascading referential integrity,
and the integrated Transact-SQL debugger allow you to reuse code to simplify the development
654
process.
Security : Ensure your applications are secure in any networked environment, with role-based
security and file and network encryption.
Data Transformation Services : Automate routines that extract, transform, and load data from
heterogeneous sources
Application
Production Industry
Data warehousing companies
Educational / Training Industry
Any business or service industry that stores database
For Microsoft SQL Server 2005 Topics Covered
MySQL
Salient Features
Its easy to use:
MySQL software can be downloaded in less than 15 minutes.
Its flexible: MySQL runs on more than 20 platforms, including Windows, Mac OS X, and
Linux, and its open source code allows you to customize it to fit your unique requirements.
Its highly scalable: Whether you're looking to post a few things a month to your Web site or
looking to add content daily, MySQL is fit to handle Web sites large and small and will easily
grow as your business does.
Its free: A commercial license can be bought if you plan on redistributing it.
Its secure: Security features ensure that only authorized users can access your databases.
It also provides 24/7 tech support and community support.
Application
Open source has brought a lot more than Unix to the computing world. It has also given us
Linux, PHP and MySQL. PHP and MySQL are the world's best combination for creating
database-driven sites.
For MySQL Topics Covered
Course Duration
100 sessions of 1 hr. each
Fees (US $)
685
655
656
Advance Excel II
Macros VBA
MySQL
MICROSOFT EXCEL Microsoft Excel for Windows is a powerful electronics spreadsheet
application that can be used for managing, analyzing and presenting data in graphical manner.
Salient Features
Excel has three components that perform in three different manners:
1. The Spreadsheet.
2. The Data sheet.
3. The Chart.
Create formulas on worksheets. It's easy and fast.
Enhanced formatting and layout features help you get the printed report or online form with the
look you want.
You can quickly find the information you need and create automatic subtotals of your data.
Increased capacity, high-end formatting options, and a mapping feature give you powerful ways
to analyze your data visually.
Explore the power of the Internet from your familiar Microsoft Excel spreadsheet.
When you want to analyze data from outside Microsoft Excel, there's no need to retype. In a few
keystrokes, you can bring the data right onto your worksheet. Application
Excel is used for preparing Company profiles in the form of Charts and Graphs.
Excel stores the accounting spreadsheets in Electronic form. For Excel (Level I) Topics
Covered Advance Excel Course Title: Microsoft Excel, Level 2 (2003, XP, 2003/2007) This
program is designed for executives who are already familiar with the basics of Microsoft Excel,
and who would like to work with more advanced features of Microsoft Excel that help in
improving their efficiency of working with worksheets, analyzing data, creating MIS reports, and
automating various tasks. Program Objectives
This Advanced Excel training program will empower the participants to be able to do the
following:
Performing complex calculations more efficiently, using various Excel functions.
Organizing and analyzing large volumes of data.
Creating MIS reports.
Designing and using templates.
Consolidating and managing data from multiple workbooks. Audience Executives and
managers who have already been using Microsoft Excel, but now feel the need for learning more
powerful features and options of Excel, to manage their worksheet-related tasks more efficiently.
Prerequisites Participants attending this training should be familiar with the basic operations in
657
Microsoft Excel, such as simple calculations, formatting and printing. For Advance Excel
Topics Covered MACROS VBA Course Title: Microsoft Excel VBA , Level 3 (2003, XP,
2003/2007) This course will help to write macros in Excel using programming language Visual
Basic Application (VBA). Recorded macro can edited to customize it to fulfill our requirement
and one can directly go for coding to accomplish the required tasks. One can write his own
functions and procedures, design forms and working with add-ins. Program Objectives
After completion of this program, the participants will be able to the following
Write macros to automate routine work.
Create functions and procedures
Design and use forms for data entry
Create add-ins to deploy at client machines
Create simple reports Audience Program is scheduled for Advanced Microsoft Excel users.
VBA is a programming language, requires aptitude for programming. Prerequisites
Participants attending this training should be familiar with the advanced operations in Microsoft
Excel & Programming (Basics of C) For Macros VBA Topics Covered MySQL Salient
Features Its easy to use:
MySQL software can be downloaded in less than 15 minutes.
Its flexible: MySQL runs on more than 20 platforms, including Windows, Mac OS X, and
Linux, and its open source code allows you to customize it to fit your unique requirements.
Its highly scalable: Whether you're looking to post a few things a month to your Web site or
looking to add content daily, MySQL is fit to handle Web sites large and small and will easily
grow as your business does.
Its free: A commercial license can be bought if you plan on redistributing it.
Its secure: Security features ensure that only authorized users can access your databases.
It also provides 24/7 tech support and community support. Application Open source has
brought a lot more than Unix to the computing world. It has also given us Linux, PHP and
MySQL. PHP and MySQL are the world's best combination for creating database-driven sites.
For MySQL Topics Covered
Course Duration
Fees (Indian RS.)
Fees (US $)
80 sessions of 1 hr. each
17,750
50
658
Advance Excel II
Macros VBA
Tally 9.2
MICROSOFT EXCEL Microsoft Excel for Windows is a powerful electronics spreadsheet
application that can be used for managing, analyzing and presenting data in graphical manner.
Salient Features
Excel has three components that perform in three different manners:
1. The Spreadsheet.
2. The Data sheet.
3. The Chart.
Create formulas on worksheets. It's easy and fast.
Enhanced formatting and layout features help you get the printed report or online form with the
look you want.
You can quickly find the information you need and create automatic subtotals of your data.
Increased capacity, high-end formatting options, and a mapping feature give you powerful ways
to analyze your data visually.
Explore the power of the Internet from your familiar Microsoft Excel spreadsheet.
When you want to analyze data from outside Microsoft Excel, there's no need to retype. In a few
keystrokes, you can bring the data right onto your worksheet. Application
Excel is used for preparing Company profiles in the form of Charts and Graphs.
Excel stores the accounting spreadsheets in Electronic form. For Excel (Level I) Topics
Covered
Advance Excel Course Title: Microsoft Excel, Level 2 (2003, XP,
2003/2007) This program is designed for executives who are already familiar with the basics of
Microsoft Excel, and who would like to work with more advanced features of Microsoft Excel
that help in improving their efficiency of working with worksheets, analyzing data, creating MIS
reports, and automating various tasks. Program Objectives
This Advanced Excel training program will empower the participants to be able to do the
following:
Performing complex calculations more efficiently, using various Excel functions.
Organizing and analyzing large volumes of data.
Creating MIS reports.
Designing and using templates.
Consolidating and managing data from multiple workbooks. Audience Executives and
managers who have already been using Microsoft Excel, but now feel the need for learning more
powerful features and options of Excel, to manage their worksheet-related tasks more efficiently.
Prerequisites Participants attending this training should be familiar with the basic operations in
Microsoft Excel, such as simple calculations, formatting and printing. For Advance Excel
659
Topics Covered
MACROS VBA Course Title: Microsoft Excel VBA , Level 3
(2003, XP, 2003/2007) This course will help to write macros in Excel using programming
language Visual Basic Application (VBA). Recorded macro can edited to customize it to fulfill
our requirement and one can directly go for coding to accomplish the required tasks. One can
write his own functions and procedures, design forms and working with add-ins. Program
Objectives
After completion of this program, the participants will be able to the following
Write macros to automate routine work.
Create functions and procedures
Design and use forms for data entry
Create add-ins to deploy at client machines
Create simple reports Audience Program is scheduled for Advanced Microsoft Excel users.
VBA is a programming language, requires aptitude for programming. Prerequisites
Participants attending this training should be familiar with the advanced operations in Microsoft
Excel & Programming (Basics of C) For Macros VBA Topics Covered
TALLY
(Financial Accounting) Maintain Accounts using different Currencies other then the home
currency. Forecasting using Budgets feature of tally. You can make Departmental Budget,
Financial Budget and Marketing Budget. Budget features are used to compare against actual to
Display Variance. How to handle and maintain Accounts of a Manufacturing ompany. Cost
Centers: - Allocating EXP and Income (Revenue) to the different branches of the company inside
Bombay or all Over India. Maintaining Accounts related to Cost Centers
Using Tallys Advance features of TDS (Tax Deducted at Source). Using Tallys Advance
features of VAT (Value Added Tax) How to Import and Export Tally Data Ratio Analysis.
(Explained in Detail):- Reports showing you the state of the companies financial health and
where it is going in short term. (Ratio Format). Using E-capabilities. (Email) features of Tally.
Cash and Fund Flow statement:How to ascertain
Cash Flow summary- Cash Movement- Inflow and Outflow of cash only.
Fund Flow summary- Movement of entire Working Capital.
Recall source of fund and how they are applied
Scenario Management:- Useful in reports with
provisional figures without actually putting the entries through the main books and for
forecasting purposes, by passing necessary Vouchers
Exploring the QUERY features of Tally Salient Features
Saves time.
Accuracy.
Various accounting books are created within seconds i.e. cash book, ledger book, purchase book,
sales purchase.
Financial statements within minutes i.e. Trading A/C, Profit and loss A/C, Balancesheet.
Application
Tally is used by all type of business houses like Proprietor firm, Partnership firm, Non-profit
making Organizations, Mnc companies. For Tally Topics Covered
Course Duration
Fees (Indian RS.)
80 sessions of 1 hr. each
17,700
Fees (US $)
505
660
ADVANCE Excel
MACROS VBA
Advance Excel
Course Title: Microsoft Excel, Level 2 (2003, XP, 2003/2007)
This program is designed for executives who are already familiar with the basics of Microsoft
Excel, and who would like to work with more advanced features of Microsoft Excel that help in
improving their efficiency of working with worksheets, analyzing data, creating MIS reports, and
automating various tasks.
Program Objectives
This Advanced Excel training program will empower the participants to be able to do the
following:
Performing complex calculations more efficiently, using various Excel functions.
Organizing and analyzing large volumes of data.
Creating MIS reports.
Designing and using templates.
Consolidating and managing data from multiple workbooks.
Audience
Executives and managers who have already been using Microsoft Excel, but now feel the need
for learning more powerful features and options of Excel, to manage their worksheet-related
tasks more efficiently.
Prerequisites
Participants attending this training should be familiar with the basic operations in Microsoft
Excel, such as simple calculations, formatting and printing.
For Advance Excel Topics Covered
MACROS VBA
Course Title: Microsoft Excel VBA , Level 3 (2003, XP, 2003/2007)
This course will help to write macros in Excel using programming language Visual Basic
Application (VBA). Recorded macro can edited to customize it to fulfill our requirement and one
661
can directly go for coding to accomplish the required tasks. One can write his own functions and
procedures, design forms and working with add-ins.
Program Objectives
After completion of this program, the participants will be able to the following
Write macros to automate routine work.
Create functions and procedures
Design and use forms for data entry
Create add-ins to deploy at client machines
Create simple reports
Audience
Program is scheduled for Advanced Microsoft Excel users. VBA is a programming language,
requires aptitude for programming.
Prerequisites
Participants attending this training should be familiar with the advanced operations in Microsoft
Excel & Programming (Basics of C)
For Macros VBA Topics Covered
Course Duration
50 sessions of 1 hr. each
Fees (US $)
355
662
Excel - Level I
Advance Excel II
Macros VBA
MICROSOFT EXCEL Microsoft Excel for Windows is a powerful electronics spreadsheet
application that can be used for managing, analyzing and presenting data in graphical manner.
Salient Features
Excel has three components that perform in three different manners:
1. The Spreadsheet.
2. The Data sheet.
3. The Chart.
Create formulas on worksheets. It's easy and fast.
Enhanced formatting and layout features help you get the printed report or online form with the
look you want.
You can quickly find the information you need and create automatic subtotals of your data.
Increased capacity, high-end formatting options, and a mapping feature give you powerful ways
to analyze your data visually.
Explore the power of the Internet from your familiar Microsoft Excel spreadsheet.
When you want to analyze data from outside Microsoft Excel, there's no need to retype. In a few
keystrokes, you can bring the data right onto your worksheet. Application
Excel is used for preparing Company profiles in the form of Charts and Graphs.
Excel stores the accounting spreadsheets in Electronic form. For Excel (Level I) Topics
Covered
Advance Excel Course Title: Microsoft Excel, Level 2 (2003, XP,
2003/2007) This program is designed for executives who are already familiar with the basics of
Microsoft Excel, and who would like to work with more advanced features of Microsoft Excel
that help in improving their efficiency of working with worksheets, analyzing data, creating MIS
reports, and automating various tasks. Program Objectives
This Advanced Excel training program will empower the participants to be able to do the
following:
Performing complex calculations more efficiently, using various Excel functions.
Organizing and analyzing large volumes of data.
Creating MIS reports.
Designing and using templates.
Consolidating and managing data from multiple workbooks. Audience Executives and
managers who have already been using Microsoft Excel, but now feel the need for learning more
powerful features and options of Excel, to manage their worksheet-related tasks more efficiently.
Prerequisites Participants attending this training should be familiar with the basic operations in
663
Microsoft Excel, such as simple calculations, formatting and printing. For Advance Excel
Topics Covered
MACROS VBA Course Title: Microsoft Excel VBA , Level 3
(2003, XP, 2003/2007) This course will help to write macros in Excel using programming
language Visual Basic Application (VBA). Recorded macro can edited to customize it to fulfill
our requirement and one can directly go for coding to accomplish the required tasks. One can
write his own functions and procedures, design forms and working with add-ins. Program
Objectives
After completion of this program, the participants will be able to the following
Write macros to automate routine work.
Create functions and procedures
Design and use forms for data entry
Create add-ins to deploy at client machines
Create simple reports Audience Program is scheduled for Advanced Microsoft Excel users.
VBA is a programming language, requires aptitude for programming. Prerequisites
Participants attending this training should be familiar with the advanced operations in Microsoft
Excel & Programming (Basics of C) For Macros VBA Topics Covered
Course Duration
Fees (Indian RS.)
Fees (US $)
60 sessions of 1 hr. each
14,000
400
664
Office Automotation
a. Certificate in office Automotation
Microsoft Word
Microsoft Excel
Microsoft Powerpoint
Windows
Internet
MICROSOFT WORD Microsoft Word for Windows is a full-feature Word processor designed
to help you work more efficiently. Microsoft Word shows you how to create effective documents
using its features. You will learn how to edit, format, print documents, insert and manage tables
and graphics into documents. Salient Features
Easy and Fast Tool to create a one page Letter, a hundred page Report, etc.
You could add Graphics to your Letters and Reports to make it more attractive.
Automatic Spelling check as well as Grammar check facility.
Freeform Table Draw.
Document Mapping.
You can also link to Excel numbers and Charts.
You can link your Word documents to World Wide Web or Intranet sites. Applications With
Word you can create and type Letters, Reports, Memos, Proposals, Newsletters, Brochures,
Graphical Presentation, Web pages, etc. For Ms Word Topics Covered
MICROSOFT EXCEL Microsoft Excel for Windows is a powerful electronics spreadsheet
application that can be used for managing, analyzing and presenting data in graphical manner.
Salient Features
Excel has three components that perform in three different manners:
1. The Spreadsheet.
2. The Data sheet.
3. The Chart.
Create formulas on worksheets. It's easy and fast.
Enhanced formatting and layout features help you get the printed report or online form with the
look you want.
You can quickly find the information you need and create automatic subtotals of your data.
665
Increased capacity, high-end formatting options, and a mapping feature give you powerful ways
to analyze your data visually.
Explore the power of the Internet from your familiar Microsoft Excel spreadsheet.
When you want to analyze data from outside Microsoft Excel, there's no need to retype. In a few
keystrokes, you can bring the data right onto your worksheet. Application
Excel is used for preparing Company profiles in the form of Charts and Graphs.
Excel stores the accounting spreadsheets in Electronic form. For Basic Excel Course Content
MICROSOFT POWERPOINT PowerPoint is the most famous and powerful
presentation Program. Impressive colorful slide shows can be designed. Salient Features
Quick and Easy, High impact visual to accompany a talk.
Fact-filled presentation with plenty of Graphs and Charts.
Sophisticated Electronic presentation.
You can assemble existing text and graphics from other Microsoft Office Application.
You can time your Presentations.
You can save as Web Animation. Application With Microsoft Powerpoint you can create
Company Presentations and Profiles. For Power Point Topics Covered
WINDOWS
The operating system is a master Program that takes care of proper functioning of the computer.
Window operating system is a (GUI) Graphical User Interface in which user can click the 'icons'
to perform a specific task. Windows has increased the speed and efficiency of your Computer
related tasks. Salient Features
With Windows, you can work with several Programs at once. You can switch between Programs
with a couple of keystrokes or a click of a mouse, reducing the time required to move from one
application to another.
You can give any name to a file; you are not limited to eight characters with a three-character
extension as in DOS. You can even use spaces.
Windows now supports the use of drives greater than 2 GB (gigabytes) in capacity. The
maximum supported drive size is 2 TB (terabytes).
Windows prints your documents "in the background," so you can get back to work quickly after
you send your document to the printer. Application Nowadays all the software are Windows
based. INTERNET Internet is Worldwide network with over 200 million Worldwide users.
Internet gives you absolute access to information on any subject under the sky. Why Use The
Internet? Business : Marketing, selling and publishing product literature world wide.
Professional: Provide and get technical support, bug fixes and product information,
communication or collaborate on project in almost zero time. Students: Information regarding
Universities, their rating & procedures for admission all over the world, access to over 40 million
library files your own computer. Communication Power Of The Internet: WWW, E-mail,
Usenet, Telnet, FTP, IRC
Course Duration
Fees (Indian RS.)
Fees (US $)
45 sessions of 1 hr. each
6,200
180
666
Tally
TALLY (Financial Accounting)
Maintain Accounts using different Currencies other then the home currency.
Forecasting using Budgets feature of tally. You can make Departmental Budget, Financial
Budget and Marketing Budget. Budget features are used to compare against actual to Display
Variance.
How to handle and maintain Accounts of a Manufacturing ompany.
Cost Centers: - Allocating EXP and Income (Revenue) to the different branches of the company
inside Bombay or all Over India. Maintaining Accounts related to Cost Centers
Using Tallys Advance features of TDS (Tax Deducted at Source).
Using Tallys Advance features of VAT (Value Added Tax)
How to Import and Export Tally Data
Ratio Analysis. (Explained in Detail):- Reports showing you the state of the companies financial
health and where it is going in short term. (Ratio Format).
Using E-capabilities. (Email) features of Tally.
Cash and Fund Flow statement:How to ascertain
Cash Flow summary- Cash Movement- Inflow and Outflow of cash only.
Fund Flow summary- Movement of entire Working Capital.
Recall source of fund and how they are applied
Scenario Management:- Useful in reports with provisional figures without actually putting the
entries through the main books and for forecasting purposes, by passing necessary Vouchers
Exploring the QUERY features of Tally Salient Features
Saves time.
Accuracy.
Various accounting books are created within seconds i.e. cash book, ledger book, purchase book,
sales purchase.
Financial statements within minutes i.e. Trading A/C, Profit and loss A/C, Balancesheet.
Application
Tally is used by all type of business houses like Proprietor firm, Partnership firm, Non-profit
making Organizations, Mnc companies. For Tally Topics Covered
Course Duration
Fees (Indian RS.)
Fees (US $)
20 sessions of 1 hr. each
4,500
130
667
Microsoft Word
Microsoft Excel
Microsoft Powerpoint
Windows
Tally
MICROSOFT WORD Microsoft Word for Windows is a full-feature Word processor designed
to help you work more efficiently. Microsoft Word shows you how to create effective documents
using its features. You will learn how to edit, format, print documents, insert and manage tables
and graphics into documents. Salient Features
Easy and Fast Tool to create a one page Letter, a hundred page Report, etc.
You could add Graphics to your Letters and Reports to make it more attractive.
Automatic Spelling check as well as Grammar check facility.
Freeform Table Draw.
Document Mapping.
You can also link to Excel numbers and Charts.
You can link your Word documents to World Wide Web or Intranet sites. Applications With
Word you can create and type Letters, Reports, Memos, Proposals, Newsletters, Brochures,
Graphical Presentation, Web pages, etc. For Ms Word Topics Covered
MICROSOFT EXCEL Microsoft Excel for Windows is a powerful electronics spreadsheet
application that can be used for managing, analyzing and presenting data in graphical manner.
Salient Features
Excel has three components that perform in three different manners:
1. The Spreadsheet.
2. The Data sheet.
3. The Chart.
Create formulas on worksheets. It's easy and fast.
Enhanced formatting and layout features help you get the printed report or online form with the
look you want.
You can quickly find the information you need and create automatic subtotals of your data.
Increased capacity, high-end formatting options, and a mapping feature give you powerful ways
668
669
How to ascertain
Cash Flow summary- Cash Movement- Inflow and Outflow of cash only.
Fund Flow summary- Movement of entire Working Capital.
Recall source of fund and how they are applied
Scenario Management:- Useful in reports with provisional figures without actually putting the
entries through the main books and for forecasting purposes, by passing necessary Vouchers
Exploring the QUERY features of Tally Salient Features
Saves time.
Accuracy.
Various accounting books are created within seconds i.e. cash book, ledger book, purchase book,
sales purchase.
Financial statements within minutes i.e. Trading A/C, Profit and loss A/C, Balancesheet.
Application
Tally is used by all type of business houses like Proprietor firm, Partnership firm, Non-profit
making Organizations, Mnc companies. For Tally Topics Covered
Course Duration
Fees (Indian RS.)
Fees (US $)
60 sessions of 1 hr. each
9,500
270
670
Microsoft Word
Microsoft Excel
Microsoft Powerpoint
Windows
Tally
MICROSOFT WORD Microsoft Word for Windows is a full-feature Word processor designed
to help you work more efficiently. Microsoft Word shows you how to create effective documents
using its features. You will learn how to edit, format, print documents, insert and manage tables
and graphics into documents. Salient Features
Easy and Fast Tool to create a one page Letter, a hundred page Report, etc.
You could add Graphics to your Letters and Reports to make it more attractive.
Automatic Spelling check as well as Grammar check facility.
Freeform Table Draw.
Document Mapping.
You can also link to Excel numbers and Charts.
You can link your Word documents to World Wide Web or Intranet sites. Applications With
Word you can create and type Letters, Reports, Memos, Proposals, Newsletters, Brochures,
Graphical Presentation, Web pages, etc. For Ms Word Topics Covered
MICROSOFT EXCEL Microsoft Excel for Windows is a powerful electronics spreadsheet
application that can be used for managing, analyzing and presenting data in graphical manner.
Salient Features
Excel has three components that perform in three different manners:
1. The Spreadsheet.
2. The Data sheet.
3. The Chart.
Create formulas on worksheets. It's easy and fast.
Enhanced formatting and layout features help you get the printed report or online form with the
look you want.
You can quickly find the information you need and create automatic subtotals of your data.
Increased capacity, high-end formatting options, and a mapping feature give you powerful ways
to analyze your data visually.
Explore the power of the Internet from your familiar Microsoft Excel spreadsheet.
671
When you want to analyze data from outside Microsoft Excel, there's no need to retype. In a few
keystrokes, you can bring the data right onto your worksheet. Application
Excel is used for preparing Company profiles in the form of Charts and Graphs.
Excel stores the accounting spreadsheets in Electronic form. For Basic Excel Course Content
MICROSOFT POWERPOINT PowerPoint is the most famous and powerful
presentation Program. Impressive colorful slide shows can be designed. Salient Features
Quick and Easy, High impact visual to accompany a talk.
Fact-filled presentation with plenty of Graphs and Charts.
Sophisticated Electronic presentation.
You can assemble existing text and graphics from other Microsoft Office Application.
You can time your Presentations.
You can save as Web Animation. Application With Microsoft Powerpoint you can create
Company Presentations and Profiles. For Power Point Topics Covered
WINDOWS
The operating system is a master Program that takes care of proper functioning of the computer.
Window operating system is a (GUI) Graphical User Interface in which user can click the 'icons'
to perform a specific task. Windows has increased the speed and efficiency of your Computer
related tasks. Salient Features
With Windows, you can work with several Programs at once. You can switch between Programs
with a couple of keystrokes or a click of a mouse, reducing the time required to move from one
application to another.
You can give any name to a file; you are not limited to eight characters with a three-character
extension as in DOS. You can even use spaces.
Windows now supports the use of drives greater than 2 GB (gigabytes) in capacity. The
maximum supported drive size is 2 TB (terabytes).
Windows prints your documents "in the background," so you can get back to work quickly after
you send your document to the printer. Application Nowadays all the software are Windows
based. TALLY (Financial Accounting)
Maintain Accounts using different Currencies other then the home currency.
Forecasting using Budgets feature of tally. You can make Departmental Budget, Financial
Budget and Marketing Budget. Budget features are used to compare against actual to Display
Variance.
How to handle and maintain Accounts of a Manufacturing ompany.
Cost Centers: - Allocating EXP and Income (Revenue) to the different branches of the company
inside Bombay or all Over India. Maintaining Accounts related to Cost Centers
Using Tallys Advance features of TDS (Tax Deducted at Source).
Using Tallys Advance features of VAT (Value Added Tax)
How to Import and Export Tally Data
Ratio Analysis. (Explained in Detail):- Reports showing you the state of the companies financial
health and where it is going in short term. (Ratio Format).
Using E-capabilities. (Email) features of Tally.
Cash and Fund Flow statement:How to ascertain
672
Cash Flow summary- Cash Movement- Inflow and Outflow of cash only.
Fund Flow summary- Movement of entire Working Capital.
Recall source of fund and how they are applied
Scenario Management:- Useful in reports with provisional figures without actually putting the
entries through the main books and for forecasting purposes, by passing necessary Vouchers
Exploring the QUERY features of Tally Salient Features
Saves time.
Accuracy.
Various accounting books are created within seconds i.e. cash book, ledger book, purchase book,
sales purchase.
Financial statements within minutes i.e. Trading A/C, Profit and loss A/C, Balancesheet.
Application
Tally is used by all type of business houses like Proprietor firm, Partnership firm, Non-profit
making Organizations, Mnc companies. For Tally Topics Covered
Course Duration
Fees (Indian RS.)
Fees (US $)
60 sessions of 1 hr. each
9,500
270
673